Soalan Ulangkaji - SPM IGCSE Online Tuition : Free Lessons for

Transcription

TIMES HIGHER EDUCATION - GUIDE TO UNDERGRADUATE STUDY IN MALAYSIA
HIGHER
H
Peninsular RM9.90 Sabah/Sarawak RM11.90
EDUCATION
EDUC
GUIDE TO UNDERGRADUATE STUDY IN MALAYSIA
In Collaboration With
E or
DEGRE IONAL
SS
PROFE S
SE
COUR
ics,
Academ
Advice from rking
Wo
Students, ls, and
Professiona
Employers
W
Opthat Ar
ion e M
SPMs Aftery
?
Pre
-U,
Vo
Cou catio
rse nal,
s - E Pro
xpla fess
Explanation on 19 different courses
ine iona
d!
Focus :
l
POPULAR
COURSES
& CAREERS
Education,Engineering & Psychology
KDN PP 14375/04/2009
PRE-U 101
SCHOLARSHIPS
& LOANS
More than 75 scholarships
on offer
What you should know about Pre-U courses and
how to decide on one
IS IT RECOGNISED?
Negotiating the maze of higher education accreditation
INSTITUTION
LISTINGS
Brief overviews of colleges
and universities in the country
Shopping for the Right Institution
Opportunities Abound in the ICT Industry
Getting the Most Out of an Education Fair
Factors to consider when choosing a university
Tremendous career prospects in a burgeoning field
Derive the full benefits of these events with our step-by-step guide
The SPM examinations are fast approaching and as we have done in previous
years, Times Guides has come up with a revision guide to help you prepare
for the exams. This year, we’ve added more subjects making it 13 SPM subjects
in total: Bahasa Malaysia, English, Sejarah, Matematics, Prinsip Perakaunan,
Science, Additional Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Perdagangan,
Ekonomi Asas, and English for Science and Technology.
With all the hoopla surrounding the announcement of the SPM results
each year, it’s easy to feel burdened by the pressure of the exams as you
get cracking on the books. We’d like to remind you to stay focused on your
studies and not worry about other people’s expectations. The most important
thing is that you aim to do the best that you can and work hard to achieve
your goals.
Do make use of this revision guide to help you accomplish your targets. The
questions prepared in this guide were put together by a panel of educators
who have extensive teaching experience and are well-versed in their respective
subjects.
When you go through the questions in this publication, consider it a practise
session for the actual exam: follow the instructions given and adhere to the
timelines stipulated. After you’ve completed the papers, you may go to www.
times.my to get the answers. This will give you an idea of how ready you are
for the exams so you can intensify your efforts as necessary.
Aside from the revision questions, we’ve also dedicated a few pages in this
magazine to highlight a few career options. We are sure many of you have
given some thought to what you’d like to study after SPM. Well, if you’re
interested in Business, Information Technology, Creative Multimedia, or
Allied Health Sciences, do check out our interviews with higher education
professionals about the requirements and career prospects in these fields.
Those of you who are unsure about what you want to do after SPM may also
find these career articles useful in helping you make a decision.
For information about other careers and courses you can pursue after SPM, we
recommend you pick up a copy of Times Higher Education. Also an annual
publication by Times Guides, Times Higher Education helps students explore
their options for higher education. It is chock-filled with information on
courses, programmes, institutions, and scholarships for further studies. You
can find it at all major bookstores or order online at www.times.my.
We truly hope you will find this guide helpful in your preparations for the
SPM. Remember to study smart. The team at Times Guides wish you all the
very best!
Bahasa Malaysia
English
Sejarah
matics
e
h
t
a
M
l
a
n
io
it
d
d
A
Mathematics
Science
Biology
an
Prinsip Perakaun
Perdagangan
Ekonomi Asas
echnology
T
&
e
c
n
ie
c
S
or
f
English
Chemistry
Physics
5
10
18
26
41
56
77
95
109
119
130
138
153
Panel Penulis
Bahasa Melayu
English
Mathematics
Sejarah
Additional Mathematics
Biology
Physics
Chemistry
Science
Perdagangan
Ekonomi Asas
Prinsip Perakaunan
English for Science
and Technology
- Pn. Aini Hasninawati bt. Abu Hashim
ashim
- Tn. Hj. Arham b. Ab. Hamid
- En. Mohd Adnan b. Md. Ali
- En. Syed Muslimin b. Fadhil
- Pn. Azizah bt. Kamar
- Pn. Poon Cheng Mooi
- Pn. Muzlifah bt. Mohd Yusof
- Pn. Zuraini & Pn.Hafsah A. Dadii
- En. Al-Irwan b. Saihiboll Rahim
- Pn. Ruslizawati bt. Ahmad
- Pn. Aziah bt. Abu Ziden
- Pn. Wan Zuriah bt. Wan Mat Yim
m
- Cik Faridah bt. Mat Salleh
- Pn. Norema bt. Ahmad Mokhtar
Published by
Times Guides Sdn Bhd
49-1-1, Jln Medan Putra 6, Medan Putra Business centre,
Off Jalan Damansara, 52200 Kuala Lumpur.
Tel : +603 6277 6923 +603 6277 6924 Fax : +603 6277 6973
Email: info@timesguides.com
www.times.my
Times Soalan Ulangkaji SPM is an annual
publication. No part of this publication
may be reproduce in any form without
the written consent of the publisher.
All right reserved.
Printed by SWAN Printing Sdn Bhd
5
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM
M 2009
SPM
2009
[ 1103/1 ] [ 1103/2 ]
Bahasa Malaysia
TAHUN
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
TAJUK
Faedah Badan Khas
Membantu Pesakit
Kronik dan Sebab
Penubuhannya
Kebaikan Hidup
Berjiran dan cara-cara
memperkukuh semangat kejiranan
Cara-cara Melahirkan
Masyarakat Berbudi
Bahasa dan kesannya
kepada masyarakat
Langkah-langkah
mengatasi salah laku
pelajar
Faedah-faedah penerokaan angkasa lepas
Analisis Soalan KOMSAS SPM 2004 -2008
Jenis/Tahun
Prosa Moden
Prosa Tradisional
Puisi
Jun 2004
Aku,Kris dan Kristal
Kepahlawanan Tun Beraim Bapa
Pantun Mengenang Nasib
November 2004
Budi Yang Tak Terbeli
Sikap Terburu-buru Akan Membawa Padah
Seloka Pandai Pak Pandir
Jun 2005
Seri Nara
Kezaliman Membawa Padah
Syair Dandan Setia dan Intan
Terpilih
November 2005
Puteri Li Poh
Cerita Bayan Tidak Menurut Kata Ibu Bapanya
Sejarah
Jun 2006
Jangan Bunuh Rama-rama
Sikap Terburu-buru Akan Membawa Padah
Pembeli Masa Sudah
November 2006
Kerana Manisnya Epal
Kepahlawanan Tun Beraim Bapa
Syair Pembunuhan Angreni
Jun 2007
Mariah
Pertarungan Tuah dengan Jebat
Di Kota Kecilku
November 2007
Titik-titik Perjuangan
Asal Usul Raja Kecil
Gurindam Memelihara
Anggota dan Hati daripada
Kejahatan
Jun 2008
Pusaran
Kezaliman Membawa Padah
Manusia dan Kesejahteraan
November 2008
Di Sisi Rinda
Peminangan Puteri Gunung Ledang
Syair kelebihan Ilmu
Analisis Soalan 2004-2008
Tahun
Soalan (a)
Soalan (b)
Julai 2004
Cabaran yang dilalui watak utama
Empat pengajaran
November 2004
Tiga nilai kasih sayang
Cara watak utama menyelesaikan konflik
Julai 2005
Perwatakan satu watak sampingan
Tiga peristiwa yang memberi teladan
November 2005
Dua peristiwa yang menarik
Bandingkan satu latar tempat berdasarkan dua buah novel yang
dipelajari
Julai 2006
Pengajaran dalam novel
Bandingkan dua nilai kemasyarakatan berdasarkan dua buah
novel yang dipelajari
November 2006
Pengajaran daripada cerita dalam novel
Satu persoalan daripada dua buah novel yang dipelajari
July 2007
Dua nilai setia kawan
Huraikan tema bagi dua buah novel
November 2007
Huraikan persoalan maruah
Cara watak utama menyelesaikan konflik
Jun 2008
Beri penyataan terhadap pemilihan tajuk
novel dikaitkan dengan isi kandungan
Tiga pengajaran berdasarkan dua buah novel
November 2008
Dua sebab bahagian permulaan novel menarik minat anda
Bandingkan persamaan dan perbezaan satu latar masyarakat
dalam dua buah novel yang dipelajari
JAWAPAN boleh didapati di laman web http://www.times.my
Analisis Soalan Rumusan SPM
6
SOALAN ULANGKAJI SPM 2009
BAHASA MALAYSIA
Kertas 1
Bahagian A
[Masa dicadangkan: 45 minit]
[30 markah]
Lihat gambar di bawah dengan teliti. Huraikan pendapat anda tentang kesan perubahan iklim dan pemanasan global.
Panjang huraian hendaklah antara 200 hingga 250 patah perkataan.
Sumber:
Era Hijau 2008
Bahagian B
(Masa dicadangkan 1 jam 30 minit)
[100 markah]
Pilih satu daripada soalan di bawah dan tulis sebuah karangan yang panjangnya lebih daripada 350 patah perkataan.
1. Kelab Rekreasi di sekolah anda bercadang untuk mengadakan satu perkhemahan di salah satu tempat pelancongan
yang terdapat di negara kita. Sebagai setiausaha kelab anda diminta untuk menulis sepucuk surat memohon kebenaran daripada pengetua untuk mengadakan lawatan. Nyatakan objektif lawatan dan butir-butir berkenaan lawatan
tersebut. Tulis surat itu selengkapnya.
2. Anda bercadang untuk memberi kejutan kepada keluarga khasnya bapa anda dengan menulis sebuah rencana
berkenaan bapa anda sempena Hari Bapa nanti. Isi rencana tersebut berkenaan jasa-jasa bapa kepada anaknya dan
tanggungjawab anak-anak membalas jasa bapa mereka. Tulis rencana tersebut selengkapnya.
3. Kerap kali masyarakat menunding jari menyalahkan orang lain apabila tragedi seperti tanah runtuh berlaku. Namun, apabila isu tersebut reda, pembangunan di lereng bukit kembali aktif dijalankan. Huraikan berkenaan fenomena
kejadian tanah runtuh yang melibatkan kawasan petempatan dan apakah langkah sewajarnya perlu masyarakat dan
kerajaan tempatan lakukan untuk mengatasi masalah ini.
4. Peperangan banyak mengorbankan nyawa dan memusnahkan harta benda malah akhir-akhir ini ada negara yang
hampir musnah akibat peperangan. Sebagai warganegara yang prihatin apakah usaha-usaha yang perlu dilakukan
oleh masyarakat di Malaysia mahupun peringkat antarabangsa untuk membantu meringankan beban mangsa-mangsa
tersebut dan apakah yang perlu kita lakukan untuk menamatkan peperangan yang seolah-olah tiada kesudahan ini.
Bincangkan.
5. Tuliskan sebuah cerpen yang menarik berdasarkan peribahasa ‘Sikit-sikit lama-lama jadi bukit’
7
BAHASA MELAYU KERTAS 1103/2
TINGKATAN 5
TAHUN 2009
Dalam sesuatu proses pengajaran dan pemelajaran, motivasi dianggap sebagai unsur penting yang membolehkan murid melibatkan
diri secara aktif, di samping menjadikan proses pemelajaran berlaku dalam keadaan yang lebih bermakna dan menyeronokkan. Murid
memerlukan motivasi untuk merangsang minat mereka dalam setiap pelajaran yang disampaikan.
Motivasi biasanya melibatkan dua perkara penting, iaitu insentif dan motif penggerak. Insentif merupakan unsur yang merangsang
seseorang untuk bertindak dan dalam suasana pemelajaran, insentif diberikan dalam bentuk markah, gred, penghargaan, tanda bintang,
wang, hadiah, ganjaran, pujian dan sebagainya.
Motif penggerak menggalakkan murid dalam aktiviti pemelajarannya. Kanak-kanak yang baru memasuki sekolah dapat dirangsang
untuk menunjukkan hasil kerja yang baik melalui pujian guru atau menerima ganjaran yang berbentuk ekstrinsik. Motif juga bertindak
sebagai pemilih jenis kegiatan yang ingin disertai oleh seseorang. Dalam pengajaran dan pembelajaran, sewaktu menyelesaikan sesuatu
masalah, susunan gerak balas individu yang dilakukan dipilih mengikut minatnya sendiri.
Motivasi mempunyai kaitan dengan pembangkitan minat. Hal ini merupakan asas pengajaran dan pemelajaran. Guru yang cekap
akan sentiasa berhati-hati mencari bahan rangsangan. Pendekatan, kaedah dan teknik, dan alat bantuan mengajar adalah antara bahagian
yang lengkap dalam prosedur pemelajaran dan kerap menjadi bentuk motivasi yang paling berkesan kerana mampu menarik perhatian
murid untuk menyertai dan melibatkan diri dalam kegiatan mental.
Motivasi yang berterusan diperlukan supaya murid dapat dibantu untuk menumpukan perhatian terhadap bahan pengajaran sepenuhnya. Jangka masa perhatian kanak-kanak terhadap sesuatu benda adakalanya pendek dan mereka cepat berasa jemu jika perhatian
mereka tidak diubah dengan segera kepada benda yang lebih menarik. Motivasi mempunyai nilai persaingan kerana murid rasa terdorong untuk belajar lebih tekun apabila wujudnya persaingan antara mereka. Guru mampu membangkitkan keinginan untuk maju dan
mencapai prestasi yang lebih baik melalui pertandingan prestasi atau kebolehan.
Motivasi merupakan teknik peneguhan yang berkesan. Peneguhan berhasrat untuk menarik perhatian murid dalam masa pengajaran.
Pujian dan penghargaan yang diberikan, umpamanya, mampu menggalakkan mereka belajar dengan lebih tekun malah, guru mampu
memberikan berbagai-bagai tahap aspirasi dalam kalangan murid dengan mencapai prestasi sejajar dengan kebolehan mereka. Apabila
mereka berjaya mencapai atau menguasai pemelajaran, mereka dapat meletakkan aspirasi yang lebih tinggi. Maka, motivasi merupakan
hala tuju yang berkesan dalam pengajaran dan pemelajaran.
Dipetik daripada Motivasi dalam Pengajaran dan Pemelajaran Bahasa
sumber daripada Vijayaletchumy Subramaniam, Pelita Bahasa oktober 2008
2 (a) Petikan Umum
Berdasarkan soalan 1, jawab soalan-soalan berikut berdasarkan ayat anda sendiri.
i. Nyatakan dua perkara penting berkaitan motivasi seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan.
(2 markah)
ii. Pada pendapat anda apakah ciri-ciri yang perlu ada pada seseorang untuk melayakkan dirinya menjadi pembimbing rakan sebaya.
(4 markah)
iii. Apakah yang dimaksudkan oleh pengarang dengan pembangkitan minat seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan
(2 markah)
2 (b) Prosa Moden
Baca petikan cerpen dibawah dengan teliti dan kemudian jawab soalan-soalan yang berikut menggunakan ayat anda sendiri.
Dalam kesederhanaan hidup yang sebegitu, masih hendak memberi sedekah lagi. Di daerah satelit, hidup di pondok begitu sudah
dianggap miskin. Sudah menjadi isu besar dalam media. Tetapi bagi orang-orang di sini, beginilah kehidupan. Tiada apa-apa yang perlu
dikejar. Tidak ada soal tidak cukup duit!Tidak cukup masa!Tidak puas hati dengan kejayaan dalam karier!
Patutkah aku membiarkan Daneng hidup dan memulakan keluarganya dalam keadaan begitu? Membiarkan dirinya terjerumus dalam
kitaran kemiskinan? Tanpa menikmati apa-apa kemodanan dalam hidup ini! Hidup seperti bapanya! Hidup seperti nenek moyangnya.
Pelbagai persoalan berpusar di kotak hati Jo.
Dipetik daripada cerpen Lambaian Malar Hijau oleh Sarajo Theavy a/p Balakrishnan dalam Antologi Kerusi.
i. Apakah persoalan yang bermain dalam fikiran Jo berkenaan kehidupan Daneng?
(3 markah)
ii. Pada pendapat anda mengapakah masyarakat orang asli masih ketinggalan sehingga ke hari ini dan sebagai rakyat yang perihatin
bagaimanakah kita dapat membantu dalam membangunkan minda mereka.
(4 markah)
iii. Nyatakan satu pengajaran yang terdapat dalam petikan dan dua pengajaran lain yang terdapat dalam keseluruhan cerpen.
(3 markah)
Rumusan (30 Markah)
Baca petikan di bawah dengan teliti, kemudian buat satu rumusan berkenaan manfaat motivasi dalam pengajaran dan pemelajaran serta cara-cara
melaksanakannya di sekolah-sekolah.
8
Soalan 2 (c) Petikan Prosa Tradisional
Baca petikan prosa tradisional di bawah dengan teliti dan kemudian jawab soalan-soalan yang berikutnya menggunakan ayat anda
sendiri.
Maka Laksamana pun berseru-seru pula, katanya, “Hai Si Jebat derhaka! Sungguh engkau berani tiada berlawan. Marilah engkau turun dari istana ini bertikam sama seorang!” Maka suara itu pun terdengar kepada Hang Jebat dikenalnya suara Laksamana. Maka Hang
Jebat, ia pun naik ke peranginan; maka dibukanya peranginan itu, maka dilihatnya Laksamana berdiri di tengah halaman itu.
Maka Hang Jebat pun berdebar-debar hatinya; ia pun fikir dalam hatinya: “Adapun Hang Tuah sudah mati dibunuh oleh Bendahara ;
sekarang Laksamana itu tiada dalam dunia ini, siapa pula yang datang itu seperti Laksamana pun sikapnya dan lakunya? Kalau mataku
bekas tidur ini gerangan, maka jadi salah pemandanganku?”
Maka Hang Jebat pun turun dari peranginan itu lalu ia mandi pada pasu emas itu dan dibasuh mukanya. Setelah sudah maka Hang
Jebat, segeralah engkau turun! Jika engkau tiada turun, sekarang istana ini kunaiki, tetapi sukar kita bertikam.” Setelah Hang Jebat
mendengar suara Laksamana maka ia pun membuka pintu itu sedikit; maka dilihatnya Laksamana, diperamat-amatnya,dikenalnya itu
Laksamana. Maka nyatalah Laksamana itu. Maka Hang Jebat pun hairan.
(Dipetik daripada cerita “Pertarungan Tuah dengan Jebat dalam Antologi Anak Laut DBP)
(i) Apakah yang dimaksudkan diperamat-amatnya seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan?
[2 markah]
(ii) Sekiranya anda Hang Tuah, apakah tindakan yang akan anda lakukan apabila sultan mengarahkan anda membunuh Hang Jebat
sedangkan dia memberontak kerana mengetahui anda dibunuh raja. Berikan alasan anda.
[3 markah]
(iii) Apakah yang terdetik di hati Hang Jebat sebaik sahaja dia melihat Hang Tuah berdiri di luar istana?
[3 markah]
2 (d) Puisi Moden
Baca sajak dibawah ini dengan teliti dan kemudian jawab soalan-soalan yang berikut dengan menggunakan ayat anda sendiri.
JALAN-JALAN RAYA KOTAKU
Saban waktu sepanjang perjalanan
jalan-jalan raya kotaku
lewat senja begini
tika gerimis menabur benih
menerima kehadiran warga kota
lemas dalam kesabaran
lelah meresahkan
dengan luka parah di hati.
Ketidaksabaran membengkak
kesombongan merajai setiap ruang
semakin padat dengan emosi
kebosanan menggigit pangkal rasa.
Demikian etika di perjalanan
budi luhur warga kotaku
tidak lagi berlaku
yang hadir adalah keserakahan
memacu menghimpun kekuatan
menghakis sopan santun
seperti banjir kilat
melanda pinggir perjalanan
fitrah sang manusia
peradaban kota masa kini.
Jalan-jalan raya kotaku
adalah gelanggang kebuasan
perlumbaan kebiadaban
para pesakit
kemanusiaan semakin mandul
pada penghujung musim.
Oleh Zam Ismail ~ Mingguan Malaysia 4 Jun1995, dalam Antologi Anak Laut DBP
i. Gambarkan keadaan pemandu apabila berada di jalan raya pada lewat petang.
ii. Nyatakan beberapa persoalan yang terdapat dalam sajak ini.
iii. Cadangkan beberapa cara untuk mengelakkan daripada pemandu mengambil kesempatan memandu
sesuka hati di jalan raya bagi mengelakkan berlakunya kemalangan.
[3 markah]
[3 markah]
[3 markah]
9
Soalan 3: Pengetahuan dan Kemahiran Bahasa
(30 Markah)
Jawan semua soalan.
(a) Tulis satu ayat daripada setiap rangkai kata di bawah ini supaya jelas menunjukkan maksudnya. Anda tidak boleh menambahkan
imbuhan, menukarkan maksud imbuhan, serta menggunakan kata itu sebagai peribahasa dan kata nama khas.
malapetaka
larut malam
tersenyum melirik
termenung jauh
kemuncak kejayaan
berdebar kencang
(b) Baca petikan di bawah ini dengan teliti dan kemudian nyatakan satu daripada setiap jenis ayat yang terdapat dalam petikan ini sama
ada ayat tunggal, ayat majmuk, ayat perbualan, atau ayat aktif. Anda dikehendaki menulis jawapannya sahaja.
(1) Pada pagi itu Shazwanee berasa tidak sihat. (2) Shazwanee turun ke tingkat bawah (3) “Ibu, hari ini saya rasa pening kepala dan
tidak larat ke sekolah”, Shazwanee mengadu sambil memicit-micit kepalanya. “Pergilah tidur dahulu nanti ibu berikan ubat”,pujuk
ibu sambil tersenyum (4) Tangga dipanjat oleh Shazwanee pelahan-lahan dalam keadaan letih dan mengantuk
i) Ayat (1) __________________________________________________________
ii) Ayat (3) __________________________________________________________
iii) Ayat (4) __________________________________________________________
(6 markah)
(c) Dalam petikan di bawah terdapat tiga kesalahan ejaan dan tiga kesalahan penggunaan imbuhan. Senaraikan dan betulkan kesalahankesalahan itu Anda tidak boleh menyenaraikan lebih daripada tiga kesalahan ejaan dan tiga kesalahan penggunaan imbuhan. Anda
tidak perlu menyalin petikan itu semula.
Kedudukan rumah rakyat itu cuma tiga belok dari pembangunan yang sedang dibina itu. Rumah kedai itu telah dibina mengikut
plan yang telah dilulus oleh pihak majlis perbandaran. Namun begitu lapuran telah diterima bahawa pembangunan di situ telah
menyebabkan penduduk di kawasan tersebut merasa terganggu dan tidak selamat lagi untuk tinggal di situ.
(6 markah)
(d) Dalam setiap ayah di bawah, terdapat satu kesalahan penggunaan kata atau istilah dan satu kesalahan tatabahasa. Senaraikan dan
betulkan kesalahan-kesalahan itu. Bagi setiap ayat anda tidak boleh meyenaraikan lebih daripada satu kesalahan pengunaan kata atau
istilah dan satu kesalahan tatabahasa. Anda tidak perlu menyalin ayat itu semula.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(e)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Mereka telah berbincang tentang cara menanam buah-buahan setempat.
Aqil mengerat dahan pokok itu kerana bimbang kanak-kanak akan terlanggar sewaktu pergi sekolah.
Irfan makan sebuah durian untuk merasa isi durian yang amat enak sekali itu.
Berikan maksud peribahasa berikut.
Bagai menarik rambut dalam tepung
Tiada beban batu digalas
Bekas tangan
Soalan 4: Novel
[15 markah]
Jawab soalan di bawah. Jawapan anda hendaklan berdasarkan novel-novel yang anda pelajari.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
Terminal Tiga karya Othman Puteh
Perlumbaan Kedua karya Marwilis Hj. Yusof
Di Hadapan Pulau karya A. Samad Said
Bukit Kepong karya Ismail Johari
Konserto Terakhir karya Abdullah Hussain
Seteguh Karang karya Tuan Faridah Syed Abdullah
Julia karya Abu Hassan Morad
Putera Gunung Tahan karya Ishak Hj. Muhammad
(a) Huraikan dua penggunaan teknik plot dalam sebuah novel yang anda kaji.
[7 markah]
(b) Bandingkan dua persamaan persoalan dalam dua buah novel yang anda pelajari dengan mengemukakan
contoh-contoh yang sesuai
[8 markah]
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
10
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 1119/1 ] [ 1119/2 ]
Bahasa Inggeris
PAPER 1
A:Directed Writing
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
REPORT
Suggestions on
how to improve
the canteen.
INFORMAL LETTER
Description of an
Outing
INFORMAL LETTER
Qualities of a friend to
Be a Head Prefect.
TALK
Books
ARTICLE
Best group leader
At a leadership camp
B: Continuous Writing
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
1
Descriptive
-Festive
season
1
Description
of
the biggest
challenge
1
Description
of
weekend
experience
1
Description
Embarassing
moment
1
Description of a
person who worked
hard to succeed
in life
2
Narrative:
2
A story
ending “we
had never
laughed so
much in
our lives”
Narrative:
An
unexpected
visitor
2
Narrative:
A story .....
being more
careful
2
Opinion:
Teenagers are
interested in
entertainment
2
Opinion: Examinations-good or bad ?
3
Reflective:
My ideal
school
3
Factual:
How to
keep oneself
healthy
3
Reflective:
Changes in
life
3
Reflective:
My early years
3
Reflective:
My perfect future
husband or wife
4
Factual:
How
to help
promote
tourism in
Malaysia
4
Reflective:
What would
you want to
be ?
4
Opinion:
television
4
Narrative:
Opening....”Kim
was nervous
when the door
opened..”
4
Narrative:
A story ending
..”now I realised
the value of a true
friend.”
5
Abstract :
Clothes
5
Abstract:
Music
5
Abstract:
Food
5
Abstract:
Tomorrow
5
Abstract:
Stars
PAPER 2 Section A: (Graphics) (Q 1-8)
2007
2008
1
2004
News reportmoral values
1
2005
Article
-place of interest
1
2006
Extract
-Moral values
1
Map
1
- Place of interest
Chart
- weather forecast
2
Interpretation of
signs - recipes
2
Process & procedures- experience
2
Dialogue
- relating
2
Extract - news
2
Extract – vocabulary
3
Advertisement –
mobile phone
3
Notice-revision
workshop
3
Extract - news
3
Extract - story
3
News report –
comprehension
4
Advertisement –
course
4
Extract - Rafflesia
4
Idiom
4
Form - subscription
4
Extract – Chinatown
5
Pie chart – Personal expenditure
5
Bar graph - profits
5
Extract - environment
5
Slogan - value
5
Cartoon strip –
interpretation of
situation
11
6
Short message
6
News report –
health blood
6
Notice –membership drive
6
Extract - health
6
Chart – interpretation
7
Cartoon strips –
interpretation of
situation
7
Article - people
7
Book - synopsis
7
Notice - competition
7
News report –
counterfeit
8
Cartoon strips –
value
8
Letter to the editor –
tv programs
8
Newspaper –
environment
8
Cartoon strips
– idiomatic
expression
8
Cartoon strip –
Idiomatic expression
(Rational Cloze) ( Q 9 – 15)
2005
2006
2007
2008
9
Verb
9
Preposition
9
Verb
9
Article
9
Tenses
10
Preposition
10
Verb
10
Article
10
Adverb
10
SV agm
11
Auxiliary verb
11
conjunction
11
Noun
11
Preposition
11
Preposition
12
Verb
12
Pronoun
12
gerund
12
conjunction
12
Tenses
13
determiner
13
verb
13
adverb
13
conjunction
13
Vocabulary
14
preposition
14
determiner
14
conjunction
14
verb
14
Vocabulary
15
adjective
15
verb
15
Preposition
15
Verb
15
Phrasal verb
16
Verb
16
-
16
-
16
-
16
-
SECTION B : (Information Transfer
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
Places of interest
Different types
of books
Advertisement –
carnival
Mushrooms
Olympics
SECTION C : (Reading comprehension & summary)
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
Peopla
Ice sculpting
Flood
Planting a tree
Leopard attack
SECTION D :(Literature- Poems, Short Stories & Novel)
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
32
Sonnet 18
32
Si tenggang’s
homecoming
32
The road not
taken
32
Si tenggang’s
Homecoming
32
If
33
The Lotus Eater
33
Looking for a
Rain God
33
The drover’s
wife
33
The Lotus Eater
33
The Sound machine
34
Most memorable
Part
34
Love is important
34
Determination
34
A Character that
can look up to
34
Ending of novel
2004
12
ENGLISH
Paper 1
Section A: Directed Writing
(Time Suggested : 45 minutes. Marks : 35)
You are the president of the Student Council of your school. You and your members conducted a survey on the conditions and services of the school canteen. Using the notes below, write a letter of complaint to your school principal
about the school canteen.
• Food
• Food price
• Floor
• Strays
• Utensils
- is not tasty
- is not fresh.
- is not covered.
- unfair pricing.
- price list is not displayed.
- dirty
- slippery
- cats in eating areas.
- cockroaches in cupboards.
- styrofoam plates and cups used.
- plastic spoons.
When writing the letter, you should remember to :
• use the correct format.
• use all the points given.
• Write in paragraphs
Section B : Continuous Writing
You are advised to spend about one hour on this section.
(50 marks)
Write a composition of about 350 words on ONE of the following topics:
a) Describe a disabled person who has had a positive influence on your life.
b) Internet buying will one day take over the conventional method of shopping.
Do you agree ?
c) An invention that has benefited people.
d) Write a story ending with :
“His face red with embarrassment, he turned away and quickly walked
back to his own house.”
e) Advertising
END OF QUESTION PAPER
13
ENGLISH
Paper 2
Section A (15 marks)
Question 4
New York, Mon – The smell of lavender oil could help cure
insomnia in old people, researches said.
Sleep disorders are increasingly common with age and
doctors often Prescribe powerful longterm hypnotic drugs,
they said in an article in the Scapel medical magazine.
Dr David and a team from university of New York tested
lavender oil on four geriatric patients.
Three had been on tranquillizers for up to three years.
The test showed the patient’s sleep was much more restful
and their sleep patterns restored after being exposed to the
smell of the oil.
- Reuter
What have the researches discovered, according to this news
report?
A. Sleep disorders decrease with age.
B. Lavender oil helps to cure insomnia.
C. Nothing can be done to cure sleeplessness.
D. Lavender oil is a powerful longterm hypnotic drug.
Questions 2 and 3
Read the sign below which appears in a ladies’ room and answer
the question that follows.
The sign tells you that
A. you are welcome to leave your babies here.
B. they change your baby’s nappies free of charge.
C. these facilities are only for mothers with children.
D. there are facilities here for changing your baby’s nappies.
Question 5
Read the advertisement and answer the question that follows.
Study the table below and answer the questions that follow.
NO.OF
COMPLAINTS
COMPLAINT
SOLVED
1. Home Ministry
471
198
2. Finance
285
86
3. Transport
201
125
4. JPM
84
32
5. Health
90
42
MINISTRY
6. Education
195
101
7. Human Resource
81
30
8. Energy,
Telecommunications
75
32
9. Law
-
-
10.Agriculture
60
22
2. Which departments solved the same number of complaints ?
A. JPM and Energy, telecommunications.
B. Home Ministry and Educations.
C. Finance and Transport.
D. Law and Agriculture.
3. Which department received more complaints than Health but
fewer than Transport ?
A. Human Resource.
B. Education.
C. Finance.
D. Law.
41400 SHAH ALAM
TEL: 03-33721955
Where is the venue for the “Creative Seminar for men”
advertised below ?
A. Shahrul Adam’s residence.
B. The Straits Hotel.
C. ASDL Ltd. Shah Alam.
D. The Travel Club.
Question 1
14
Question 6
Questions 9 – 15
Read the following passage and choose the best answer.
Read the advertisement below and answer the question that
follows.
220. CARS FOR SALE
PERODUA MYVI 1995. Metallic, RM 41900. ono.
Hisham 03-41294889 012-6624367
PERODUA MYVI 1993. RM 35000. Loan RM 31000.
Azlan 03-28351192 013-2103030
PERODUA MYVI ’92. Metallic , low mileage, tip-top condition.
RM 34800.
Contact Cheah. Tel : 03-31229403 017-6261535
PERODUA MYVI 1994 . Lady owner. Accident-free, low
mileage. Price: RM 37000.
Tel : 03-20937206 (Office) Shaliza.
6. Mr.Ramli wants to buy a second-hand car which costs not more
than RM 35000. Which of these cars would he be most interested
in?
A. Perodua Myvi 1995
B. Perodua Myvi 1994
C. Perodua Myvi 1993
D. Perodua Myvi 1992
Question 7
Read the sign below and answer the question that follows.
Every time a mother hugs her child, something special
happens in her heart. (9)_________ prays and hopes that her
child will grow up healthy and happy. (10)___________ parent
hopes to equip their children for the future. Many put their
needs aside so that their children can have (11)________ that
they can afford. Some (12)_____ them to the best schools. Others
worry (13)________ the information their children are exposed
to. Children (14)________ intellectual curiosity. They have a
desire to (15)_________. Therefore, parents’ roles are important.
9. A. She
B. Her
C. Hers
10. A. All
B. Much
C. Many
D. Every
11. A. more
B. better
C. the best
D. the least
N O F I SH I N G ,
P L E ASE !
12. A. send
B. sends
C. sent
D. is sending
13. A. in
B. on
C. as
D. about
7. The sign tells you that
A..fishing is prohibited here.
B. you can fish if you have permission.
C. you are not allowed to sell fish here.
D. you are allowed to fish here.
14. A. has
B. had
C. have
Question 8
Study the table below and answer the question that follows.
GAS
APPROXIMATE % BY
VOLUME
Nitrogen
78
Carbon Dioxide
21
Oxygen
0.03
Water vapour & Other gases
0.04
Water vapour & Other gases
Variable
Based on the table above, what is air mostly made up of ?
A. Water vapour.
B. Carbon Dioxide
C. Oxygen
D. Nitrogen
15. A. learn
B. learns
C. learnt
D. learning
15
Section B: (10 marks)
Read the book reviews below and answer the questions that follows.
Body Well-being – resource for
beauticians. An essential book to have if you
are involved in the beauty business. Promotes
the advantages of a well-balanced body and
centres on the reduction of body fat.
Complete the table below based on the descriptions given.
Title of Book
Information about Book
Price
16.__________
Instructions on how to cure common ailments.
17.__________
18._________
Provides instructions on preparing traditional
Herbs for simple and more serious problems.
RM 45.95
19._________
Examine the theories about traditional
Chinese medicine.
20.__________
Fill in the blanks with words from the information provided on the various books.
The brochure lists (21)__________________ books. The books are all about health. One book, (22)_____________________,
is for those who work in beauty salons or deal in beauty products. This book highlights the importance of feeling good about
ourselves. The book that is on the Top Ten List of books is entitled (23)___________________________________. Even though
this book is recommended for those in the medical profession, people in other professions can also buy it. It retails at RM
45.95 only. (24)___________________________ and (25)___________________________________ both provide information on
Chinese medicine. The former includes information on an ancient form of Chinese exercise called Tai Chi, while the latter
provide information on Chinese massage.
RM 67.75
16
Section C :(25 marks)
Read the passage below and answer the questions that follow.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Today, many alternative remedies have been used to treat various illness. Among these are herbal remedies, crystal rem edies
and magnetic therapy. Magnetic therapy employs the use of natural magnets to enhance the healing process.
But, how do magnets help in the healing process? According to the “experts” magnets increase the capillary blood flow which
may help flush lactic acid and other inflammatory agents that build up tissue to ease pain and inflammation. The blood also carries
oxygen which may be helpful in relaxing muscles and relieving cramps and spasms which are oxygen starved. This is the same
reason massage is often used to loosen muscles in spasm; to allow blood to flow and deliver oxygen necessary to terminate the
spasm.
Many people today use magnets in their daily lives. People with chronic back pain have obtained significant relief from
sleeping on magnetic mattresses and/or magnetic seat cushions. Tennis elbow, carpal tunnel syndrome and other tendon or
ligament problems heal faster when wrapped in magnetic bandages or magnets are applied to the area. In some hospitals, powerful
electromagnets are used to speed healing of broken bones. Regular use of magnets can even help prevent asthma and relieve
headaches. The benefits of magnetic therapy are often apparent within the first hour of treatment, sometimes three or four days of
steady treatment are required.
Vallbona, Carlos conducted a study to examine the effects of magnets in post polio patients. The experimenters recruited 50
patients who not only had post-polio syndrome but also reported muscular or arthritic pain. These patients had significant pain for
at least 4 weeks and had not taken any painkillers or anti-inflammatory drugs for at least 3 hours before the study. The subjects all
had a trigger point or painful region and had a body weight of less than 140% of the predicted weight for their age and height, and
had a trigger point or circumscribed painful area.
The magnets and placebos (described under Materials) were supplied in equal numbers from Bioflex. Each magnet or placebo
was placed in number coded envelopes and delivered according to its shape. The code for placebos and magnet was not broken
until the end of the study. Subjects, who had active magnets, reported significantly less pain than those who received the placebo.
The confidence interval on the difference between means show that the effect is is large and therefore of practical as well as
statistical significance.
In February of 2001, The Journal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine released the results of a study from the University
of Virginia. One article states: “Although the results of the study were inconclusive, magnet therapy reduced fibromyalgia pain
intensity enough in one group of study participants to be “clinically meaningful,” the researchers said. The study consisted of
ninety-four patients who suffered from fibromyalgia, randomly divided into 4 groups. Half were in 2 control groups, one that
received fake magnets and the other on standard treatment. The other 2 groups received active magnet pads, however, their pads
differ slightly adding another variable to the study. The study tracked results over a six-month periods.
The results? The two groups that slept on pads with active magnets generally showed improvement while the subjects in the
control group did not. There is no conclusive evidence to show that magnetic therapy actually works but many people claim that
magnets do help them to cope with pain.
26 a. From paragraph 2, explain how an increase in blood supply reduces pain ?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________(2 marks)
b. The word terminate in paragraph 2 means ________________________________________________________________(1 mark)
27
Which word, in paragraph 3, is similar in meaning to “clear” ?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)
28 a. from paragraph 4, what was the purpose of Vallbona’s experiment ?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)
b. How long had the patients been suffering from pain ?
______________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)
29 From paragraph 5,
a. what does the word those refer to ?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)
b. what was the findings of the study conducted by Vallbona ?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)
30 From paragraph 6,
a. how many people were involved in the study conducted by the University of Virginia ?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)
b. what was the duration of the study ?
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________ (1 mark)
17
31. Based on the passage, write a summary on : * the effects of magnets on human beings.
Credit will be given for use of own words but care must be taken not to change the original meaning.
Your summary must :
• be in continuous writing form (not in note form)
• use materials from paragraph 2 onwards
• not longer than 130 words, including the 10 words given below.
Begin your summary as follows : Magnetic therapy is a form of treatment used in healing.............
(15 marks)
32. Read an extract from the poem below and answer the questions that follow.
The air is wet, soaks
into mattresses, and curls
in apparations of smoke.
Like fat white slugs furled
among the timber,
or silver fish tunneling
the damp linen covers
of schoolbooks, or walking
quietly like centipedes,
the air is walking everywhere
on its hundred feet
is filled with the glare
of tropical water.
Again we are taken over
by clouds and rolling darkness.
Small snails appear
clashing their timid horns
among the morning glory vines.
Drinking milo,
nyonya and baba sit at home.
This was forty years ago.
Sarong-wrapped they counted
silver paper for the dead.
Potraits of grandfathers
hung always in the parlour.
Shirley Geok-lin Lim
a. What kind of atmosphere does the poet wish to create in Stanza 1 ?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)
b. Name two things the persona does in the poem.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________(2 marks)
c. What do the ‘potraits of grandfathers, hung always in the parlour’ tell you about the persona’s family ?
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________(2 marks)
33. Read the extract from the short story The Necklace below and answer the questions that follow.
Mathilde suffered ceaselessly, feeling herself born to enjoy all delicacies and all luxuries. She was distressed at the poverty
of her dwelling, at the bareness of the walls, and at the shabby chairs, the ugliness of the curtains. All those things, of which
another woman of her rank would never even have been conscious, tortured her and made her angry. The sight of the little
Breton peasant who did her humble housework aroused in her despairing regrets and bewilding dreams.
a. What do you think upsets Mathilde ?
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)
b. Which word in the extract tell you that Mathilde was unhappy ?
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)
c. What does the above extract tell you about Mathilde’s character ?
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)
d. With reference to the text, what do the following refer to in Mathilde’s life ?
i) despairing regrets:_______________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)
ii) bewildering dreams:_____________________________________________________________________________________(1 mark)
34. The following are the novels studied in the literature component in English language.
Jungle of Hope
The Pearl
The Return
-
Keris Mas
John Steinbeck
K.S.Maniam
Choose any one of the novels above and answer the question below.
Describe an event that you think is important in the novel you have studied. Relate its importance to the story.
END OF QUESTION
(15 marks)
Monsoon History
18
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 1249/1 ] [ 1249/2 ]
Sejarah
Analisis Soalan 2004-2008
2004
TOPIK
K1
2005
K2
S
E
K1
2006
K2
S
E
K1
2007
K2
S
E
K1
2008
K2
S
E
K1
K2
S
E
1
1
1
1
Tingkatan 4
Kemunculan Tamadun Awal Manusia
Peningkatan Tamadun
Tamadun Awal Asia Tenggara
Kemunculan Tamadun Islam dan
Perkembangannya di Makkah
Kerajaan Islam di Madinah
Pembentukan Kerajaan Islam dan
sumbangannya
Islam di Asia Tenggara
Pembaharuan dan pengaruh Islam di
Malaysia sebelum Kedatangan Barat
Perkembangan di Eropah
Dasar British dan Kesannya terhadap
Ekonomi Negara
3
1
2
1
4
6
1
1
2
4
1
1
-
2
2
1
-
2
2
2
2
2
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
1
3
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
2
3
2
1
1
1
1
6
2
1
1
2
2
2
5
3
3
3
2
1
2
1
Tingkatan 5
Kemunculan dan Perkembangan
Nasionalisme di Asia Tenggara
4
Nasinalisme di Malaysia sehingga
Perang Dunia Kedua
3
3
Kesedaran Pembinaan Negara dan
Bangsa
-
1
1
Pembinaan Negara dan Bangsa
Malaysia
-
1
1
Pembinaan Negara dan Bangsa
Merdeka
1
Pengukuhan Negara dan Bangsa
Malaysia
1
Sistem Pemerintahan dan Pentadbiran
Negara Malaysia
2
Pembangunan dan Perpaduan Untuk
Kesejahteraan
6
Malaysia dan Kerjasama Antarabangsa
6
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
2
1
1
2
4
3
3
4
2
1
1
2
3
1
6
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
1
3
1
1
19
SEJARAH
Kertas 1
2. Apakah kepentingan kandungan karya The Art of War
yang ditulis oleh Sun Tzu kepada masyarakat hari ini?
A Mengatur strategi perniagaan
B Menerangkan sistem pentadbiran
C Menentukan hubungan diplomatik
D Melicinkan pengurusan peperiksaan awam
3. Bagaimanakah pemerintahan Pompei dapat menyediakan
bekalan air yang mencukupi untuk penduduk Rom?
A Menggali perigi
B Mengehadkan penggunaan air
C Mendirikan kolam mandi awam
D Membina sistem saliran bawah tanah
4. Maklumat berikut merujuk kepada sistem pendidikan di
Sparta
• Fizikal
• Kemahiran
Mengapakah masyarakat Sparta mengamalkan sistem
pendidikan tersebut?
A Membentuk rakyat yang sihat
B Melahirkan warganegara yang setia
C Mementingkan kemenangan dalam sukan
D Mewujudkan masyarakat yang seimbang
5. Rajah 1 berkaitan dengan falsafah Tamadun India dan
China.
Yoga
Tamadun India
Apakah implikasi pencapaian tersebut kepada penganut
agama Hindu?
A Memperoleh pencerahan agung
B Memperoleh kebebasan mutlak
C Melepaskan diri daripada hukum karma
D Menjelma semula di dunia dalam bentuk jasad
7. Pernyataan berikut menerangkan hubungan antara
kerajaan agraria dengan kerajaan maritim
Saling bergantung antara satu sama lain
Apakah kesan hubungan tersebut kepada kerajaan
maritim?
A Peluasan empayar
B Pesaing yang hebat
C Pembekal sumber makanan
D Penguasaan perdagangan entreport
8. Apakah faktor perkembangan kegiatan pertanian
kerajaan Angkor ?
I Meningkatkan perdagangan hasil pertanian
II Mempelbagaikan ekonomi sara diri
III Membina sistem pengairan
IV Meningkatkan hasil padi
A I dan II
B I dan IV
C II dan III
D III dan IV
9. Apakah kesan amalan sistem kabilah dalam masyarakat
Arab Jahiliah?
A Memantapkan sistem pentadbiran
B Mewujudkan persaingan kuasa
C Memperkukuh semangat asabiyah
D Meningkatkan perpaduan
10. Tokoh berikut telah memberi sumbangan dalam
perkembangan Islam.
•
•
•
Tamadun China
Yin dan Yang
Rajah 1
Bagaimanakah konsep tersebut mempengaruhi kehidupan
tamadun masing-masing?
A Meramalkan bencana alam
B Menentukan nasib pada masa depan
C Membantu menghubungi roh si mati
D Mengimbangi kesihatan dalam kehidupan
6. Rajah 2 menerangkan kepercayaan agama Hindu.
Pencapaian nirvana
Agama
Hindu
Pencapaian moksha
Rajah 2
Abdullah bin Abu Bakar
Asma binti Abu Bakar
Amir bin Fuhairah
Apakah sumbangan mereka?
A Meneruskan dakwah ke Taif
B Menandatangani Perjanjian Hudaibiyah
C Membantu Rasulullah berhijrah ke Madinah
D Menamatkan pemulauan terhadap orang Islam
11. Mengapakah orang Arab Quraisy menentang Nabi
Muhammad s.a.w.?
I Prinsip persamaan taraf
II Perbezaan kepercayaan
III Penamatan perniagaan
IV Perbezaan suku
A
B
C
D
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
1. Mengapakah sistem penanaman secara bergilir diamalkan
pada zaman Dinasti Tang di China?
A Menjimatkan masa
B Mengurangkan kos
C Mengehadkan tenaga kerja
D Mengekalkan kesuburan tanah
20
12. Bagaimanakah Nabi Muhammad s.a.w. menyelesaikan
masalah yang dihadapi oleh masyarakat Madinah?
I Keadilan
II Musyawarah
III Hukum adat
IV Semangat asabiyah
A
B
C
D
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
13. Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah telah mewujudkan sistem
wazarah.
Bagaimanakah sistem tersebut dilaksanakan?
A Menetapkan peraturan di istana
B Mengehadkan kebebasan bersuara
C Melantik wazir sebagai ketua sistem pentadbiran
D Mengadakan pemeriksaan untuk menemui khalifah
14. Perkara yang manakah menyebabkan kejatuhan kerajaan
Bani Umaiyah?
I Pemberontakan golongan Mawali
II Pengabaian terhadap rakyat
III Penaklukan oleh Bani Seljuk
IV Pelantikan golongan mudejars
A
B
C
D
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
15. Bagaimanakah cara tamadun Islam bertembung dengan
tamadun lain di dunia?
I Penaklukan
II Perdagangan
III Pendakwahan
IV Perjanjian
A
B
C
D
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
16. Apakah peranan kumpulan Janissari dalam kerajaan
Uthmaniyah?
A Menjadi pembayar cukai tambahan
B Menggalakkan perkembangan ilmu
C Menyertai pasukan tentera khas
D Mengamalkan kebudayaan Islam
17. Konsep daulat sangat dipercayai oleh masyarakat Melayu.
Mengapakah konsep tersebut penting kepada institusi
kesultanan Melayu?
I Mengukuhkan sistem perundangan
II Menentukan tugas pemerintah
III Mengangkat kedudukan raja
IV Mewujudkan penghormatan di kalangan rakyat
A
B
C
D
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
18. Tokoh berikut berperanan penting dalam Kerajaan Acheh.
•
•
•
Syeikh Nurudin al-Raniri
Abdul Rauf Singkel
Hamzah al-Fansuri
Apakah peranan mereka?
A Menghasilkan karya pemikiran Islam
B Mengetuai utusan diplomatik
C Menetapkan istiadat diraja
D Menasihati pemerintah
19. Rajah 3 menerangkan tentang institusi pendidikan formal dalam
masyarakat Melayu tradisional.
Berdasarkan sukatan pelajaran
Pendidikan mengikut tahap
Sistem Madrasah
X
Apakah X?
A Pelajar terdiri orang luar
B Pembelajaran mengikut sistem kelas
C Keperluan asas disediakan oleh pelajar
D Tempoh pembelajaran selama 10 tahun
20. Pernyataan berikut menunjukkan keadaan era Renaissance di
Eropah.
Golongan Patron memainkan peranan penting dalam
menaungi seniman dan cendekiawan pada zaman
Renaissance di Eropah.
Golongan Patron terdiri daripada
A Penggiat seni
B Pedagang kaya
C Penguasa gereja
D Penduduk tempatan
21. Apakah tujuan Akta Tanah Simpanan Melayu dikuatkuasakan
di Tanah Melayu pada tahun 1913?
A Memudahkan usaha membina kemudahan asas
B Membenarkan imigran memiliki tanah
C Memajukan kegiatan pertanian
D Melindungi tanah peribumi
22. Apakah kesan sosial penjelajahan Barat terhadap masyarakat
setempat di Asia Tenggara?
A Kemajuan infrastruktur
B Penyebaran agama Kristian
C Penghapusan budaya tempatan
D Kewujudan masyarakat majmuk
23 Jadual 1 merujuk kepada karya kesusasteraan yang dihasilkan
di Asia Tenggara sebelum Perang Dunia Kedua.
Novel
Ke Makam
Bonda
Penulis
Chairil Anwar
Putera Gunung Tahan
Pak Sako
El Filibusterismo
Jose Rizal
Jadual 1
21
24. Jadual 2 menunjukkan anggaran penduduk di
England pada abad ke-19.
Tahun
Jumlah
1700
1750
1801
1831
5.5 juta
6.5 juta
9.0 juta
14.0 juta
Jadual 2
Apakah kesan pertambahan penduduk kepada
sektor pertanian di Britain?
A Penglibatan kerajaan
B Permintaan buruh luar
C Pengeluaran berskala besar
D Peningkatan import makanan
25. Rajah 3 adalah perubahan pentadbiran Sepanyol di
Filipina.
Encomiendero
Encomienda
(barangay-barangay yang digabungkan)
28. Jadual 3 menunjukkan tokoh tempatan yang telah
menentang British pada abad ke-19.
Tokoh
Negeri
Tok Janggut
Kelantan
Abdul Rahman Limbong
Terengganu
Dol Said
Naning
Jadual 3
Mengapakah penentangan tersebut berlaku?
A Perebutan kawasan
B Penghapusan sistem perhambaan
C Peningkatan kemasukan imigran
D Paksaan pembayaran cukai
29. Mengapakah Otto Eduard von Bismarck menyanjung
amalan realpoilitik?
A Kestabilan politik terjamin
B Kejayaan menyatukan Jerman
C Kerjasama dengan negara lain
D Kemakmuran ekonomi negara
30. Maklumat berikut merujuk kepada kesepakatan
Persidangan Damai Paris di Perancis.
Deklarasi Empat Belas Perkara Woodrow Wilson
Apakah kesan peristiwa tersebut kepada perkembangan
politik di Eropah?
A Meletus perang saudara
B Mengukuhkan sistem feudal
C Kemunculan negara bangsa baru
D Kemerosotan sistem pemerintahan Republik
Rajah 3
Mengapakah rakyat Filipina menentang sistem
tersebut?
A Cukai yang tinggi
B Pentadbiran berpusat
C Penyebaran agama Kristian
D Dasar diskriminasi penjajah
31. Jadual 4 berkaitan dengan tokoh yang pernah
memerintah Kelantan.
TAHUN
PEMERINTAH
1801-1836
Sultan Muhammad I
1836-1886
Sultan Muhammad II
Jadual 4
26. Tokoh berikut memberi sumbangan kepada
perkembangan politik di negara masing-masing.
• Raden Adjeng Kartini
• Phan Boi Chau
Apakah persamaan matlamat perjuangan mereka?
A Menghalang kemasukan budaya Barat
B Memupuk perpaduan kaum
C Mengembalikan hak peribumi
D Menyekat kedatangan imigran
27. Perkara yang amanakah menunjukkan Kaum Muda
mempengaruhi kemajuan bangsa Melayu?
A Pembangunan industri desa
B Pemerintahan golongan ulama
C Pendidikan kaum wanita
D Perpaduan kaum
Apakah sumbangan tokoh tersebut?
A Melaksanakan Sistem Jemaah Menteri
B Melantik pembesar bergelar Nik dan Wan
C Membentuk Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan
D Memperkenalkan sistem raja berperlembagaan
32. Rajah 4 merujuk kepada sistem pentadbiran negeri di
Tanah Melayu.
Negeri
X
Pemerintah tertinggi tidak
mempunyai kuasa melantik
pembesar
Apakah X?
A Perak
B Kedah
C Pahang
D Negeri Sembilan
Apakah isu yang dimuatkan dalam novel tersebut?
A Peningkatan status sosial
B Penindasan oleh penjajah
C Tuntutan kemerdekaan
D Nasib kaum wanita
22
33. Rajah 5 menunjukkkan penyatuan ketiga-tiga unit politik
di Tanah Melayu dalam pentadbiran Persekutuan Tanah
Melayu.
Negeri-Negeri Selat
Persekutuan Tanah
Melayu 1946
Negeri-Negeri
Melayu Bersekutu
Negeri-Negeri Melayu
Tidak Bersekutu
Rajah 5
Siapakah yang mengetuai pentadbiran negeri di bawah
sistem pemerintahan tersebut?
A Sultan
B Residen
C Menteri Besar
D Pesuruhjaya Negeri
34. Tokoh berikut memainkan peranan penting dalam
perkembangan sejarah Sarawak.
• Datu Patinggi Abang Haji Abdillah
• Rosli Dhobi
Mengapakah tokoh tersebut menjadi sanjungan negara
kita?
A Mempertahankan kedaulatan negeri
B Memajukan pendidikan rakyat
C Menuntut berkerajaan sendiri
D Menyatukan pelbagai kaum
35. Apakah manfaat yang diperoleh orang bukan Melayu
melalui penubuhan Jawatankuasa Hubungan Antara
Kaum (CLC) pada tahun 1949.
A Kebebasan berpolitik
B Menguasai pentadbiran
C Menentukan kerakyatan
D Kedudukan istimewa dilindungi
36. Jadual 5 menerangkan peristiwa penentangan
Indonesia terhadap gagasan Malaysia.
Tarikh
Mengapakah Indonesia bertindak demikian?
A Tidak dijemput berunding
B Terpedaya dengan dakyah Belanda
C Terpengaruh dengan dakyah komunis
D Tindakan perluasan wilayah terhalang
37. Muhammad Amin layak mengundi secara pos dalam
pilihan raya di Malaysia. Beliau mungkin seorang
I pelajar di luar negara
II anggota pasukan keselamatan
III jemaah yang sedang menunaikan haji
IV pesalah yang menjalani hukuman penjara
A
B
C
D
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
38. Encik Abu ialah seorang ahli Dewan Negara.
Apakah keistimewaan ahli dewan tersebut?
I Ahlinya digelar Senator
II Mempunyai 69 orang ahli
III Berumur 21 tahun ke atas
IV Dipilih melalui pilihan raya
A
B
C
D
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
39. Apakah peranan Lembaga Pemasaran Pertanian
Persekutuan (FAMA) yang ditubuhkan pada tahun 1965 ?
A Meningkatkan pembukaan tanah
B Menyediakan kemudahan pinjaman
C Menggalakkan orang Melayu berniaga
D Membantu mengatasi masalah pemasaran pertanian
40. Apakah tujuan penubuhan Persatuan Negara-negara Asia
Tenggara (ASEAN)?
A Menentang komunis
B Mewujudkan pasaran bersama
C Mengekalkan kestabilan politik
D Mewujudkan pakatan ketenteraan
20 Januari 1963
Peristiwa Konfrontasi Indonesia terhadap Malaysia
Kempen
Ganyang Malaysia
Jadual 5
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
23
SEJARAH
Kertas 2
Gambar 1
1. Gambar 1 menunjukkan tinggalan bandar terancang tamadun Indus.
(a) Namakan dua bandar terancang tersebut.
(i) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(ii) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
(b) Nyatakan tiga ciri bandar terancang dalam tamadun Indus.
(i) ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(ii) ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(iii) ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[3 markah]
(c) Apakah faktor yang mempengaruhi perkembangan bandar tersebut?
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[1 markah]
(d) Pada pendapat anda, mengapakah masyarakat Indus dapat membina bandar yang terancang?
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
(e) Bagaimanakah amalan sikap keterbukaan tamadun Indus dapat dicontohi dalam memajukan negara kita?
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
2. Selepas pemerintahan Khalifah al-Rasyidin, pentadbiran kerajaan Islam seterusnya telah digantikan oleh kerajaan Bani
Umaiyah.
(a) Nyatakan dua pusat pemerintahan Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah.
(i) Tahap pertama : ........................................................................................................................................................................................
(ii.) Tahap kedua: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
(b) Namakan pengasas kerajaan Bani Umaiyah tahap pertama?
...............................................................................................................................................................................................................
.
[1 markah]
(c) Senaraikan dua sumbangan Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah dalam bidang politik.
(i)
(ii)
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................
.................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
Bahagian A [ 40 markah ]
Jawab semua soalan
24
(d) Senaraikan dua sumber pendapatan Kerajaan Bani Umaiyah.
(i) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(ii) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
(e) Berdasarkan pengetahuan anda, jelaskan kejayaan yang telah dicapai oleh kerajaan Malaysia dalam bidang pendidikan.
(i) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(ii) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(iii) .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[3 markah]
Badan Pemerintah
Badan Perundangan
Badan Pelaksana
Badan Kehakiman
Rajah 1
3. Rajah 1 menunjukkan struktur pentadbiran di Malaysia yang mengamalkan sistem pengasingan kuasa.
(a) Apakah yang dimaksudkan dengan konsep pengasingan kuasa?
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
(b) Nyatakan dua syarat kelayakan untuk menjadi seorang senator.
i. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ii. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
(c) Berikan dua tanggungjawab Badan Pelaksana dalam sistem pentadbiran negara.
i. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ii. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
(d) Nyatakan dua kuasa yang terdapat pada Badan Kehakiman.
i. .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ii. .....................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
(e) Pada pendapat anda, mengapakah hakim tidak dibenarkan mengambil bahagian dalam politik?
i. ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ii. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
4.
Malaysia telah menyertai pelbagai pertubuhan antarabangsa dan bergiat secara aktif
(a) Apakah yang anda faham tentang pertubuhan Komanwel?
i. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[1 markah]
(b) Berikan dua matlamat penubuhan Komanwel
i. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ii. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
(c) Senaraikan tiga sumbangan Malaysia dalam pertubuhan Komanwel
i. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ii. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
iii. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[3 markah]
(d) Nyatakan dua faedah yang diperoleh Malaysia menerusi Komanwel.
i. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ii. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
(e) Pada pendapat anda mengapakah negara Malaysia perlu menyertai pertubuhan-pertubuhan antarabangsa?
i. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ii. ......................................................................................................................................................................................................................
[2 markah]
25
Bahagian B
[ 60 markah ]
Jawab tiga soalan sahaja.
(a) Terangkan faktor penyebaran agama Islam di Asia Tenggara
[8 markah]
(b) Jelaskan kesan pengaruh Islam di Tanah Melayu sebelum kedatangan Barat
[6 markah]
(c) Pada pendapat anda, apakah pengajaran daripada perjuangan jihad pemimpin tempatan menentang
penjajahan Barat di Asia Tenggara?
[6 markah]
6. Kepesatan pembangunan sektor pertanian dan perlombongan oleh kerajaan kolonial British telah menyebabkan kekurangan
tenaga buruh tempatan untuk memenuhi keperluan aktiviti ekonomi di Tanah Melayu.
(a) Apakah faktor-faktor yang mendorong buruh dari Cina dan India datang ke Tanah Melayu pada
pertengahan abad ke-19 hingga awal abad ke-20?
[8 markah]
(b) Terangkan cara kemasukan imigran Cina dan India ke Tanah Melayu.
[6 markah]
(c) Jelaskan peranan generasi muda Malaysia untuk mengekalkan perpaduan negara.
[6 markah]
7. Imperialisme merupakan dasar sesebuah negara meluaskan pengaruh dan wilayahnya dengan menjajah negara lain untuk
kepentingan tertentu.
(a) Terangkan faktor imperialisme Barat di Asia Tenggara
[8 markah]
(b) Jelaskan kesan imperialisme Barat di negara-negara Asia Tenggara
[6 markah]
(c) Pada pendapat anda, bagaimanakah generasi pada hari ini dapat mengekalkan kedaulatan dan
kemerdekaan negara?
[6 markah]
8. Salah satu ciri asas pembinaan negara dan bangsa ialah adanya perlembagaan bertulis.
(a) Jelaskan aspek-aspek persamaan antara Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor (1895) dan
Undang-undang Tubuh Negeri Terengganu (1911).
[8 Markah]
(b) Terangkan bidang kuasa Yang DiPertuan Besar, Undang, Lembaga dan Buapak dalam sistem
pemerintahan di Negeri Sembilan.
[6 Markah]
(c) Pada pandangan anda, apakah kebaikan sistem pemerintahan demokrasi kepada sesebuah negara?
[5 markah]
Ke arah Perpaduan Kaum di Malaysia
• Dasar Bahasa Kebangsaan
• Dasar Kebudayaan Kebangsaan
• Sukan Untuk Perpaduan
Jadual 1
9. (a) Berdasarkan Jadual 1, apakah usaha-usaha yang dijalankan oleh pihak kerajaan untuk memartabatkan bahasa
Melayu sebagai bahasa kebangsaan?
[8 markah]
(b) Terangkan pelaksanaan Dasar Kebudayaan Kebangsaan.
[6 markah]
(c) Pada pandangan anda, bagaimanakah aktiviti sukan mampu mewujudkan perpaduan rakyat?
[6 markah]
5. Penyebaran Islam secara aman ke Asia Tenggara merupakan pengajaran sejarah yang besar ertinya bagi rantau ini dan dunia
seluruhnya.
26
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 3472/1 ] [ 3472/2 ]
Additional Mathematic
Analisis Kertas Soalan 2004-2008
TOPICS
NO
PAPER 1
PAPER 2
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
1
Functions
1,2
1,2,3
1,2,3
1,2
1,2,3
1,2,3
-
-
-
2
-
-
2
Quadratic Equations
3,4
4
4,5
3
4
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
Quadratic Functions
-
5,6
6
4,5
5,6
5,6
2
-
-
-
-
2
4
Simultaneous Equation
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
Indices and Logarithms
5,6
7,8
7,8,9
6,7,8
7,8
7,8
-
-
-
-
-
-
6
Coordinate Geometry
9,11
14,15
14
12
13,14
13,14
11
2
9
9
2
10
7
Statistics
-
23
24
22
22
5
4
4
6
5
5
8
Circular Measures
9
Differentiation
10
11
12
Progressions
7,8
13
Linear Law
10
14
integration
17,18
15
Vectors
12,13
16
Trigonometric
Functions
20,21
17
Permutations
And Combinations
18
Probability
19
20
21
19
19
18
16
18
18
4
9
10
10
9
9
15,16
20,21
19,20
17,18,19
19,20
19,20
3b,9a
5b,10a
2a,8a
-
4a,4b
7a
Solution of Triangles
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
13
12
13
15
14
Index Number
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
12
13
15
13
13
9,11,12 10,1112
-
6
3
3
6
3
12
7
7
7
7
7
8
21
21
3a,9b
5a,10b
2b,8b,8c
8
4c,10
7b7c
13,14
15,16
6
8
6
5
8
6
17
17
8
3
5
4
3
4
22
22
23
-
-
-
-
-
-
24
23
24
24
-
-
-
-
-
-
25
25
25
25
25
10
11
11
11
11
11
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
15
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
14
14
14
14
15
9,10
25
25
25
25
25
25
15
15
15
15
15
15
13
11
22
21
20,21
16,17
15,16
15,16
18
17
15
22,23
23
23
-
24
Probability Distributions
24,25
Motion Along A Straight
Line
-
Linear Programming
TOTAL
13
9,10,11 9,10,11
12
27
ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS
Kertas 1
Answer ALL Questions
1. Diagram 1 shows the relation between set A and set B.
Set A
Diagram 1
State
(a) the type of relation,
(b) the range of the relation.
[2 marks]
2. Diagram 2 shows the functions f and gf.
f
x
g
2x+3
6x-1
gf
Diagram 2
Find g(x).
[3 marks]
3. Given the function f:x → 2x+1 , x ≠ h and its inverse function
x
-1
f :x → 1 , x ≠ k Find the value of
x-k
(a)
h,
(b)
k.
4. The quadratic equation 3x2 + (h- 4)x + 2k = 0 has roots 2 and -3. Find the
value of h and of k.
5. Diagram 3 shows the graph of a quadratic function f(x) with a maximum point (1,4).
[3 marks]
[3 marks]
Set B
28
f(x)
(1,4)
r
p
q
O
x
Diagram 3
2
(a)
Express f(x) in the form of f(x) = k- (x-n) , where k and n are constants.
(b)
Find the values of
(i) p and q,
(ii) r.
[4 marks]
2
2
6. Find the range of values of x if (4x + 1) ≥ (9 – x)
7. Solve the equation 2
2x + 1
=
[3 marks]
4
82x + 1
[3 marks]
8. Given that 2 (log y – 1) = 6 log x . Express y in terms of x.
[3 marks]
9. Given log 2 = m and log 7 = n, express log 8.75 in terms of m and n.
[4 marks]
2
5
8
5
5
10. Diagram 4 shows the straight line PQ which is perpendicular to the straight
line RQ at the point Q. The equation of QR is x - y = 4 .
y
P(0,6)
Q
O
-4
Find
Diagram 4
(a) the coordinates of Q,
(b) the area of triangle PQR.
[4 marks]
29
11. A point P moves such that its distance from the point A(3,6) is always
twice its distance from B (1, -2) . Find the locus of point P.
12. Diagram 5 shows a linear graph of
1
y
against
px
x and y are related by the equation y = qx+1
[3 marks]
1 . The variables
x
where p and q are constants.
1
y
(3 , y)
1
x
0
(0 , -2)
Diagram 5
a) Determine the values of p and of q.
b) Find the value of r.
[ 4 marks ]
13. The first term of an arithmetic progression is 4 and the seventh term exceeds
the second term by 10.Find the common difference of the progression.
[ 2 marks ]
14. The first three terms of a geometric progression are 4, x and
1
where x < 0. Find
4
(a) the value of x,
(b) the sum to infinity of the progression.
[ 3 marks ]
15.
~p = 3i~ - 4~j
q = 2i + 3~j
~ ~
and ~r = h ~i +~j, where h is a constant
Using the above information, find
(a)
the value of h when ~r is parallel to ~p + ~q .
(b)
the unit vector in the direction of ~p + ~q.
16. Solve the equation sin x cos x =
1
o
o
for 0 ≤ x ≤ 180 .
4
[ 4 marks ]
[ 3 marks ]
(6 , 1)
30
17. Given that y =
(a)
3
(2x - 3)²
, find
dy
in terms of x,
dx
[1 marks]
(b) the approximate change in y given that x decreases from 2 to 1.98.
18. The curve
y = x² + kx - 4
[2 marks]
has a minimum point at x = -3 , where k is a constant. Find
(a) the value of k,
(b) the equation of the tangent to the curve at x = 0.
[4 marks]
19. Diagram 6 shows two sectors, centre P and centre Q , both with radii 10 cm.
R
P
Q
Diagram 6
Calculate the area of the shaded region.
[4 marks]
20. Diagram 7 shows the curve y = f(x). The curve intersects the x- axis at x = 2.
y
2
0
2
x
3
Diagram 7
Given that
21. Given that
∫ ²³
∫
f(x)dx = 4
units. Find the area of the shaded region.
² (kx+2)dx = 5. Find the value of k.
-1
[2 marks]
[3 marks]
31
22. Given set of data h-2, h, h+3 , 2h, 2h +1 which is arranged in an ascending order. The median of the set of data is 6.
Find
(a) the value of h,
(b) the variance of the set of data.
[ 4 marks ]
23. A family has three children. Find the probability that
(a) all the three children are girls,
[ 2 marks ]
24. Diagram 8 shows six cards of different letters.
w
I
S
D
O
M
Diagram 8
(a) Find the number of possible arrangements, in a row , of all the cards.
(b) Find the number of these arrangements in which the letters
W and M are side by side.
[ 3 marks ]
25. Diagram 9 shows a standard normal distribution curve.
f(z)
k
0
Diagram 9
Given P( 0 < Z < k ) = 0.4523, find the value of k.
z
[ 2 marks ]
(b) at least one of them is a boy.
32
ADDITIONAL MATHEMATICS
Kertas 2
SECTION A
40 marks
Answer ALL Questions
1
2
1. Solve the simultaneous equations x +2y - 2 = 0 and x + y = 5
[ 5 marks ]
2. The quadratic function f(x) = x² – 2tx + 4t has a minimum value of 3.
(a) By using the method of completing the square, find the two possible values of t where t is a constant.
[ 4 marks ]
(b) Sketch the graph of f(x), given that t >1.
[ 3 marks ]
3. Diagram 1 shows an isosceles triangle ABC where AB = AC = 64 cm and BC = 70 cm. Each of the other
triangles is obtained by joining the midpoints of the sides of the triangles outside it.
A
B
C
Diagram 1
(a) Find the length of the three sides of the 7th triangle.
[ 2 marks ]
(b) Show that the perimeters of the triangles form a geometric progression.
[ 2 marks ]
(c) Find the sum of the perimeters of all the triangles if the process is continued infinitely.
[ 2 marks ]
4. (a) Prove that
= tan x
[ 2 marks ]
(b) (i) Sketch the graph of y = | tan x | for
(ii) Hence, using the same axis, sketch the suitable straight line to find the number of solutions
for the equation
- 3x = 0 for 0 ≤ x ≤ 2π. State the number of solutions.
π
5. Diagram 2 below shows a histogram which represents the distribution of
the marks obtained by 40 pupils in a test.
Number of pupils
13
10
4
3
marks
0.5
10.5
20.5
30.5
40.5
50.5
[ 6 marks ]
33
(a)
State the modal mark.
[ 1 marks ]
(b)
Without using an ogive, calculate the median mark.
[ 3 marks ]
(c)
Calculate the standard deviation of the distribution.
[ 4 marks ]
(6) In Diagram 3, OSR and PSQ are two straight lines.
R
S
P
O
Given that OP = 5x and OQ = 10 y , 3PS = 2 SQ , PR = mOQ and OS = nOR.
(a)
(b)
Express vector OR in terms of
(i) m, x and y
(ii) n, x and y
[4 marks]
Hence, find the value of m and of n.
[3 marks]
PART B
(40 marks)
Answer four questions.
7.
Diagram 4 shows the curve y = x2 – 2x and the straight line y = x . The straight
line intersect the curve at (0,0) and point A.
y
A
P
0
Q
x
Diagram 4
Calculate
(a)
the equation of the normal to the curve at point A,
[4 marks]
(b)
the area of the shaded region P.
[3 marks]
(c) the volume generated, in terms of π, when the shaded region Q is
revolved through 360o about the x-axis.
[3 marks]
Q
34
8. Use the graph paper provided to answer this question.
Table 1 shows the values of two variables, x and y, obtained from an experiment. The variables x and y are related by the
equation x²y = p - ry , where p and r are constants.
x
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
y
1.981
2.151
2.500
3.279
5.405
2.857
TABLE 1
(a)
(b)
Plot
1
against x² , by using a scale of 2 cm to 0.05 units on both axes.
y
Hence, draw the line of best fit.
[5 marks]
Use the graph in (a) to find the value of
(i) p,
(ii) r
[5 marks]
9. Diagram 5 shows a circle; centre O with radius OA and a sector PABC, centre P with radius PA.
[Use π = 3.142]
A
D
C
Diagram 5
Given that OA = 10cm and PA = 18 cm .
(a)
Show that
APB = 0.902 radian.
(b)
Calculate
(i)
the perimeter of the shaded region,
(ii) the area of the shaded region
[2 marks]
[8marks]
10. Solution by scale drawing will not be accepted. .
Diagram 6 shows a quadrilateral EFGH where the coordinates E (3, 3), F(0, -1) and H(6, 2) The straight lines FH is
perpendicular to EG while the straight line FG is parallel to x- axis.
y
E(3 , 3)
H (6, 2)
x
0
F(0,-1)
G
Diagram 6
Find
(a) the equation of the straight line EG,
[3 marks]
(b)
the coordinates of G,
[2 marks]
(c)
the area of quadrilateral EFGH,
[2 marks]
(d)
the equation of the locus of R such that it is equidistance from E and F.
[3 marks]
11. (a)
A study in a district shows that one out of seven teenagers in the district join a special training program .
(i) If 5 teenagers are chosen randomly from the district, find the probability than 2 or more of them join the special
training program.
(ii) If they are 2 490 teenagers in the district, calculate the variance of the number of teenagers who join the special
training program.
[5 marks]
(b)
The height, in cm, for the students in a school shows a normal distribution with mean 160 cm and variance 225 cm2.
Find,
(i) the probability that the height of a student which is chosen randomly falls in the range of 155 cm and 175 cm.
(ii) Given that 12% of the students have a height of more than m cm, find the value of m.
[5 marks]
SECTION C
(20 marks)
Answer two questions from this section.
12. Two particles, P and Q, moves along the same straight line, passing through a fixed point O. The velocity of P , vP ms-1, is
given by v = 3 + 8t - 3t² , where t is the time in seconds after passing the point O.
Particle Q starts from O with a velocity of -7 ms-1 at the instant when the particle P passes through O. The acceleration of
particle Q, aQ, is given by is given by a = 6t - 6.
(a)
Find the time when the particle P starts to reverse its direction of motion.
[2 marks]
(b)
Sketch the velocity-time graph for particle P for 0
[2 marks]
(c)
Calculate the total distance moved by the particle P in the first 5 seconds.
[3 marks]
(d)
The velocity of the particle Q at the instant when the velocity of the particle P is maximum.
[4 marks]
13. A particular kind of cake is made by using four ingredients, P, Q, R and S. Table 2 shows the prices of the ingredients
and their corresponding weightages.
Price per kilogram (RM)
Ingredient
Year 2005
Year 2007
P
0.80
1.00
Q
2.00
R
0.40
S
z
Price index
for the year
2007 based on
the year 2005
Weightage
x
4
2.80
140
m
y
150
5
0.40
80
3
TABLE 2
(a)
Find the value of x, y and z.
(b)
(i) Given that the composite index for the cost of making these cakes in the
year 2007 based on the year 2005 is 129.45. Find the value of m.
(ii) Hence, calculate the corresponding cost of making these cakes in the year 2007 if the cost in the
year 2005 is RM 2306.
[5 marks]
The cost of making these cakes is expected to increase by 40% from the year 2007 to the year 2009.
Find the expected composite index for the year 2009 based on the year 2005.
[2 marks]
(c)
[2 marks]
35
36
14. Diagram 6 shows a quadrilateral ABCD
A
B
10 cm
10 cm
350
40°
18 cm
D
18 cm
C
Diagram 6
(a)
(b)
Calculate the length of
(i) AC
(ii) AD
[4 marks]
Point E lies on AC such that AD = ED.
(i) Sketch the triangle EDC.
(ii) Calculate the area of triangle EDC.
[6 marks]
15. A cinema club is going to organise a charity show in a hall. Two kind of tickets will be sold : RM 25 for members and RM 50
for non-members. The club has to sell x tickets to members and y tickets to non members based on the following constraints:
I : The ticket sold to non- members must not exceed two times the tickets sold to members.
II : The hall can only accomodate 900 people.
III : The club would like to gain a collection of at least RM 20 000 from the activity.
(a)
Write three inequalities, other than x ≥ 0 and y ≥ 0, which satisfy all of the above constraints.
(b)
Using a scale of 2 cm to 100 people on both axes, construct and shade the region R which satisfies all of the above
constraints.
[3 marks]
(c)
Use the graph constructed in 15(b), to find
(i)
(ii)
the minimum number of tickets to be sold to get at least RM 20 000.
the maximum collection that can be collected.
[3 marks]
[4 marks]
Career Options after SPM
Make Your Mark as an
A degree in IT opens the door
to many career possibilities. Gurpardeep Singh, vicepresident of Operations at UCTI (APIIT) tells Times what the IT field is all about.
There are tremendous
job prospects in the
Information Technology
(IT) field. IT is an industry
that serves all sectors of
business and is used by
consumers all over the
world so students will
find a wide array of career
options in this field.
According
to
Gurpardeep, careers in this
field generally fall under
four major categories,
which are: software development
(including
programming and systems development; infrastructure (including computer systems
and networks); web, multimedia, and games development: and
support (including end-user support and systems support).
Development and Programming; Networks and Data
Communications; Databases; Web and Multimedia; as well as
Mathematics and Business. When they enter their second and
third year students may take more specialised subjects depending
on their area of interest.
“Courses start at certificate level and go right up to Masters
and even Doctorate levels,” Gurpardeep elaborates. “Even if a
student does not possess the entry qualifications to qualify for
a degree, it is still possible for students to move up through the
levels, although it will take a little more time.”
While most may be eager to begin practical work, he cautions
that it is important for students to acquire a strong foundation in
theoretical knowledge in the early stages of the course.
“As they progress, there will be an increased emphasis on
applying theory to practice, usually by carrying out realistic
projects (usually in teams) where they should develop their skills
in coming up with creative solutions to ‘real-life’ problems.”
No shortcuts
“Regardless of economic conditions, there is always a shortage
of the right type of graduates in Computing and IT,” he says.
“By this we mean professionally-trained graduates who don’t just
have a degree or diploma, but who also have the right balance
of knowledge and skills as well as the right attitude towards their
work.”
Do Well in School
He advises students to perform well in all subjects, in particular
Mathematics and English, as these will provide them with the
analytical and communication skills which are critical to ensure
success in the IT field.
Aside from doing well in their studies, students need to be creative,
methodical and be willing to keep learning. As technology is
continuously evolving and undergoing rapid changes, those
interested in pursuing a career in IT have to constantly upgrade
their knowledge.
“There needs to be a combination of generic and specialist skills,”
explains Gurpardeep. “Generic skills equip students for long-term
careers, while specialist skills enable them to excel in particular
focus areas of technology which change rapidly.”
He says the most popular courses in IT among Malaysian students
are those related to Networking and IT Security, although quite a
number of students also choose to go into Software Development
and Software Engineering.
What You Will Study
Regardless of the specialisation and the course title, students
will need to cover subjects within five core areas: Software
As a final word of advice, Gurpardeep tells students not to seek
shortcuts in establishing themselves in the industry. “Computing
and IT is certainly a serious field of study, which requires hard
work on the part of students in order to prepare themselves for
future careers,” he maintains.
“A degree is only a passport to your first job, but ultimately it is
your attitude towards your studies and your development as a
professional which will guarantee you a long-term and rewarding
career as a true IT professional.”
Succeeding as a
There are many advantages to getting a
Business degree. Dr. Dewi Amat Sapuan,
Deputy Dean, Student Affairs and Quality at
Universiti Tun Abdul Razak tells Times
about the coursework and career
opportunities in Business.
With a degree in business, students can find
work in various positions
in virtually any industry.
According to Dr Dewi,
some of the entry-level
positions for graduates
include
Management
Trainee, Assistant Office
Manager, Administrative
Executive, Junior Executive, Accounts Executive,
Sales and Marketing Executive, Human Resource
Executive, Finance Executive, and Executive Personal Assistant.
“Business graduates are usually equipped with a broad overview
of how the commercial world operates,” says Dr. Dewi adding
that a Universiti Tun Abdul Razak business degree can be applied
to any industry and can also help students venture into business
as entrepreneurs.
Qualifications and Requirements
In order to enrol in a business programme, students should have
at least five credits in SPM. This will enable them to pursue a
Foundation Programme in Business Administration or Management. “After graduating from this programme, they can continue their studies in the Bachelor Degree programmes offered
by the Faculty of Business Administration,” says Dr. Dewi.
She maintains that to excel in the world of business, students must
have an inquisitive mind so that they can become fast learners
who can easily adapt to their surroundings. “A student needs to
have good written and oral communication skills, as well as the
ability to research, interpret, as well as use business and financial
information,” she adds. “Attributes such as self-reliance, creative
thinking, and leadership are necessary for career advancement.”
Specialisations
According to Dr Dewi, Business specialisations in Human Resource Management, Finance, and Marketing are highly popular
with students in Malaysia. “Under the Human Resource Management specialisation, the core areas covered include Training and
Development, Compensation Management, as well as Labour
Law and Industrial Relations,” she explains.
“For students specialising in Finance, they are required to do
courses such as Financial Markets and Institutions, Corporate
Finance, and Investment Analysis. And for Marketing, the core
e
t
a
u
d
a
Gr
areas are Consumer Relationship Management, Marketing Communication, Consumer Behaviour, and Channel Management.”
Academic Pathway
Students will have the same amount of time to complete their
degrees regardless of the type of specialisation they choose. Universiti Tun Abdul Razak offers foundation, diploma, bachelor and
postgraduate programmes. Those who have completed SPM and
want to pursue a career in business can begin with the Foundation Programme in Business Administration or Management.
Upon completion, students can immediately continue with the
Bachelor of Business Administration (Hons) or the Bachelor of
Management (Hons). The Faculty of Business Administration is
also offering the Bachelor of Accounting (Hons).
Students with any of the mentioned bachelor degrees may also
opt to continue their studies at the postgraduate level. The
Graduate School of Business is currently offering the Master of
Business Administration in various specialisations as well as the
Master of Management.
The coursework at Universiti Tun Abdul Razak is 60% on theoretical knowledge and 40% on practical training. “In each course,
students not only obtain theoretical knowledge but are also assigned related coursework and activities where they will have
to exercise their analytical and soft skills,” elaborates Dr. Dewi.
“There are many avenues in the curricular where students can or
have to demonstrate their practical skills.”
All foundation and undergraduate courses at Universiti Tun Abdul
Razak are to be completed locally. Students who have completed
diploma programmes may also choose to pursue their bachelor
degrees in any of the foreign universities that are in collaboration
with Universiti Tun Abdul Razak.
“The Faculty of Business Administration is determined to give its
students a meaningful learning experience,” concludes Dr. Dewi.
“Students can expect to be guided to achieve their business career aspirations.”
Busine
Career Options after SPM 39
SHAPING THE FUTURE
REDEFINING EXCELLENCE
41
M 2009
2009
[ 1449/1 ] [ 1449/2 ]
Mathematic
Paper 1
Form
1-3
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
1
Polygon I, II
7
6, 7
7
6, 7
7
2
Transformations I, II
9, 10
9, 10
9, 10
9, 10
9,10
3
Trigonometry I
13
4
Algebraic Expressions I, II, III
20
19
19
5
Algebraic Formulae
21
21
21
20
21
6
Algebraic Fractions
19
20
20
21
20
7
Linear Equations
22
22
22
22
22
8
Indices
23, 24
23, 24
23
23, 24
23,24
9
Linear Inequalities
25, 26
25
24
25
25
10
Graph of Functions I
11
Solid Geometry I, II, III
12
Circles I, II
13
Statistics I, II
27, 28
27
25,26, 27
26, 27
26,27
1
Standard Form
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3
1,2,3,4
2
Quadratic Expressions and Equations
19
19
3
Sets
30,31,32
29,30,31
29,30,31
29,30,31
29,30,31
4
Mathematics Reasoning
5
The Straight Lines
33,34
32,33
32,33
32,33
32,33
6
Statistics III
7
Probability I
34,35
34,35
8
Circles III
8
8
8
8
8
9
Trigonometry II
11,12
11,12,13
12,13
11,12,13
11,12,13
10
Angles of Elevation and Depression
15,16
15
15,16
15
15,16
11
Lines and Planes in 3-Dimensions
14
14
14
14
14
1
Number Base
5,6
4,5
5,6
4,5
5,6
2
Graph of Function II
28
28
28
28
28
3
Transformations III
4
Matrices
40
39,40
39,40
39,40
39,40
5
Variations
38,39
36,37,38
36,37,38
36,37,38
36,37,38
6
Gradient and the Area under a Graph
7
Probability II
35,36,37
34,35
34,35
8
Bearing
18
16
17
16
17
9
The Earth as a Spehere
17
17,18
18
17,18
18
10
Plan and Elevation
40
40
40
40
40
Total
11
26
SPM
42
PAPER 2
Form
1-3
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
5
2
4
2
2
6
5
11
4
9
7
8
6
7
Quadratic Expressions and Equations
7
1
3
3
3
3
Sets
1
4
Mathematics Reasoning
4
8
6
7
5
5
The Straight Lines
6
5
10
5
6
6
Statistics III
14
14
14
16
14
7
Probability I
8
Circles III
9
Trigonometry II
10
Angles of Elevation and Depression
11
Lines and Planes in 3-Dimensions
1
Number Base
2
1
Polygon I, II
2
Transformations I, II
3
Trigonometry I
4
Algebraic Expressions I, II, III
5
Algebraic Formulae
6
Algebraic Fractions
7
Linear Equations I, II
8
Indices
9
Linear Inequalities
10
Graph of Functions I
11
Solid Geometry I, II, III
2
12
Circles I, II
13
Statistics I, II
1
Standard Form
2
3
1
1
9
3
4
2
4
11
Graph of Function II
12
12
13
1, 12
12
3
Transformations III
13
13
12
15
13
4
Matrices
8
11
11
9
8
5
Variations
6
Gradient and the Area under a Graph
11
10
9
10
9
7
Probability II
10
7
8
10
8
Bearing
9
The Earth as a Spehere
16
16
16
14
16
10
Plan and Elevation
15
15
15
13
15
Total
16
16
16
16
43
MATHEMATIC
Kertas 1
MATHEMATICAL FORMULAE
The following formulae may be helpful in answering the questions. The symbols given are the ones commonly used.
RELATIONS
1. Area of trapezium = 1 × sum of parallel sides × height
2
1. am x an = a m+ n
2. am ÷ an = a m – n
2. Circumference of circle = πd = 2πr
3. ( am )n = a mn
d
( -c
1
d-b
4. A-1 =
5. Distance =
-b
a
)
3. Area of circle = πr2
4. Curved surface area of cylinder = 2πrh
√(x2 - x1)2+ (y2-y1)2
x1 + x2
y1+y2
6. Midpoint, ( x, y ) =
(
7. Average speed =
distance travelled
time taken
2
,
2
)
5. Surface area of sphere = 4πr2
6. Volume of right prism = cross sectional area × length
sum of data
number of data
8. Mean =
sum of (class mark x frequency)
sum of frequencies
9. Mean =
10. Pythagoras Theorem
c2 = a2 + b2
7. Volume of cylinder =πr2h
8. Volume of cone = 1 πr2h
3
9. Volume of sphere =
4 3
πr
3
10. Volume of right pyramid = 1 × base area × height
3
11. Sum of interior angles of a polygon = ( n – 2) × 180˚
n (A)
11. P ( A ) =
n (S)
12.
arc length
circumference of circle
=
angle subtended at centre
360º
12. P ( A') = 1 - P(A)
13. m =
14. m =
y -y
2
1
x2- x1
y - intercept
x - intercept
13.
area of sector
=
area of circle
14. Scale factor , k =
15. Area of image = k
360º
PA'
PA
2
× area of object
SHAPES AND SPACE
44
Answer all questions
1. Round off 0.060874 correct to two significant figures.
A
B
C
D
0.060
0.061
0.0608
0.0609
yº
2. Evaluate 7.52 x 10
A
B
C
D
2.72
2.72
7.04
7.04
x
x
x
x
7. In Diagram 2, PQRSUV is a regular hexagon . PUT, QUW
and RST are straight lines.
V
P
-5
– 4.8 x 10
-6
U
Q
=
xº (
10
-5
10
-6
10
-5
10
Diagram 2
Find the value x + y
A
B
C
D
-8
B 6.348 x 10-7
C 6.348 x 10
S
R
A 6.348 x 10
120º
150º
180º
210º
8. Diagram 3 shows a circle with centre O and TPQ as a tangent
to the circle at P. Given that SRQ is a straight line.
7
T
8
P
D 6.348 x 10
4. Express 4368 as a number in base 5.
160º
O
40º
Q
xº
1215
212 5
2121 5
1221 5
R
S
Diagram 3
Find the value of x.
A
B
C
D
5. Evaluate 100102 - 10112
A
B
C
D
T
-6
3. Express 63480000 in standard form
A
B
C
D
W
1012
1112
10112
11012
20
30
40
50
9. Diagram 4 shows five quadrilaterals.
y
6. Diagram 1 shows a triangle PQR and quadrilateral
RSTU. PRS and QRU are straight lines.
U
P
6
C
4
A
40º
80º
B
2
R
Q
160º
S
xº
T
0
Diagram 1
Find the value of x.
A
B
C
D
95º
100º
105º
110º
-2
2
4
6
P
D
-4
Diagram 4
8
45
Which of the quadrilateral A, B, C or D is the image of
quadrilateral P under a rotation of anticlockwise about
the centre (4, 0) ?
13.Diagram 8 shows the graph of y = 6xn.
y
• (2, s)
10. Diagram 5 shows a triangle J’K’L’ is the image of triangle JKL
under a anticlockwise rotation of 90º.
x
O
Diagram 7
Find the value of s.
12
6
3
2
14.Diagram 9 shows the position of points P, Q and R on a
map. Given that bearing of R from P is 150°.
P
140°
R
Q
Diagram 5
DIAGRAM 9
Which of the points A, B, C or D, is the centre of the rotation
Find the bearing of Q from R.
11.In Diagram 6, O is the centre of circle PQRST.
A
B
C
D
Q
R
290º
310º
320º
330º
α
o
P (1,0)
15.Which of the following graphs represents y = - 5 x -1?
y
A
T (0.2 - 0.7)
S
Diagram 6
x
O
Find the value of cos α.
A
B
C
D
–0.7
–0.2
0.2
0.7
y
B
O
x
12. Diagram 7 shows a rectangle JKLM.
K
18 cm
J
5 cm
L
y
C
N
M
x
Diagram 7
0
Given that the ratio of LN : LM = 2 : 3. Calculate the value
of cos KNM.
12
13
5
B
13
5
C 13
12
D 13
A
D
y
0
x
A
B
C
D
46
16. Diagram 10 shows a cuboid with a horizontal base PQRS.
W
V
U
T
19. Express m - 1-m as a single fraction in its simplest from.
n
2n
A 3m-1
2n
B m-1
2n
C 2m-1
2n2
D 1
3n
13 cm
R
5 cm
P
12 cm
Q
20.(x – y)2 – (x2 – y2) =
Diagram 10
A
B
C
D
State the angle between the planes PWQ and PQRS.
A
B
C
D
WQU
WQS
QPW
WPS
21. Given that q =
17.Diagram 11 shows a right prism with rectangular base
PQRS. Trapezium PQUT is the uniform cross-section of
the prism.
W
V
A
5q-5
q-1
C
5q-5
1-q
B
5+5q
q-1
D
5+5q
1-q
22. Given that 3m+5 = m-2 calculate the value of h.
4
S
R
A
B
C
D
Q
P
Diagram 11
Identify the angle between the line RT and the plane
TPSW.
RTP
RTS
QRT
TRS
18.Diagram 12 shows Ahmad observing a kite which is flying
vertically above point L. The horizontal distance between
him and point L is 30 m.
h
1.6 m
L
30 m
Diagram 12
Given that the angle of elevation of the kite from Ahmad is
25º. Find the vertical height, h, in m, of the kite.
A
B
C
D
p-5
, then p =
p+5
U
T
A
B
C
D
-2xy
-2y2
-2xy + 2y2
-2xy + y2
13.99
15.59
64.34
65.94
3
6
7
13
23.Given that (53x)2 = (252)2. Find the value of x.
A
2
3
B
4
3
C 1
D
8
3
24.Simplify k × (3k-1)2 ÷ (3k-4).
A
B
C
D
3k
3
3k
4k
3
4k
25.List all the integers x that satisfy the inequality –4 < 2x ≤
2.
A
B
C
D
0, 1, 2
0, 1
0, 1, 2
1, 2
47
26.Diagram 13 is a bar chart which shows the scores of a
group of pupils
29. Diagram 15 is a Venn diagram which shows the number
of element of set P,Q and R.
P
Number of pupils
6
Q
4
1
4
6
3
2
R
5
2
Diagram 15
3
4
DIAGRAM 13
5
Score
State the modal score.
A
B
C
D
It is given that the universal set ξ = P
(Q)=17. Find n[(P ∩ R) Q]
A
B
C
D
6
5
3
2
Q
R and n
12
13
18
21
30. Diagram 16 is a Venn diagram which shows the
universal set ξ = P Q R
∩ ∩
27.Table 1 shows the number of pencils brought by a group
of students to school.
Number of pencils
1
2
3
4
5
Frequency
10
4
9
5
2
P
Q
R
Table 1
Diagram 16
∩ ∩
28. Diagram 14 shows the universal set, ξ = R
= 35, n (S) = 17, n (R ∩S)=9 and n(S ∩T) = 3
S
T, n( ξ )
R (P ∩ Q)
(Q' ∩ R) ∩(P ∩ Q)
(P ∩ Q)
(Q P)'
(P ∩ Q) (Q' ∩ R)
∩
∩
A
B
C
D
1
2
5
6
∩
A
B
C
D
The shaded region in the Venn Diagram represent the set
∩
The difference between the mode and the median of the
data is
31. In Diagram 17, PQ = 5 units and OQ = 2OR.
y
P
S
Q
R
O
T
4
x
R
Diagram 17
The equation of QR is
Diagram 14
Find n(R'∩ T)
A
B
C
D
17
18
21
26
A y= 1 x-3
2
B y= 2x-3
C y= 1 x-2
2
D y= 2x-2
2
∩
1
∩ ∩
0
48
32. The gradient of the straight line 3y=
2
x = 6 is
3
2
9
2
3
A
B
38. In Diagram 18, N is the North Pole, S is the South Pole
and NOS is the axis of the earth. PRQ is the equator
and NGS is Greenwich Meridian.
The position of point T is
N
T
C 2
40º
D 6
P
R
S
Diagram 18
A
A
B
C
D
35.
A
B
4
9
( 54 )-
1
3
A
( 131 )
B
( -25 )
C
( 35 )
D
(-27 )
36. Given
A
B
C
D
C
5
9
D
1
2
1
A P
Q2
B P
Q
2
C P
1
Q
DP
1
Q2
1
2
40. Table 2 shows some values of p, q, and r.t
( -36 )
p
2
q
3
A
B
C
D
9
m
17
9
Table 2
r
Given that p
4
q
, calculate the value of m.
3√r
2
4
6
8
( p4
-3
1
) ( p6 )= ( 279 ), calculate the value of p
1
3
6
9
37. P(15ºN, 20ºE), Q and R are three points on the earth’s
surface. Q is due south of P. The difference in latitude
between P and Q is 40º . R is due west of Q. The
differenc in longitude between Q and R is 60º. The
position of R is
A
B
C
D
(40°N, 80°W)
(40°N, 100°W)
(50°N, 80°W)
(50°N, 100°W)
39. P varies inversely as the square root of Q. The relation
between P and Q is
34. A box contains 45 green marbles and a number of red
marbles. A marble is picked at random from the box.
Probability of getting red marble is 3 . Another 9 red
8
marbles were added into the box. If a marble is picked at
random from the box, what is the probability of getting
red marble?
1
3
Q
80º
33. A bag contains 5 yellow balls, 3 red balls and 9 blue balls.
A ball is picked at random from the bag. What is the
probability that the ball picked is not blue?
3
17
5
B
17
8
C
17
9
D
17
G
O
(25º N, 40º W)
(25º N, 80º E)
(55º N, 40º W)
(55º N, 80º E)
NFORMATION FOR CANDIDATES
1. This question paper consists of 40 questions.
2. Answer all questions.
3. Each question is followed by four alternative answers, A, B, C or D.
For each question, choose one answer only. Blacken your answer on
the objective answer sheet provided.
4. If you wish to change your answer, erase the blackened mark that
you have done. Then blacken the space for the new answer.
5. The diagrams in the questions provided are not drawn to scale unless
stated.
6. A list of formulae is provided on page 2 to 3.
7. You may use a non-programmable scientific
calculator.
49
MATHEMATIC
Kertas 2
MATHEMATICAL FORMULAE
The following formulae may be helpful in answering the questions. The symbols given are the ones commonly used.
RELATIONS
1. Area of trapezium = 1 × sum of parallel sides × height
2
1. am x an = a m+ n
2. am ÷ an = a m – n
2. Circumference of circle = πd = 2πr
3. ( am )n = a mn
d
( -c
1
d-b
4. A-1 =
5. Distance =
-b
a
)
3. Area of circle = πr2
4. Curved surface area of cylinder = 2πrh
√(x2 - x1)2+ (y2-y1)2
x1 + x2
y1+y2
6. Midpoint, ( x, y ) =
(
7. Average speed =
distance travelled
time taken
2
,
2
)
5. Surface area of sphere = 4πr2
6. Volume of right prism = cross sectional area × length
sum of data
number of data
8. Mean =
sum of (class mark x frequency)
sum of frequencies
9. Mean =
10. Pythagoras Theorem
c2 = a2 + b2
7. Volume of cylinder =πr2h
8. Volume of cone = 1 πr2h
3
9. Volume of sphere =
4 3
πr
3
10. Volume of right pyramid = 1 × base area × height
3
11. Sum of interior angles of a polygon = ( n – 2) × 180˚
n (A)
11. P ( A ) =
n (S)
12.
arc length
circumference of circle
=
360º
12. P ( A') = 1 - P(A)
13. m =
14. m =
y -y
2
1
x2- x1
y - intercept
x - intercept
13.
area of sector
=
area of circle
14. Scale factor , k =
15. Area of image = k
360º
PA'
PA
2
× area of object
SHAPES AND SPACE
50
Section A
[52 marks]
Answer all questions in this section.
(ii) A ∩ (B
O
R. Shade the region representing
C)’
A
B
B
C
C
[3 marks]
2. Using factorisation, solve the following quadratic equation x² -6 = 1 (x+9)
2
[4 marks]
3. Calculate the value of m and n that satisfy the following simultaneous linear equations:
[4 marks]
2m - 3n = 7
1m-n=2
2
E
H
D
C
F
G
9 cm
5 cm
A
12 cm
B
DIAGRAM 2
4. Identify and calculate the angle between the line AH and the plane ABCD.
[4 marks]
5. (a) State whether the following statement is true or false.
[1 marks]
r
{p, q, r, s} or -4 > -5
∩
A
∩
(i) A ∩ B'
∩ ∩
1. The Venn diagram below shows sets P, Q, and R. Given that the universal set ξ = P
(b) Write down Premise 2 to complete the following argument:
Premise 1: If a quadrilateral is a rhombus, then it has two parallel sides.
Premise 2 : . ...……………………………………………………………….....
Conclusion : KLMN is not a rhombus
[2 marks]
(c) Make a general conclusion by induction for the number sequence 7, 13, 23, 37, …
which follows the following pattern.
7 = 2(1)² + 5
13 = 2(2)² + 5
23 = 2(3)² + 5
37 = 2(4)² + 5
[2 marks]
51
6. Diagram 1 shows a solid that was formed by joining a right prism and a right pyramid.
V
Q
R
4cm
U
7cm
S
P
T
[4 marks]
7. In diagram 3, O is the origin and PQRS is a trapezium. PS is parallel to QR. The straight line RS is parallel to the y-axis.
The points Q and S lie on the x-axis.
y
P(− 3, 10)
S
O
Q
R(2, − 11)
DIAGRAM 3
Find
(a)
(b)
8. (a)
(b)
x
the equation of the straight line QR,
the x-intercept of the straight line QR.
2 -3
P is a matrix 2 x 2 such that 4 1
Find matrix P.
[
]
[5 marks]
P=
[ 10
0
1 .
]
[6 marks]
Write the following simultaneous linear equations as a matrix equation.
Hence using matrices, calculate the value of x and of y.
2x-3y=6
4x+y=5
R
Q
T
150 o
P
30o
U
S
DIAGRAM 4
9. In diagram 4, QRS and UT are arcs of two circles, centres P and S respectively.
It is given that PUS is a straight line, PQ = 28 cm and US = 14 cm. Using, π= 22 , calculate
7
(a) the area, in , of the shaded region,
(b) the perimeter, in cm, of the shaded region.
[6 marks]
DIAGRAM 1
The right angled triangle PST is the uniform cross-section of the prism. PQRS is a square and the height
of the pyramid is 6 cm. Calculate the volume, in , of the solid.
52
10. Diagram 5 shows the speed-time graph for the movement of a particle for a period of 30 seconds.
(
Speed ms −1
)
25
u
O
16
22
30
Time (s)
DIAGRAM 5
(a) State the length of time, in s, for which the particle moves with uniform speed.
(b) Calculate the rate of change of speed, in ms-2 , in the last 8 seconds.
(c) Calculate the value of u, if the distance traveled in the first 22 seconds is 303 m.
11. Table 1 shows the number of students who attend a motivation camp.
School
School A
School B
Number of students
Boys
Girls
9
4
7
8
TABLE 1
Two students from the group are required to take part in a show.
(a)
If one student is chosen at random from School A and another one from school B, calculate the probability that both are girls.
(b)
If two students are chosen at random from the group of boys, calculate the probability that both are from the same school.
53
Section B
[48 marks]
Answer any four questions in this section.
12. (a)
Table 2 shows the values of x and y which satisfy the equation y=x3-4x+11.
x
-3
-2.5
-2
-1
0
1
1.7
2
3
y
-4
5.38
k
14
11
8
m
11
26
TABLE 2
(b)
[2 marks]
For this part of the question, use the graph paper provided.
You can use a flexible curve rule.
By using a scale of 2 cm to 1 unit on the x-axis and 2 cm to 5 units on the y-axis, draw the graph of y=x3-4x+11 for
-3≤x≤3 .
[4 marks]
(c)
(d)
From your graph, find
(i) the value of y when x=1.4 ,
(ii) the value of x when x3-4x+11=0 .
[2 marks]
Draw a suitable straight line on your graph to find all the values of x which satisfy the equation
x3-6x+3=0 for -3≤x≤3.
State these values of x.
[4 marks]
13. Diagram 6 shows quadrilaterals ABCD, PQRS and PTUV drawn on a Cartesian plane.
10
U
V
8
6
T
R
S
Q
4
−2
B
2
C
O
D
P
A
2
4
6
8
Diagram 6
(a)
Transformation M is a translation
( -43 )
Transformation N is a reflection in the line y=x .
State the coordinates of the image of point S under each of the following transformations :
(i) M,
(ii) NM.
(b)
(i) PTUV is the image of ABCD under the combined transformation JK.
Describe in full, transformation K and transformation J.
[6 marks]
(ii) Given the shaded region QTUVSR represents a region with an area of 87 cm2, calculate the area,
in cm2, of the region represented by PQRS.
[3 marks]
Calculate the value of k and of m.
54
14. The data in Diagram 7 shows the time, in minute, taken by 40 students to solve some geometry problems.
(a)
42
44
51
50
47
54
60
65
48
72
41
35
58
64
68
57
47
58
44
55
53
39
43
49
61
60
53
59
40
39
58
63
74
58
69
54
58
36
66
52
Diagram 7
Using data in Diagram 7 and a class interval of 5 minutes, complete Table 3 in the answer space.
Time(minutes)
35 – 39
40 – 44
(b)
frequency
Midpoint
Based on table 3,
(i) find the modal class,
(ii) calculate the mean time taken by the students.
(c)
[3 marks]
[4 marks]
For this part of the question, use the graph paper provided on page 20.
By using a scale of 2 cm to 10 minutes on the horizontal axis and 2 cm to 1 students on the vertical axis, draw a
histogram based on Table 3.
[5marks]
15. You are not allowed to use graph paper to answer this question.
(a)
Diagram 8(i) shows a right prism with rectangular base ABCD on a horizontal table. The surface AEHILD is its
uniform cross-section. The rectangle IJKL is an inclined plane. The rectangle EFGH is a horizontal plane. The edges
AE , BF, CK, DL, GJ and HI are vertical edges. Given EH = FG = 2 cm.
F
G
E
K
H
L
5cm
7cm
J
6cm
B
I
A
C
6cm
5cm
D
Diagram 8(i)
P
Draw in full scale, the elevation of the solid on a vertical plane parallel to DC as viewed from P.
[4 marks]
55
(b)
A half-cylinder is joined to the solid in the Diagram 8(i) at the plane ABFE to form a combined solid as shown in Diagram 8(ii).
F
G
E
K
H
L
7cm
5cm
J
6cm
B
I
A
C
D
Q
Diagram 8(ii)
Draw to full scale,
(i) the plan of the combined solid,
(ii) the elevation of the combined solid on a vertical plane parallel to AD as viewed from Q.
[4 marks]
[4 marks]
16. P (67º N, 65º W) and Q are two points on the surface of the earth such that PQ is the
diameter of the earth and PR is the diameter of a parallel of latitude.
(a)
Mark the position of Q and R in Diagram 9.
[2 marks]
N
P•
O
S
Diagram 9
(b)
State the position of Q.
[2 marks]
(c)
Calculate the shortest distance, in nautical miles, from P to R measured along the surface of the earth.
[3 marks]
(d)
A jet plane took off from P due east to R and then flew due south to Q. The average speed for the
whole flight was 1500 knots. Calculate
(i) the distance , in nautical miles, from P to R measured along the parallel of latitude,
(ii) the total time, in hours, taken for the whole flight.
[5 marks]
6cm
5cm
56
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 1511/1 ] [ 1511/2 ]
Science
2004
CHAPTER
P1
A
B
P1
C
obj
2006
P2
A
B
P1
2007
P2
C
obj
A
B
1
3
1
1
P1
C
obj
2008
P2
A
B
P1
C
obj
P2
A
B
C
FORM 4
1. Scientific
Investigation
2. Body
Coordination
3
3. Heredity
& Coordination
5
4. Matter
& Substances
4
5. Energy &
Chemical Changes
4
6. Nuclear Energy
4
7. Light, Color
& Sight
3
8. Chemicals
In Industry
3
No. of question for Form 4
FORM 5
obj
2005
P2
1
3
4
1
1
1
5
3
1
1
1
5
1
2
26
1
9. Microorganisms
and their Effects
On Living Things
5
1
10. Nutrition & Food
Production
3
11. Preservation &
Conservation of
the Environment
3
12. Carbon
Compound
2
13. Motion
5
14. Food Technology
& Production
2
15. Synthetic
Materials In \
Industry
2
16. Electronics &
Information &
Communication
Technology
2
5
4
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
1
3
23
2
5
1
5
2
1
4
1
1
2
1
1
3
2
1
1
24
2
1
3
1
1
4
3
1
22
4
4
1
3
1
2
1
3
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
2
2
1
5
4
5
1
1
2
5
1
2
1
2
3
1
3
2
1
5
1
5
2
1
2
2
2
4
1
1
3
4
2
1
1
4
3
2
4
1
1
3
3
3
3
4
4
1
1
23
5
1
2
1
2
1
3
No. of question for Form 5
24
3
4
1
27
2
2
1
27
4
5
3
26
2
3
2
28
2
3
2
TOTAL
50
4
5
3
50
4
5
3
50
4
5
3
50
4
5
3
50
4
5
3
57
SCIENCE
Kertas 1
6. Diagram shows a first generation of cross breeding of two
cats.
Which of the following actions involves the impulse
pathway?
A Swallowing food
B Dancing with music
C Walking on a tight rope
D Blinking of the eyes to protect from dust
2. The diagram shows the structure of a human brain.
Which part of the brain controls involuntary actions?
What are the genes for the parents?
A
B
C
D
Male
Female
HH
HH
Hh
hh
Hh
hh
hh
Hh
7. The diagram shows how the sex of offspring is determined
in humans.
3. Deficiency of which element causes the thyroid gland to
swell?
A Calcium
C Iodine
B Sodium
D Iron
4. Salleh is walking on a piece of plank. What type of action
is this?
A A reflex action
B A capillary action
C A voluntary action
D An involuntary action
5. The diagram shows the different phases of cell division
in mitosis.
Which chromosomes are found in gametes P and Q?
A
B
C
D
P
22 + X
22 + Y
44 + X
44 + Y
Q
22 + Y
22 + X
44 + Y
44 + X
8. Which of the following is an example of a discontinuous
variation?
A Height
C Body weight
B Skin colour
D Blood group
9. Which of the following A, B, C or D represents liquid
particles?
Which is the correct sequence in the mitosis?
A
C
P, Q, R, S
R, S, Q, P
B
D
Q, R, P, S
S, P, R, Q
1. The diagram shows an impulse pathway.
58
10. Pure water can be produced from polluted water by
A evaporation
C distillation
15. The diagram shows a process involved in a green plant.
B boiling
D crystallization
11. The diagram shows the structure of an atom. Which of
the following A, B, C or D is an electron?
Which of the following substances are produced in the
above process?
12. The diagram shows an incomplete periodic table.
I
II
III
A
B
C
D
What type of element is in the shaded area?
A Metal
C Non-metal
B Inert gas
D Semi-metal
13. The diagram shows an experiment to study the heat
change in a chemical reaction.
Glucose
Oxygen
Nitrogen
I and II only
I and III only
II and III only
I, II and III
16. Which element is used as a source of energy in a nuclear
reactor?
A Cobalt
C Radium
B Carbon
D Uranium
17. Which of the following are the uses of radioactive
substances?
I To detect leaking of underground pipes
II To sterilize pests
III To kill microorganisms on surgical
instruments
A
B
C
D
What type of reaction is involved?
A Exothermic
C Neutralization
I and II only
I and III only
II and III only
I, II and III
18. The diagram shows an object which is placed in front of
a plane mirror.
B Endothermic
D Decomposition
14. The diagram shows the position of metal X in the
reactivity series of metals.
Which image appears in the plane mirror?
What is metal X
A Zinc
C Lead
B Iron
D Magnesium
59
19. The diagram shows the position of an object Q in front
of a convex lens. At which of the following positions
A, B, C or D is the image of object Q formed?
24. The following information shows the classification of
microorganisms
20. The diagram shows the dispersion of white light using a
glass prism.
A Algae
C Bacteria
What are the colours at R and S?
R
A
B
C
D
S
Violet
Red
Red
Orange
Red
Violet
Blue
Violet
21. The diagram shows an observer looking at the sky at
noon.
B Virus
D Protozoa
25. What is the optimum temperature for the growth of
bacteria that can cause diseases?
A 0 oC
C 37 oC
B 5 oC
D 60 oC
26. The microorganism which helps the digestion of cellulose
in herbivores is
A Algae
C Virus
B Fungi
D Bacteria
27. Which of the following disease is cause by protozoa?
A AIDS
C Malaria
B Dengue
D Tuberculosis
28. An individual can acquire artificial passive immunity after
Which colour of the sunlight dispersed the most?
A Blue
C Green
B White
D Yellow
22. Which of the following processes increase the hardness
of a metal?
A Purification
C Plating
B Alloying
D Polymerization
23. The word equation below shows the reaction to produce
a type of fertilizer.
Ammonia + sulphuric acid
Fertilizer X (Baja X)
Fertilizer X is
A ammonium nitrate
C ammonium sulphate
B ammonium carbonate
D ammonium chloride
A
B
C
D
drinking mother’s milk
being injected with vaccine
recovering from an illness
being injected with antiserum
29. Table shows the calorific value of three types of food
Food
Calorofic value/ kJ g-1
Bread
10.0
Butter
30.0
Orange juice
2.0
Ali takes breakfast which consists of 10 g of bread, 5 g
of butter and 100 g of orange juice. Calculate the total
calorific value taken.
A 42 kJ
C 157 kJ
B 115 kJ
D 450 kJ
What is microorganism X?
60
30. The diagram shows part of a nitrogen cycle. Which of
the following A, B, C or D is the part where denitrifying
bacteria function?
37. The excessive intake of saturated fats can harm our health
because they
A
B
C
D
do not dissolve in water
are solids at room temperature
cause high cholesterol levels
act as solvents for certain vitamins
38. The following information shows the steps in the extraction
of palm oil.
31. A plant is known as a producers because it can
A
B
C
D
use oxygen
carry out photosynthesis
produce carbon dioxide
absorb nutrients from the soil
32. Which of the following gases contributes the most to the
green house effect?
Which is the correct sequence in the process?
A P, Q, S, R
C R, S, P, Q
A Sulphur dioxide
B Carbon dioxide
C Nitrogen dioxide
D Carbon monoxide
B Q, R, P, S
D R, Q, S, P
39. The following word equation shows a chemical reaction.
33. What is the most effective method to control pollution
caused by plastic waste materials?
A
B
C
D
Recycle
Bury in the soil
Throw into the sea
Burn in open area
What is X?
34. What is the most suitable method to maintain the
fertility of agriculture land?
A
B
C
D
Use pesticides
Plant cover crops
Use contour planting
Practise alternate cropping
A Petrol
C Ethanol
B Ester
D Fats
40. The diagram below shows two type of blocks, X and Y,
suspended at the same height. Both blocks have the same
shape and size.
35. Which of the following can maximise the production of
food?
A
B
C
D
Plant cover crops
Use terrace planting
Use modern technology
Practise alternate cropping
36. The following word equation shows a chemical process.
Yeast
Glucose
X + Carbon Dioxide
What is X?
A Urea
C Ethanol
B Ester
D Ammonia
What will be observed if both blocks are swung using
the same force and time?
A
B
C
D
X swings faster than Y
X stops faster than Y
X swings for a longer time than Y
X and Y swing and stop at the same time
61
41. A football player kicks a ball 20 meters from the goal
line. The ball takes 4 seconds to cross the goal line.
What is the speed of the ball?
46. The diagram blow shows an example of processed food.
Speed = Distance / Time
A 0.2 ms-1
C 24 ms-1
B 5 ms-1
D 80 ms-1
42. Which model of shoe exerts the least pressure on the
surface of the ground when worn by the same lady?
A irradiation
C dehydration
B pasteurization
D deep freezing
47. Which of the following materials is the most suitable to be
used in making a three-pin plug?
43. The diagram shows a hydraulic system.
A Bakelite
C Polystyrene
B Polythene
D Polyvinyl chloride PVC
48. The diagram below shows a process in the production of a
synthetic material.
How much force is needed to lift a car with a
weight of 10 000 N?
Pressure = Force / Surface area
A 100 N
C 10 000 N
B 1 000 N
D 100 000 N
What is process P?
A Vulcanization B Polymerization
C Coagulation
D Depolymerizagtion
49. Which propagation wave has the highest frequency?
44. Which of the following chemical substances is used in
processed food to make the food more attractive?
A Sweetener
C Stabilizer
B Antioxidant
D Colouring
45 The diagram below shows a stone weighed in the air
and then in water.
50. Which of the following is true about communication
satellites?
What is the upthrust experienced by the stone?
A 0.2 N
C 0.8 N
B 0.6 N
D 1.4 N
A Located outside the Earth’s orbit
B Obtains energy from the Earth’s satellite station
C Three satellites are needed for worldwide
communication
D Makes one complete orbit around the Earth in on
month
The processing method used is
62
SCIENCE
Kertas 2
SECTION A
[20 marks]
Answer all questions in this section
The time suggested to answer this question is 60 minutes
1.
Diagram 1.1 shows an experiment to study the reactivity of metals with dilute hydrochloric acid.
Dilute
Hydrochloric Acid.
Bubble
Zinc Plate
Dilute
Hydrochloric Acid.
Bubble
Magnesium
Ribbon
DIAGRAM 1.1
(a)
Write one observation based on Diagram 1.1
…………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(b)
Write one inference for your observation in (a)
............................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
Dilute
Hydrochloric Acid.
Copper
DIAGRAM 1.2
(c)
Based on the Diagram 1.2, predict the position of copper in the reactivity series of metals.
.........................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
(d)
What is the responding variable in the above experiment?
..........................................................................................................................
(e)
[1 mark]
What is the operational definition for reactivity of metal in this experiments?
…………………………………………………………………………………….
[1 mark]
63
Diagram 2 shows the arrangement of the apparatus in an experiment to study the bacterial growth in different condition.
DIAGRAM 2
The arrangement of apparatus is kept in an incubator at 37oC for 2 days.
Table 2.1 shows the observation of this experiment.
Test tube
Observation
X
No change
Y
Slightly cloudy
Z
Cloudy
TABLE 2.1
(a)
Write down one inference based on the observation for test tube Z in Table 2.1
……………………………………………………………………………....
[1 mark]
(b)
State the variables in this experiment:
(i)
Manipulated variable
………………………………………………………………………
(ii)
Constant variable
………………………………………………………………………
[2 marks]
(c)
Tick (√ ) in Table 2.2 which shown the properties of solution in each test-tube.
Properties of solution
(Sifat larutan)
Test tube
(Tabung uji)
Acidic
(Asid)
Alkaline
(alkali)
Neutral
(neutral)
X
Y
Z
TABLE 2.2
[2 marks]
2.
64
3.
In an experiment, the velocity of a toy car is recorded in Table 3.
Time
Velocity
0
0
1
3
2
6
3
8
4
9
5
9
Table 3 /Jadual 3
(a)
Using the data in Table 3, draw a graph of velocity against time.
Velocity/
halaju (m/s)
10
8
6
4
2
Time/masa(s)
[2 marks]
(b)
Based on the graph in (a), what is the relationship of time and velocity on the first 3 minutes?
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(c)
Based on the graph in (a), what is the velocity of the toy car at 2.5 seconds?
…………………………………………………………………………ms-1
[ 1 mark ]
(d)
State the hypothesis of this experiment.
.......................................................................................................................
[ 1 mark ]
65
Diagram 3 shows three bottles of water samples P, Q and R taken from three different areas. Then, the precipitation of
each water sample is determined and recorded in Table 4.
DIAGRAM 3
Area of water sample
Height of precipitation
P
Q
R
TABLE 4
(a)
Measure the height of precipitation in the bottle of P, Q and R and record it in the table.
[1 mark]
(b)
Based on the height of precipitation, which is the most polluted area?
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(c)
State the operational definition of water pollution.
........................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
(d)
State the variables in this investigation:
(i)
Manipulated variable.
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii)
Responding variable.
………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark ]
4.
66
SECTION B
[30 marks]
Answer all questions in this section
The time suggested to answer this question is 60 minutes
5
Diagram 4 shows the structure of a camera.
Z:.......................
Y:.......................
DIAGRAM 4
(a)
Label parts Y and Z in Diagram 4.
[2 marks]
(b)
(i) Name the part in eyes that has the same function with part labelled Z in Diagram 4.
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) What is the function of the part Y?
.........................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
(c)
(i) State one characteristic of images formed by the camera.
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) State one optical instrument that forms the same characteristic of image as in (c)(i).
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
Diagram 5 shows the formation of twins in human being.
Rajah 5 menunjukkan pembentukan kembar pada manusia.
Process P
R
Process Q
DIAGRAM 5
(a)
(i) Name process P.
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) What are the numbers of chromosomes in R?
(b)
........................................................................................................................
[1 mark ]
(i) Name process Q.
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) State one importance of process Q in human being.
……..………………………………..………………………………………
[1 mark]
(c)
(i) What is the type of twins shown in Diagram 5?
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) Explain your answer in (c) (i)
...........………………………………………………………………………
........................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
6
67
68
7
Diagram 6 shows the calorie requirements for different individuals.
(a)
DIAGRAM 6
Why do human beings need calories?
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(b)
Based on Diagram 6, state two factors which affect the calorie requirement of an individual.
Factor 1 :........................................................................................................
Factor 2 :…………………………………………………………………....
[2 marks]
(c)
(i) Which individual has the highest calorie requirement?
……....………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) Explain why the individual in (b)(i) needs the highest amount of energy?
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(d)
State one reason why teenager needs more calories than the old man?
…………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
69
Diagram 7.1 shows examples of processed food
Diagram 7.1
(a)
Why the foods in Diagram 7.1 need to be processed?
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(b)
(i) Name the method used to process the foods in Diagram 7.1
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) How the method of food processing in (b)(i) is carried out?
………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
Diagram 7.2 shows example of another processed food
DIAGRAM 7.2
(c)
(i) Name the method used to process the foods in Diagram 7.2
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) How the method of food processing in (c)(i) is carried out?
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(d)
Where the information of the processed food is obtained?
………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
8
70
9.
Diagram 9 shows a wave.
DIAGRAM 9.1
(a)
Choose the correct terms and fill in the boxes in Diagram 9.1.
Wavelength
Amplitude
Frequency
Period
[2 marks]
(b)
State one characteristic of wave.
…………………………………………………………………………………..
[1 mark]
Diagram 9.2 shows the electromagnet waves spectrum.
DIAGRAM 9.2
(c)
P, Q and R are three types of waves. Which of the waves is
(i) radio wave?
………………………………………………………………………………
(ii) x-ray?
……………………………………………………………………………...
[2 marks]
(d)
Why is the radio wave suitable for communication?
…..…………………………………………………………………………..
……………………………………………………………………………...
[1 mark]
71
Section C
[20 marks]
Answer Question 10 and either Question 11 or Question 12
10.
Vulcanised rubber is better than non-vulcanised rubber for making tyres.
You are suggested to plan an experiment to investigate the differences between the two types of rubber in terms of elasticity.
(a) Suggest a hypothesis to investigate the above statement.
You are given strips of 10cm vulcanised rubber, 10cm non-vulcanised rubber, weight with a mass of 200g, 2 clips, a stop watch, a
retort stand and other apparatus
(b) Describe an experiment to test your hypothesis in 10(a) based on the following criteria:
(i) Aim of the experiment
[1 mark]
(ii) Identification of variables
[2 marks]
(iii) List of apparatus and materials
[1 mark]
(iv) Procedure or method
[4 marks]
(v) Tabulation of data
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
72
11.
(a)
State four differences between nervous coordination and hormonal
coordination.
[4 marks]
(b)
Diagram 11 shows examples of endocrine glands.
aorta
larynx
pancreas
thyroid
cland
kidney
uterus
trachea
DIAGRAM 11
Study the information in Diagram 11 and construct the concept of endocrine glands.
Your answer should be based on the following steps:
• Identify the information
[1 mark]
• Identify the common characteristics
[2 marks]
• Write an example of another endocrine gland and state the reason
[1 mark]
• Write a non example of endocrine gland and state the reason.
[1 mark]
• State the actual concept of endocrine glands
[1 mark]
12.
(a)
State four differences between metal and non metal
[4 marks]
(b)
Nora found out that the water comes out from the pipe in her house is
cloudy and yellowish in colour after a heavy rain.
Explain how you can help her to gets a clean water.
Your answer should include the following;
o Identify the problem
[1 mark]
o Clarification of the problem
[1 mark]
o Solving methods
[3 marks]
o Evaluate the methods
KERTAS PEPERIKSAAN TAMAT
[1 mark]
ovary
More and more students are opting to
pursue their careers in Allied Health Sciences.
From lab technologists to medical doctors,
the opportunities are vast. Mr Rafeeudeen
Mohamad, Registrar of MAHSA University
College talks to Times about the careers
in Allied Health Sciences.
There is a huge demand for allied health
professionals in today’s
healthcare
industry.
The opportunities are
not limited to the industry in Malaysia,
but also at the international level so students
who pursue this field
may have the chance
to travel and enjoy different working experiences.
MAHSA offers a variety
of courses in the field of
Allied Health Sciences
including Nursing, Pharmacy, Physiotherapy, Medical Lab
Technology, Medical Imaging (Radiography), and Environmental
Health. These courses are offered through its programmes, which
are available at the certificate, diploma, and degree levels.
“Our students are fully trained both theoretically as well as clinically
which makes them prepared to later pursue their individual
careers in the Health Science industry,” says Rafeeudeen who
explains that the coursework at MAHSA consists of 60 percent
theory and 40 percent clinical practical sessions.
Entry requirements
The minimum requirement for entry into the diploma programme
at MAHSA is three credits in SPM inclusive of one science subject.
However, for the Diploma in Dental Technology, the requirement
is five credits. Students who are interested in pursuing any of the
degree courses at MAHSA (MBBS, Dentistry, and Pharmacy) must
have at least a minimum grade of 4B in Mathematics, Additional
Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, and Physics.
In addition to the minimum entry requirements, students in
the Allied Health Sciences profession should demonstrate a
determination to succeed and a caring nature says Rafeeudeen.
He adds that they should be good-natured, hardworking, and
helpful.
“The hours are long and taxing so an individual should be mildtempered as well as able to deal with patients in a smiling and
polite manner at all times,” he explains. “The most valued skill
an individual should possess in any profession is the ability to
provide helpful communication and assistance to another person
when in need.
Huge Market
According to Rafeeudin, the most popular allied health
science courses among Malaysian students at the moment are
Physiotherapy, Pharmacy, and Medical Lab Technology. However,
he expects MAHSA’s upcoming Dentistry and Medicine (MBBS)
courses to be in high demand as well.
All its diploma and degree programmes are fully conducted
in Malaysia. “We are offering students the chance to do an
international degree at a lower rate than studying abroad,”
maintains Rafeeudin who adds that MAHSA has plans to promote
overseas options in times to come.
“At MAHSA we welcome anyone who wishes to pursue a career
in Allied Health Sciences,” he concludes. “The statistics show that
the country will need more than 54,000 allied health science
professionals by the year 2020. There is a market for those with
skills and knowledge so I would advise you not to miss the chance
of a lifetime.”
If you enjoy video games, surfing the web, or watching 3D animation, then you
might want to consider studying for a degree in creative multimedia. Assoc
Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites from MMU gives Times a brief overview of the
industry and tells us what students will learn when they pursue this course.
Creative multimedia
is one of the country’s
fastest
growing
industries
and
it
offers a wide range of
career opportunities.
According to Assoc
Prof. Harold (Hal)
M. Thwaites, Dean
of the Faculty of
Creative Multimedia
at MMU, a graduate
of this discipline can
find
employment
in any field that
requires creativity in
communication and
content creation.
Additionally, Thwaites advises students to acquire and develop
specific skills such as 3D modelling, animation, web designing,
authoring, photography, video, and basic programming. With
so many areas of specialty under the creative multimedia field,
which one is most popular among students?
“They can work in the creative services industry, corporations
that use creative communications in their businesses, or they
may choose to start their own enterprise,” he says. “As far as
career prospects are concerned, this area of expertise is always
in demand due to the rapid changes and new application of
content in ICT.”
Entry requirements
In order to enrol in a multimedia course, a student should pass
his or her SPM examinations with a minimum of five credits
including English, Mathematics, and Science. However, Assoc
Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites adds that examinations aren’t the
only things student should be concerned with.
Coursework
“The most important quality that needs to be developed by
a student is the willingness and interest to learn the field,” he
maintains. He also emphasises the importance of creative and
innovative thinking as these are critical in content creation, which
is an integral part of creative multimedia.
“By the number of students enrolling in our courses in the past
five years, the indication is the Bachelor of Multimedia in Media
Innovation, which specialises in multimedia advertising and
branding,” says Assoc Prof. Harold (Hal) M. Thwaites who explains
that the core areas in the programme involve introduction to the
theory and practise of advertising and brand communication.
“This area includes visual communication design, web,
environmental design, audiovisual, corporate identity,
copywriting, online advertising, and e-commerce concepts,” he
elaborates.
At MMU, the curriculum is 60 percent on design theories and
practise, 30 percent on communication design technology,
and 10 percent on liberal studies. For design areas, subjects
are 100 percent coursework and this involves mostly practical
and experiential learning. In communication design technology
subjects, students will develop practical skills in computational
design.
The undergraduate programmes at MMU are fully conducted
locally and students have the option of continuing their studies
at the postgraduate level.
77
M 2009
SPM
2009
[ 4551/1 ] [ 4551/2 ] [ 4551/3 ]
Biology
2004
F
O
R
M
4
1. Introduction to
Biology
2007
2008
1
2. Cell Struc.
and Cell
Org.
3
3. Movement
of Sbstacr
Pl. Mb
3
4. Chemical
Comp. of the
Cell
3
5. Cell
Division
3
3
1
1
2
1
1
3
2
4
3
3
7. Respiration
3
8. Dynamic
Ecosystem
3
9. Endangered Ecosystem
3
No. of question
for Form 4
25
3
10. Transport
8
1
11. Locomotion and
Support
2
12. Coordination and
Response
5
13. Reproduction &
Growth
4
14. Inheritance
4
5
2006
P1
P2
P3
P1
P2
P3
P1
P2
P3
P1
P2
P3
P1 P2
P3
Ob A B C Q1 Q2 Ob A B C Q1 Q2 Ob A B C Q1 Q2 Ob A B/C Q1 Q2 Ob A B/C Q1 Q2
6. Nutrition
F
O
R
M
2005
1
1
7
1
1
2
1
0
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
2
1 1
1
2
8
1
4
1
4
5
1
3
2
3
1
3
4
4
1
0
1
1
1
23
2
6
1
2 1
1
1
1
31
5
1
6
5
5
1
5
5
1
2
1
5
1
3
1
1
3
1
3
27
1
1
2
5
1
3
1
2
1
4
3
1
1
8
1
28
1
3
3
1
1
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
5
1
1
2
4
1
5
1
2
1
15. Variation
2
No. of
question for
Form 5
25
2
1
2
0
0
22
2
2
1
0
0
27
3
0 1
0
0
19
3
1
0
0
23
2
3
1
0
0
TOTAL
50
5
2
2
1
1
50
6
2
2
1
1
50
5
2 2
1
1
50
5
4
1
1
50
5
4
1
1
Chapter
78
BIOLOGY
Kertas 1
1. Diagram 1 shows an organelle of a cell.
4. Diagram 3 shows a plant strip immersed in solution X for 30
minutes.
Diagram 3
Diagram 1
Which cell does not have this organelle?
What is solution X?
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
Meristem
Companion cell
Cork cambium
Sclerenchyma
2. The following information refers to organelle M.
Sucrose solution 5%.
Sucrose solution 20%.
Salt solution 5%.
Distilled water
5. Diagram 4 shows a visking tubing filled with 20 % sucrose
solution immersed in distilled water for 30 minutes.
• Consists of a stack of flattened membrane
– bound sacs
• Function as a processing, packaging and
transport centre of carbohydrates, proteins
and glycoproteins
20 % sucrose solution
What is organelle M ?
A
B
C
D
Diagram 4
Vacuole
Nucleus
Golgi apparatus
Endoplasmic reticulum
3. Diagram 2 shows a plant cell immersed in a
hypertonic solution.
What are the observations that can be made?
I Water goes into the visking tubing.
II The visking tubing is flaccid.
III The visking tubing increases in weight.
IV The visking tubing is turgid.
A
B
C
D
I and II only
I and III only
I, III and IV only
I, II, III and IV
6. Diagram 5 shows the model of a DNA.
Diagram 2
Which of the following shows the plant cell after
it has been transferred to a hypotonic solution for 5
minutes?
Diagram 5
What is represented by the units P, Q and R?
P
Q
R
A
Sugar
Base
Phosphate
B
Phosphate
Sugar
Base
C
Phosphate
Base
Sugar
D
Base
Phosphate
Sugar
79
7. Diagram 6 shows the ‘lock and key’ hypothesis of an enzyme
reaction.
10.Diagram 9 shows a cell cycle.
K
L
Q
M
R
S
Diagram 6
Diagram 9
Which of the following is represented by K, L and
M?
L
M
A
Enzyme
Products of
reaction
Enzyme substrate
complex
B
Enzyme
substrate
complex
Enzyme
Products of the
reaction
C
Products of
the reaction
Enzyme
Enzyme substrate
complex
D
Products of
the reaction
Enzyme substrate
complex
Enzyme
A
B
C
D
P
Q
R
S
11. Diagram 10 shows part of the human digestive system.
8. Diagram 7 shows Zaki’s shirt with a blood stain before and after
being washed with an enzyme containing detergent.
Diagram 10
Which of the following enzyme is secreted by organ S?
Blood stain
Before
After
Diagram 7
Which is the most suitable enzyme and temperature to give the
result shown?
Enzyme
Temperature
A
Protease
37°C
B
Protease
18°C
C
Lipase
18°C
D
Lipase
37°C
9. Diagram 8 shows an animal cell undergoing meiosis I.
A
B
C
D
Erepsin
Pepsin
Rennin
Trypsin
12. Into which part of the alimentary canal is bile released?
A
B
C
D
Ileum
Oesophagus
Stomach
Duodenum
13. The bile duct of a person was removed by surgery.
Which of the following type of food has to be reduced by
the person?
A
B
C
D
Butter
Bread
Orange
Biscuit
14. Which of the following features of the leaf are adapted for
photosynthesis?
Diagram 8
How many chromosomes are there in the gamete of this animal?
A
B
C
D
2
4
6
8
I
II
III
IV
A
B
C
D
Thin flattened body
Thick cuticle
Abundant chloroplasts
Smooth margin
I and III only
II and IV only
I, II and III only
IV only
K
At what stage in the cell cycle does replication of
chromosomes take place?
80
15. Diagram 11 shows the cross-section of a dicotyledonous leaf.
19. Diagram 13 shows the respiratory system of a cockroach.
Q
R
S
T
Diagram 11
Photosynthesis takes place in
A
B
C
D
Q, R and S only.
Q and S only.
Q, R and T only.
Q and R only.
Diagram 13
In which of the following parts does gaseous exchange
takes place?
16. Diagram 12 shows the human alimentary canal.
C
A
B
A
J and L only
B
M only
C
N only
D
M and N only
D
20. What are the features of the human lung which facilitate
gaseous exchange?
Diagram 12
Which parts labelled A, B, C or D produce enzyme that works
best at pH 1.5?
I Thin, moist alveolar walls.
II Large number of alveoli
III Well supplied with blood capillaries.
IV Delicate alveoli
17. The following information is about amino acids.
Excess amino acids cannot be stored
in the body and are broken down in
the liver through process K.
A
I and III only
B
II and IV only
C
I, II and III only
D
I, II, III and IV
What is process K?
A
B
C
D
21. Diagram 14 shows the experiment to investigate the content of
carbon dioxide and oxygen in an air sample .
deamination
assimilation
defeacation
absorption
18. The table below shows an experiment to determine the content
of vitamin C in orange juice.
Sample
Volume required to decolourise 1.0
cm3 of 0.1% DCPIP solution
0.1% Ascorbic acid
0.6
Orange juice
1.5
Diagram 14
What is the amount of vitamin C in orange juice?
mg/cm3
A
0.4
B
2.5 mg/cm3
C
0.3 mg/cm3
D
5 mg/cm3
Initial length of bubble gas……………………….................10.00 cm
Length of bubbles gas + potassium hydroxide solution......9.60 cm
Length of bubble gas + potassium pyrogalate solution ......8.00 cm
What is the percentage of oxygen in the air sample?
A
B
C
D
6%
10%
14%
16%
81
22. Nathan caught 20 snails in a garden. He marked
and released them. After 5 days, he caught 15
snails and 5 of them were marked. What is the
estimated population size of the snails in the
garden?
40
50
60
80
Decline in the yield of
crops
X
Change in climate
zone
23. The sample of water in a lake shows a low BOD
level. Which of the following statement best
describe the situation?
A
B
C
D
Increase in the
Earth’s temperature
Pollution by untreated waste
An increase in the temperature of the lake.
The high amount of dissolve oxygen in the lake.
A decrease activity of microorganism in the lake
24. Diagram 15 shows succession in a mangrove forest.
Sonneratia sp
P
Melting of polar ice and
glaciers causing a rise in
sea level
Diagram 16
What is phenomenon X?
A
B
C
D
Greenhouse effect
Ozone depletion
Thermal pollution
Global warming
27. Diagram 17 shows a phenomenon in an industrial area.
Q
Tropical Rain
Forest
Diagram 15
Diagram 17
Which of the following represents P, Q and R?
P
Q
A
Bruguiera sp
Rhizophora sp
B
Avicennia sp
Rhizophora sp
C
Rhizophora sp
Bruguiera sp
D
Avicennia sp
Bruguiera sp
25. The table below shows the time taken for methylene blue
solution to decolourise in three water samples.
Water
sample
Time taken for methylene blue
solution to decolourise (hours)
A
3
B
2
C
Remains blue
Which of the following substance will cause the above
phenomenon to happen?
A
B
C
D
Chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs)
Carbon dioxide
Sulfur dioxide
Carbon monoxide
28. Diagram 18 shows a cross section of the human heart. Which of
the following blood vessels have oxygenated blood?
Which of the following may be the water samples A, B
and C?
A
B
C
A
Drain water
Lake water
Tap water
B
Drain water
Tap water
Lake water
C
Pond water
Drain water
Tap water
D
Pond water
Tap water
Drain water
Diagram 18
A
B
C
D
X and Y
X and Z
Y and Z
W and Y
A
B
C
D
26. Diagram 16 shows the impacts of phenomenon X.
82
29. Diagram 19 shows the cross section of a part of a
dicotyledonous plant.
32. Diagram 22 shows four types of blood cells in human.
Blood cell
B
A
D
C
Diagram 22
Which cell labelled A, B, C or D is responsible in the
clotting of blood?
Diagram 19
Which of the labelled parts W, X, Y or Z transport glucose?
A
B
C
D
33. Diagram 23 shows the structure of human forearm.
W
X
Y
Z
M
30. Diagram 20 shows the blood circulatory system of
an organism.
N
Diagram 23
Which of the following actions of M and N will cause the
arm to straighten?
I M contracts.
II M relaxes
III N contracts.
IV N relaxes
Diagram 20
A
B
C
D
Which of the following organisms has a similar
circulatory system as shown in the diagram?
A
B
C
D
A fish
A frog
A bird
A snake
I only
II only
II and III only
I and IV only
34.
31. Diagram 21 shows the set-up of a potometer to study the
rate of transpiration under different conditions.
S
T
U
V
Diagram 24
Name vertebrae S,T,U and V as shown in diagram 24.
Diagram 21
Which of the following conditions will result in the air bubble
moving at the highest speed towards the plant?
A
B
C
D
Low humidity , high temperature and high light intensity.
High humidity, low temperature and high light intensity
Low humidity, low temperature and low light intensity
High humidity, high temperature and low light intensity
S
T
U
V
A
Lumbar
Cervical
Atlas
Thorax
B
Thorax
Lumbar
Cervical
Atlas
C
Cervical
Lumbar
Thorax
Atlas
D
Lumbar
Atlas
Cervical
Thorax
83
A Lumbar Vertebra→Cervical vertebra→Thoracic
vertebra→Sacrum→Coccyx.
B Cervical vertebra→Thoracic vertebra→Lumbar
Vertebra→Sacrum→Coccyx.
C Coccyx→Sacrum→Thoracic vertebra→Lumbar
Vertebra→Cervical vertebra.
D Thoracic vertebra→Lumbar Vertebra→Sacrum→
Cervical vertebra→Coccyx.
A
B
C
D
P→Q→R→S
P→S→R→Q
Q→R→S→P
Q→S→P→R
39. Diagram 28 shows the different endocrine glands in a human.
Which gland labelled A, B, C or D produces hormones that
control the metabolic rate of the body?
PA
QB
36. Diagram 25 shows an aquatic plant. What helps
this plant to float?
RC
SD
Diagram 28
40. Diagram 29 shows a part of the nephron. Which of the
following is true about the processes that happen to
blood in X, glucose in Y and water in Z?
Diagram 25
A
B
C
D
Aerenchyma cells
Xylem vessels
Bouyancy of water
Collenchyma cells
37. Diagram 26 shows an aerofoil. The difference in air
pressure between regions X and Y will produce uplift.
Diagram 29
X
Diagram 26
Head
Body
Wing
Tail
Z
A
Diffusion
Active transport
Osmosis
B
Osmosis
Reabsorption
Diffusion
C
Active
transport
Diffusion
Reabsorption
D
Ultra
filtration
Facilitated
diffusion
Osmosis
Which part of the bird has this shape?
A
B
C
D
Y
41. A farmer wants to sell all the mangoes from his
farm simultaneously. He sprays all the mangoes
with hormone X to ensure that all the mangoes will
ripen at the same time. What is hormone X?
38. Diagram 27 shows the structures involved when we
touched a hot pan.
S
R
Q
P
A
B
C
D
Auxin
Ethylene
Cytokinin
Gibberelin
42. Diagram 30 shows the changes in the thickness of
the uterus wall during the menstrual cycle.
Diagram 27
Which of the following shows the correct sequence for
the above reflex action?
Diagram 30
35. Which of the following is the correct sequence for
the vertebral column in man from the neck
downwards?
84
On which day is an ovum most likely can be
fertilized by a sperm?
A
B
C
D
45. The graph below shows a growth curve of a balsam plant.
5
14
21
28
43. Diagram 31 shows a pair of fraternal twins. The following are
statements about the formation of the twins.
Which of the following deductions are true from the graph?
I
The decrease in growth from U to V is due to
respiration.
II The fastest rate of growth occurs from W to X.
III There is rapid growth from Y to Z.
IV The growth curve is a sigmoid curve.
Diagram 31
J - Two ovums are fertilized by two different sperms
A
B
C
D
I, II and III only
I, II and IV only
I, III and IV only
I, II, III and IV
46. Diagram 33 shows the development of pollen in a flowering
plant.
K - Two zygotes with different characteristic will be formed
Tube nucleus
L - Two foetuses share the same placenta
Pollen grains
M - Gender of the foetuses will be the same or different
X
Which of the following statements explain about the
formation of the above twins?
Generative
nucleus
Pollen grains
Diagram 33
A
B
C
D
J and K
J, K and L
J, K and M
K, L and M
What is process X?
44. Diagram 32 shows the cross section of human placenta.
A
B
C
D
Mitosis
Meiosis
Fertilization
Pollination
47. What type of chromosomal mutation is shown in
diagram 34?
Diagram 32
Which are the substances that normally pass through
artery Y?
I
II
III
IV
Oxygen
Urea
Alcohol
Carbon dioxide
A
B
C
D
I and II
II and IV
I and IV
I, III and IV
Diagram 34
A
B
C
D
Duplication.
Inversion.
Translocation.
Deletion.
85
48. A homozygous rounded yellow seed pea is crossed
with a wrinkled green seed. Rounded seed is
dominant to wrinkled seed while yellow seed is
dominant to green seed. Two progenies from the
first generation (F1) are crossed with one another.
What is the phenotypic ratio of the second generation (F2)?
50. The height of each student in Form 5 Angsana is
measured and recorded. Which of the following
shows the variation in height of students in Form 5
Angsana?
A
C
B
D
49. Diagram 35 shows the karyotype of a male that has
undergone mutation. What disease has he contracted?
Diagram 35
A
B
C
D
Sickle cell anemia
Down Syndrome
Haemophilia
Colour blindness
A All round seeds
B 3 round yellow : 1 wrinkle green
C 9 round yellow: 3 round green : 3 wrinkle yellow: 1
wrinkle green
D 1 round yellow: 1 round green: 1 wrinkle yellow: 1
wrinkle green
86
BIOLOGY
Kertas 2
Section A
[60 marks]
1. Diagram1 shows the structures of a cell.
D
A
E
B
F
C
G
Diagram 1
Diagram 2
(a) Name the cell shown in Diagram1? Give reason for your answer.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
(b) Name the parts that are labeled A, B, C and F.
A: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
B: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
C: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
F: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
[4 marks]
(c) Write the functions of the following parts.
D: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________
E: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________
G: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________
[3 marks]
(d) Diagram 2 shows an organelle which can be found in the cell shown in Diagram 1.
(i) Name one cell which has this organelle in abundance and explain why?
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
(ii) What will happen to the cell without this organelle?
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
2.
Diagram 3
Diagram 3 shows a fluid mosaic model of a plasma membrane.
87
a) Name structures A, B and Y from Diagram 3 using the following terms:
• Pore protein
• Carrier protein
• Phospholipid
A : _______________________________________________________________________________________________
B : _______________________________________________________________________________________________
Y : ________________________________________________________________________________________________
[3 marks]
b) Molecules can pass through structure A in Diagram 3 by facilitated diffusion.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
[1 mark]
ii) State how molecule X passes through structure A.
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
[3 marks]
c) Using the mechanism of movement of a substance across the plasma membrane, explain the process of water
absorption by the root hairs of a plant.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
3.
S
Cell B
Cell A
Diagram 4
Diagram 4 shows cell A and cell B undergoing a similar stage for two different types of cell division.
a) (i) State the type of cell division shown in Diagram 4.
A : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
B : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
(ii) State a function for each of the two cell divisions mentioned in (a)(i).
A : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
B : ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
i) State one characteristic of the molecule that can pass through structure A.
88
b) Diagram 5 shows a cell cycle. Label the stage shown by cell B with a letter W on the cell cycle.
Interphase
[1 marks]
Diagram 5
c) Draw a daughter cell of cell A and cell B after both cells have completed the cell division in the boxes provided below.
Cell A
Cell B
[4 marks]
d) Muthu has been exposed to X-rays which results in the failure of structure S to be formed.
Explain the effects of this to the formation of the daughter cells of cell A.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
[3 marks]
e) A technique which involves cell division could be used in cattle farming to increase the number of beef cattle.
State the technique that can be used by the farmer. State one disadvantage of this technique.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 mark]
Y
4)
W
X
Diagram 6
a) Diagram 6 is the structure of a nephron found in the kidney of a human. Name the processes that occur in W, X and Y.
W : _________________________________________________________________________________________________
X : _________________________________________________________________________________________________
Y : _________________________________________________________________________________________________
[3 marks]
89
b) Name two blood components found in the renal artery but not in the part labeled W.
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
c) Explain what happen to the filtrate that flows from W to Y.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
[4 marks]
Table 1 shows the concentration of some substances in the blood plasma, glomerular filtrate and urine of an adult.
Concentration of substance in fluid (g/dm³)
Blood plasma entering the glomerulus
Glomerular filtrate
1.0
1.0
Glucose
Urine produced by kidney
0.0
Amino acid
1.5
1.5
0.0
Protein
80.0
0.0
0.0
Urea
0.3
0.3
18.0
Sodium ion
2.0
2.0
2.5
Table 1
d) Based on the table above, explain the difference in the concentration of urea in the blood plasma, glomerular
filtrate and urine.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
[4 marks]
5.
Hormone B
Hormone A
Structure H
Diagram 7
a) (i) What is the menstrual cycle ?
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
(ii) What is hormone A and state its function.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
Substances in
fluid
90
b) Explain why an imbalance of hormone P and B can cause the disruption of the ovulation process.
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
c) (i) Draw the change that occurs to structure H between the 26th and 28th day in Diagram 7.
[1 mark]
(ii) Name the hormone Q and structure H.
Hormone Q : __________________________________________________________________________________________
Structure H : __________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
(iii) Explain the relationship between structure H and the level of hormone Q from the 16th to 28th day.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
[2 marks]
Section B
[ 20 marks ]
Answer any two question.
6. Diagram 8 below shows two respiratory organs.
Diagram 8
M
a) Based on the above diagram, explain how the structure M and N can increase the efficiency of gaseous exchange in
each of the organisms above.
[4 marks]
b) Explain the differences between the respiratory system in cockroach, fish and human.
[10 marks]
c) An athlete has just completed a 200 metre track event. His leg muscles are painful due to muscle fatigue. The
athlete then carries out the following actions.
• Wears a track suit
• Takes a few long deep breaths
• Walks freely as a ‘cooling down’ activity.
Explain why the athlete carries out these actions.
[6 marks]
Humans obtain two types of immunity to prevent infection from diseases.
7.
(a) Define immunity.
[2 marks]
(b) Explain with examples.
(i) Naturally acquired active immunity
(ii) Artificially acquired active immunity.
(c) Siti had a wound after she fell down from the staircase. After five days, the wound disappeared. Explain what
happened to the wound.
[4 marks]
[4 marks]
[10 marks]
91
8.
(a) Nazmi took a plate of rice, a fried chicken and mix vegetables for his lunch. Explain how the food he ate for lunch
would be digested.
[10 marks]
Nutrient
Percentage intake
Carbohydrate
60
Lipid
30
Protein
10
Vitamin & mineral salts
Small quantity
Zarina
Kavitha
• Eats regularly at a fixed time.
• Eats irregularly as and when she remembers or when she is free.
• Drinks at least 7 glasses of water daily.
• Drinks very little water.
•Chooses food that contains carbohydrates, lipids,
proteins, vitamins and mineral salts based on the
standard of a balanced diet.
• Usually eats fast food and junk food that does not contain the right
amount of carbohydrates lipids, proteins, vitamins and mineral
salts, does not follow the standard of a balanced diet.
Discuss the effects of the eating habits of Kavitha compared to Zarina over a long period of time.
[10 marks]
9. (a) In humans, the characteristics of curly hair is dominant over the characteristics of straight hair. A characteristic of
an organism is determined by a pair of genes located at the same locus of a pair of homologous chromosomes.
Based on Mendel’s First Law, illustrate the following cross.
Parent
Male
X
Curly hair
Female
Straight hair
Curly hair
[10 marks]
(b) The diagram below shows the inheritance of haemophilia in a family. The dominant allele is represented by ‘H’
while the recessive allele is represented by ‘h’.
Keys:
Haemophiliac male
Normal male
Haemophiliac female
Normal female
Carrier female
Statement I : Haemophilia is a genetic disease that can be inherited.
Statement II: Inheritance of haemophilia can be prevented in a family.
State your opinion and explain both the statements based on the diagram above.
[10 marks]
(b) The table shows an analysis of the percentage nutrient content of a balanced diet that should be taken by a
teenager daily.
92
BIOLOGY
Kertas 3
Answer all questions.
1. Due to numerous complaints received from residents about water pollution in rivers all over Malaysia, the Department of Environment
(DOE) had investigated the water pollution level in four different locations. Four water samples (W, X, Y and Z) are obtained from
the four different rivers all over Malaysia. The volume of each water sample is 100 cm³. The water samples are collected in 4 different
reagent bottles and covered immediately. A syringe is used to place 1 cm³ of 0.1 % methylene blue solution at the bottom of each water
sample. The bottle are immediately closed and placed in a dark cupboard. The time taken for the methylene blue solution in each sample
to decolourise is shown in Table 1.
Time Taken (Minutes)
Sample water W
Sample water X
Sample water Y
Sample water Z
Table 1
(a)(i) State two different observations made from this experiment.
Observation 1:
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
Observation 2 :
………………………………………………………………………………..................................................................................
………………………………………………………………………………..................................................................................
………………………………………………………………………………..................................................................................
[3 marks]
(ii) State the inferences which correspond to the observation in (a) (i).
Inference from observation 1:
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
Inference from observation 2 :
………………………………………………………………………………....................................................................................
………………………………………………………………………………....................................................................................
………………………………………………………………………………....................................................................................
(b) Record the time needed for the colour change in the methylene blue solution in the space provided in Table 1.
[3 marks]
[3 marks]
93
(c) Complete Table 2 based on this experiment.
Variable
Method to handle the variable
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
Responding variable
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
Constant variable
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
Table 2
(d) State the hypothesis for this experiment.
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
[3 marks]
[3 marks]
(e)(i) Based on Table 1.1, construct a table and record all the data collected in the experiment.
[3 marks]
(ii) State the relationship between the content of dissolved oxygen in the water sample and the time taken for
the methylene blue solution to decolourise.
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
[3 marks]
(f)(i) If the experiment is repeated on a water sample taken from a river running across a forest reserve, predict the
time taken for the decolourisation of methylene blue solution.
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
[3 marks]
(ii) Explain the relationship between the time needed for the methylene blue solution to decolourise with the
level of water pollution.
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
[3 marks]
……………………..…………………………………………
………………………………………………………………..
94
(g) Based on this experiment, what can you deduce about biochemical oxygen demand or BOD ?
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
……………………………………………………………………………….................................................................................
[3 marks]
(h) Categorise the level of pollution of the water samples in this experiment.
[3 marks]
2. Diagram 1 shows the materials and apparatus used to investigate the effect of changes in air movement on the rate of
transpiration of plant.
Diagram 1
Together with other materials, prepare a plan for an experiment that covers the following aspects.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Problem statement
Aim of investigation
Hypothesis
Variables
List of apparatus and materials
Technique used
Experimental procedure or method
Presentation of data
Conclusion
[17 marks]
95
M 2009
SPM
2009
[ 3756/1 ] [ 3756/2 ]
Prinsip Perakaunan
2005
2006
2007
2008
Tajuk
K1
K2
K1
K2
K1
K2
K1
K2
K1
K2
1
Pengenalan
4
-
3
-
1
-
2
-
2
-
2
Aset, Liabiliti, Ekuiti Pemilik /
Persamaan Kunci Kira-kira
3
-
2
-
3
-
5
-
5
-
3
Dokumen perniagaan sebagai sumber rekod perakaunan
3
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
4
Buku Catatan Pertama
3
-
9
-
2
-
2
-
3
-
5
Lejar
2
-
3
-
3
-
3
-
5
-
6
Imbangan Duga
1
-
1
-
3
-
1
-
1
-
7
Penutupan dan Penyediaan Penyata
Kewangan – Milikan Tunggal
5
1
3
1
6
-
5
1
5
-
8
Akaun Kawalan
1
-
1
-
2
-
1
-
-
-
9
Pembetulan Kesilapan
1
-
-
-
1
-
2
-
-
-
10
Penyata Penyesuaian Bank
1
-
1
-
1
1
1
-
2
-
11
Belanjawan Tunai
1
1
1
-
1
-
-
1
1
-
12
Perkongsian
3
1
2
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
13
Pembubaran Perkongsian
1
-
1
-
-
-
2
-
1
-
14
Syarikat Berhad
3
-
4
1
3
1
2
-
3
1
15
Akaun Kelab dan Persatuan
3
-
1
1
3
-
2
1
3
1
16
Rekod Tak Lengkap
1
-
2
-
2
-
3
1
3
1
17
Pengenalan dan Perakaunan Kos
2
1
1
1
1
-
2
-
2
1
18
Analisis Kos Volum Untung
1
-
1
-
1
1
3
-
-
-
19
Tafsiran Penyata Kewangan
1
1
3
-
-
1
-
-
1
-
20
Pengenalan kepada Penggunaan
Komputer dalam Perakaunan
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
1
-
40
6
40
6
40
6
40
6
40
6
JUMLAH SOALAN
2004
NO
96
PRINSIP PERAKAUNAN
Kertas 1
1. Apakah badan yang memberikan latihan dan peperiksaan untuk
memajukan profesion perakaunan di Malaysia?
A MIA (Malaysia Institute of Accountants)
B IAS (Internasional Accounting Standards)
C MASB (Malaysian Accounting Standard Board)
D MICPA (Malaysian Institute of Certified Public Accountants)
Perniagaan Suria Sdn Bhd telah memilih kaedah garis lurus
untuk mengira susut nilai kenderaan bagi perniagaannya
dan kaedah ini telah digunakan secara berterusan untuk
setiap tempoh perakaunan.
2. Berdasarkan pernyataan di atas, apakah konsep perakaunan
yang telah dipatuhi?
A Ketekalan
B Berterusan
C Pemadanan
D Tempoh Perakaunan
3 Antara berikut yang manakah dikelaskan sebagai liabiliti bukan
semasa?
I
Debentur
II
Gadai janji
III Pemiutang
IV Pinjaman bank
A I,II dan III
B I,II dan IV
C I,III dan IV
D II,III dan IV
7. Belanja-belanja berikut diambil daripada Buku Perniagaan
Wawasan Murni.
RM
23
Tambang Teksi
47
Beli Kertas Warna
11
Apakah buku catatan pertama yang digunakan untuk
merekod urusniaga tersebut?
A Buku Tunai
B Buku Tunai Runcit
C Jurnal Penerimaan Tunai
D Jurnal Pembayaran Tunai
Dokumen X
Pembekal
Dokumen Y
Peniaga
Pembeli
Rajah di atas menunjukkan suatu aliran urus niaga seorang
peniaga.
8. Dokumen X adalah berkaitan dengan barang niaga yang
dijual secara tunai.
Dokumen Y adalah berkaitan dengan dokumen yang
diterima oleh pembeli apabila membuat pembayaran.
Nyatakan nama dokumen-dokumen itu.
Dokumen X
Dokumen Y
A
Invois
Baucer
Pengelasan Akaun
B
Bil Tunai
Keratan Cek
Bil Tunai
Resit Rasmi
Makluman Debit
Borang Wang Masuk
4 Antara pengelasan berikut, yang manakah pasangan paling tepat?
Butir
Setem
A
Gaji
Hasil bukan kendalian
C
B
Jualan
Belanja kendalian
D
C
Insurans
Hasil kendalian
D
Faedah pinjaman
bank
Belanja bukan kendalian
5 Pada 1 Feb 2009, Encik Jason telah membawa masuk computer
peribadinya untuk kegunaan perniagaan. Kesan urus niaga
berikut terhadap aset dan ekuiti pemilik adalah
Aset
Ekuiti Pemilik
A
Bertambah
Bertambah
B
Berkurang
Berkurang
C
Bertambah
Berkurang
D
Berkurang
Bertambah
6 Apakah nama dokumen yang berfungsi sebagai invois tambahan?
A Nota debit
B Nota kredit
C Makluman debit
D Makluman kredit
9. Jadual di bawah menunjukkan beberapa urus niaga dan
buku catatan pertama untuk urus niaga tersebut.
Urus niaga
Buku Catatan Pertama
I
Membayar gaji pekerja
dengan cek
Buku Tunai
II
Membeli perabot pejabat
secara kredit
Jurnal Am
III
Mengambil barang niaga Jurnal Belian
untuk tujuan promosi
barang
IV
Pihak bank mendebitkan Jurnal Am
terus akaun semasa peniaga untuk membayar
insurans kedai
Antara berikut, urus niaga manakah dicatat dalam buku catatan
pertama yang betul?
A I dan II
B I dan III
C II dan IV
D III dan IV
Your Essential Guide to Higher Education
97
Buku Tunai
Tarikh
Butir
2009
Jan 15
Tunai
Tunai
Bank
Tarikh
Butir
950
2009
Jan 15
Tunai
Tunai
Bank
950
10 Rekod urusniaga pada 15 Januari 2009 di atas merupakan
A pemindahan wang dari bank untuk kegunaan perniagaan
B pemindahan tunai dari perniagaan ke bank perniagaan
C pemindahan tunai peribadi ke bank perniagaan
D pemindahan tunai perniagaan ke bank peribadi
15 Berdasarkan dokumen di atas, nyatakan akaun yang akan
didebitkan dan dikreditkan dalam lejar Kedai Alat Tulis TR.
A Debit Akaun Modal, Kredit Akaun Ambilan
B Debit Akaun Ambilan, Kredit Akaun Modal
C Debit Akaun Ambilan, Kredit Akaun Alatan Pejabat
D Debit Akaun Alatan Pejabat, Kredit Akaun Modal
16 Maklumat berikut diambil daripada buku perniagaan
Polaris Enterprise
RM
Modal
15 000
Perabot
4 800
Stok Akhir
11 Apakah dokumen yang terlibat dalam urusniaga pada 15 Januari
2009?
A slip mesin daftar tunai
B borang wang masuk
C makluman debit
D keratan cek
12 Pada 1 Mei 2009, Perniagaan Sam mengeluarkan wang tunai
RM200 daripada bank untuk didebitkan ke dalam Buku Tunai
Runcit. Pada 31 Mei 2009, baki dalam Buku Tunai Runcit ialah
RM75. Mengikut sistem panjar, berapakah jumlah wang yang
perlu dibayar balik kepada kerani juruwang pada 1 Jun 2009?
A RM 275
B RM 200
C RM 125
D RM 75
Pemilik Kedai Perabot Seng Heng mengambil sebuah
almari untuk kegunaan keluarganya.
13 Berdasarkan pernyataan di atas. Catatan lejar ialah
Debit
Kredit
A
Akaun Belian
Akaun Ambilan
B
Akaun Perabot
Akaun Ambilan
C
Akaun Ambilan
Akaun Perabot
D
Akaun Ambilan
Akaun Belian
10 000
Bank
5 500
Jualan
10 000
Belian
Pemiutang
X
1 500
Berapakah nilai bagi X?
A RM3 200
B RM6 200
C RM10 300
D RM16 800
17 Antara berikut, manakah yang menyebabkan penghutang
dihapuskan sebagai hutang lapuk?
A Penghutang berkenaan telah diistiharkan muflis
B Penghutang yang mampu membayar hutangnya
C Penghutang yang tidak layak menerima diskaun diberi
D Penghutang yang membayar hutangnya dengan segera
18 Pemilik Perniagaan Santhana telah membayar insurans untuk
kedainya pada 1 April 2009 berjumlah RM 5 400 setahun.
Tempoh perakaunan berakhir pada 31 Disember 2009. Apakah
pelarasan yang perlu di ambil kira pada 31 Disember 2009?
A Insurans terakru RM 1 350
B Insurans terakru RM 4 050
C Insurans terdahulu RM 1 350
D Insurans terdahulu RM 4 050
19 Peruntukan hutang ragu mungkin dikurangkan jika terdapat
keadaan-keadaan berikut kecuali
A ekonomi yang stabil
B dasar syarikat yang positif
C kemelesetan ekonomi
D jumlah penghutang berkurang
14 Berikut merupakan akaun perorangan kecuali
A Penghutang
B Pemiutang
C Ambilan
D Hasil
MEMO
Kedai Alat Tulis TR
56 Jalan Gemilang Dua
45200 Klang, Selangor
Tel:03-2823255
Tarikh: 30 Mac 2009
Sebuah mesin fax peribadi bernilai RM600 dibawa masuk
untuk kegunaan kedai
20 Sebuah mesin bernilai RM 8000 telah dibeli pada 1 Januari
2008. Ia disusutnilai pada kadar 10 % setahun dengan kaedah
garis lurus. Pada 31 Disember 2009, ia dijual dengan harga
RM 6000. Kira untung atau rugi daripada pelupusan mesin
tersebut.
A Rugi sebanyak RM 400
B Rugi sebanyak RM 1 200
C Untung sebanyak RM 400
D Untung sebanyak RM 1 200
Halim
…………….
T.T. Pengurus
Popular COURSES & CAREERS explained
Soalan 10 dan 11 adalah berdasarkan maklumat di bawah.
98
21 Akaun pemiutang biasanya berbaki kredit kerana ia
menunjukkan liabiliti kepada perniagaan. Walau bagaimanapun,
ada masanya akaun pemiutang berbaki debit.
Mengapakah keadaan ini berlaku?
A Penghutang telah terlebih bayar
B Terdapat pulangan masuk selepas akaunnya dijelaskan
C Perniagaan telah membayar lebih daripada hutangnya.
D Elaun telah diberikan kepada penghutang atas sebab-sebab
tertentu
22 Antara butir-butir berikut, yang manakah terdapat dalam Akaun
Kawalan Lejar Jualan?
A Jualan tunai
B Diskaun diberi
C Pulangan Keluar
D Peruntukan Hutang Ragu
23 Antara berikut, yang manakah merupakan kesilapan ketara
yang berlaku dalam catatan buku ?
A Belanja membaiki mesin telah didebitkan dalam Akaun Mesin
B Komisen diterima daripada pembekal telah direkodkan sebagai
komisen diberi.
C Belian barang niaga secara kredit telah terlebih catat RM 150
dalam kedua-dua akaun.
D Pemilik telah mengeluarkan barang niaga untuk kegunaan
peribadi tetapi masih belum direkodkan.
24 Pemilik Spa Q telah membuat kesilapan catatan dengan
mencatatkan bayaran sewa kediaman ke dalam Akaun Sewa.
Bagaimanakah kesilapan tersebut akan dibetulkan menerusi
jurnal?
A Debitkan Akaun Tunai dan Kreditkan Akaun Sewa
B Debitkan Akaun Sewa dan Kreditkan Akaun Tunai
C Debitkan Akaun Ambilan dan Kreditkan Akaun Sewa
D Debitkan Akaun Sewa dan Kreditkan Akaun Ambilan
25 Butir yang didebitkan dalam penyata bank tetapi belum
direkodkan dalam buku tunai ialah
A cek belum dikemukakan untuk pembayaran
B deposit belum dikreditkan
C dividen atas pelaburan
D caj bank
26 Berikut merupakan butir yang direkodkan dalam Belanjawan
Tunai kecuali
A Gaji pekerja
B Hasil jualan
C Bayaran sewa
D Peruntukan hutang ragu
27 Bagi perniagaan perkongsian, syarat-syarat pengurusan dan
pelaksanaan perniagaan akan ditetapkan oleh pekongsi-pekongsi
dalam
A Akta perkongsian 1961
B Ikatan Perkongsian
C Tataurus Perkongsian
D Memorandum Perkongsian
29 Antara akaun-akaun yang berikut,kombinasi akaun manakah
yang diperlukan semasa pembubaran perkongsian?
I Akaun Realisasi
II Akaun Pengasingan Untung Rugi
III Akaun Modal Pekongsi
IV Akaun Tunai
A I, II dan III
B I, III dan IV
C II, III dan IV
D I. II, III dan IV
30 Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan Syarikat Kawarizmi Sdn.
Bhd.
Modal berdaftar :
800 000 5% saham keutamaan RM2.00 sesaham
2 500 000 unit saham biasa RM1.00 sesaham
Lembaga Pengarah membuat keputusan untuk menerbit semua
saham keutamaan dan 1 000 000 unit saham biasa pada nilai
tara. Hitungkan modal diterbitkan.
A RM 800 000
B RM 1 600 000
C RM 2 500 000
D RM 2 600 000
31 Antara berikut, yang manakah perbezaan antara saham biasa
dan saham keutamaan?
I Pemegang saham biasa menghadapi risiko yang lebih rendah
berbanding saham keutamaan
II Pemegang saham keutamaan menerima dividen sebelum
pemegang saham biasa
III Pemegang saham biasa berhak mengundi manakala
pemegang saham keutamaan tidak
IV Kadar dividen saham keutamaan adalah tetap manakala
kadar dividen saham biasa tidak
A
B
C
D
I, II dan III
I, II dan IV
I,III dan IV
II,III dan IV
32 Antara perbelanjaan berikut yang manakah boleh dianggap
sebagai perbelanjaan modal ?
I Belian perabot
II Belian komputer
III Belian stok barang niaga
IV Belian kenderaan untuk pemilik
A I dan II
B I dan III
C II dan IV
D III dan IV
28 Gaji pekongsi yang belum dibayar oleh perkongsian akan
direkodkan di dalam
A Kunci Kira-kira
B Akaun Semasa Pekongsi
C Akaun Pengasingan Untung Rugi
D Akaun Perdagangan dan untung Rugi
99
Maklumat berikut diambil dari buku Kedai Roti Lavender
Akaun Penerimaan dan Pembayaran bagi
tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008
Yuran 2007
180
Yuran 2008
3450
Yuran 2009
160
RM
RM
Maklumat tambahan :
(i)
1 Januari 2008
Yuran tertunggak
200
Yuran Terdahulu
120
31 Disember 2008
150
160
(ii) Yuran yang masih tertunggak dari tahun lepas dianggap
sebagai hutang lapuk.
33. Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, berapakah yuran yang
dipindahkan ke Akaun Pendapatan dan Perbelanjaan bagi
tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2007
A RM 3 700
B RM 3 710
C RM 3 720
D RM 3 740
34. Maklumat yang berikut boleh didapati daripada analisis buku
tunai
I
jualan tunai
II
hutang lapuk
III
bayaran komisen
IV
Peruntukan hutang ragu
A I dan II
B I dan III
C II dan IV
D III dan IV
35. Berikut adalah faktor-faktor yang menyebabkan wujud rekod
tak lengkap bagi sebuah perniagaan kecuali?
A Rekod akaun termusnah akibat banjir atau kebakaran
B Tidak tahu menyimpan rekod secara lengkap
C Tidak menggunakan Sistem Catatan Bergu
D Tidak mengupah akauntan bertauliah
Kos (RM)
O
P
36 Berdasarkan rajah di atas, garis OP menggambarkan sejenis kos.
Kos berkenaan ialah
A kos tetap
B kos berubah
C kos overhed
D harga jualan
10 525
Upah buruh langsung
8 200
Sewa kilang
2 500
Susut nilai loji dan mesin
2 400
Stok awal bahan mentah
5 240
Gaji kerani kilang
1 200
Belanja jualan
1 400
Stok akhir bahan mentah
4 820
37 Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, hitungkan kos bahan mentah
yang digunakan
A RM10 105
B RM10 945
C RM15 765
D RM19 145
38 Apakah kepentingan analisis kos volum untung bagi
perniagaan?
A memastikan matlamat perniagaan tercapai
B menentukan jenis produk yang akan dihasilkan
C menentukan harga jualan, kos jualan dan kos berubah
D menentukan supaya perniagaan membuat perancangan dan
kawalan kos
39 Nisbah yang digunakan untuk mengukur kemampuan firma
menjelaskan hutang jangka pendek ialah
A nisbah semasa
B nisbah untung
C nisbah kecekapan
D nisbah bukan semasa
40 Soalan 40 berdasarkan hamparan elektronik perisian Excel di
bawah:
A
B
1
C
D
E
RM
RM
RM
2
Jualan
3
Stok awal
4
Belian
36 000
5
80 000
(-) Pulangan belian
300
6
7
Unit
Keluaran
Belian bahan mentah
50 000
35 700
(+) Angkutan masuk
500
8
9
35 200
85 200
(-) Stok akhir
45 000
10
40 200
39 800
11
40 Nilai kos barang untuk dijual berada di dalam sel
A C6
C E9
B D8
D E10
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
Over 60 SCHOLARSHIPS Listed
RM
100
PRINSIP PERAKAUNAN
Kertas 2
Kertas soalan ini mengandungi dua bahagian : Bahagian A dan Bahagian B.
Jawab semua soalan di Bahagian A dan satu soalan daripada Bahagian B.
Bahagian A
[68 markah]
Jawab semua soalan.
1. En Mahmuddin ialah pemilik Mutiara Bakery yang membekal dan menjual pelbagai jenis kek dan biskut di Klang, Selangor. Berikut
ialah baki-baki yang diambil daripada buku perniagaannya pada 1 Mac 2009:
RM
Tunai di tangan
2 000
Tunai di bank
15 000
Stok
17 000
Kenderaan
20 000
Pemiutang : Lee Trading
5 500
Modal
48 500
Sepanjang bulan Mac 2009, urus niaga Mutiara Bakery ditunjukkan oleh dokumen-dokumen perniagaan seperti dalam Lampiran A.
(a)
Sediakan catatan dalam buku-buku catatan pertama yang sesuai.
(Jurnal Penerimaan Tunai dan Jurnal Pembayaran Tunai tidak diterima)
[10 ½ markah]
(b)
Pindahkan catatan daripada buku catatan pertama ke lejar.
[10 ½ markah]
(c)
Imbangkan akaun dan sediakan Imbangan Duga pada 31 Mac 2009.
[7 markah]
2. Baki-baki berikut diambil daripada buku-buku Perniagaan Gina Sdn Bhd pada 31 Julai 2009.
Debit
RM
Stok pada 1 Ogos 2008
Peruntukan hutang ragu
Bank
Kadar bayaran
Pinjaman bank
Penghutang dan Pemiutang
Pulangan
Insurans
Kenderaan (kos)
Ambilan
Gaji
Modal pada 1 Ogos 2008
Hutang lapuk terpulih
Peruntukan susut nilai kenderaan
Perabot
Belian dan Jualan
Tunai
Kredit
RM
16 750
255
9 977
2 437
8 450
5 000
4 857
522
600
35 000
833
6 650
48 850
565
5 250
6 200
49 680
1 222
72 500
137 799
137 799
Maklumat tambahan:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Stok pada 31 Julai 2009 bernilai RM 17 430 mengikut harga kos dan RM 17 630 mengikut harga pasaran.
Insurans dibayar untuk tempoh setahun berakhir 31 Ogos 2009
Kenderaan disusutnilaikan 10% setahun atas kos
Peruntukan hutang ragu diselaraskan kepada 2% atas penghutang
Pemilik mengambil barang niaga RM 240 untuk kegunaan keluarga tetapi tidak dicatatkan dalam mana-mana buku.
Anda dikehendaki menyediakan:
(a)
(b)
Penyata Pendapatan bagi tahun berakhir 31 Julai 2009.
Kunci Kira-kira pada 31 Julai 2009 (tunjukkan modal kerja)
[9 markah]
[9 markah
101
3 Baki berikut telah diperoleh daripada buku Kelab Sukan dan Rekreasi Sentosa yang menjalankan perniagaan kafetaria bagi menambah
tabungan.
Stok
Pemiutang
Penghutang
1 Januari 2008
RM
31 Disember 2008
RM
1 600
3 100
1 100
1 360
1 650
770
Akaun Penerimaan dan Pembayaran bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008 adalah seperti berikut:
RM
2 180
6 600
Baki pada 1 Januari
Penghutang kantin
Pemiutang kantin
Upah kafetaria
RM
4 200
700
(a)
Sediakan Akaun Kawalan Penghutang
[2 ½ markah]
(b)
Sediakan Akaun Kawalan Pemiutang
[2 ½ markah]
(c)
Sediakan Akaun Perdagangan Kafetaria bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008
[3 ½ markah]
(d)
Jelaskan maksud pendapatan modal beserta contoh.
[1 ½ markah]
4 Ranjit dan Ronnie adalah pekongsi dalam Perkongsian Cyber yang membahagikan untung atau rugi dengan nisbah 3:1. Pada 30 April
2009, mereka bersetuju membubarkan perkongsian mereka
Kedudukan kewangan perkongsian pada tarikh tersebut adalah seperti berikut
Kunci Kira-kira pada 30 April 2009
RM
25 000
18 050
4 650
2 300
Alatan
Stok
Penghutang
Bank
50 000
RM
Modal :
Ranjit
Ronnie
35 000
15 000
50 000
Perkara berikut telah dipersetujui semasa pembubaran:
(i)
Alatan dan Stok diambil alih oleh Ranjit dengan nilai RM 32 440
(ii)
Sejumlah RM 4 468 berjaya dikutip daripada penghutang dan bakinya dihapuskan sebagai hutang lapuk
(iii)
Belanja realisasi RM 800
(iv)
Semua urusan penerimaan dan pembayaran melalui bank
(v)
Mana-mana akaun modal pekongsi yang menghadapi kekurangan modal dikehendaki mengimbangknnya
dengan tambahan tunai ke bank perniagaannya.
Anda dikehendaki menyediakan:
(a) Akaun Realisasi
[5 markah]
(b) Akaun Bank
[2 ½ markah]
(c) Akaun Modal setiap pekongsi
[4 ½ markah]
Major INSTITUTIONS revealed
Akaun Penerimaan dan Pembayaran bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008
102
Bahagian B
[12 markah]
Jawab satu soalan sahaja.
5 Pada 4 Februari 2009, Cik Jasmina Hashim telah menerima Penyata Bank yang menunjukkan bakinya pada 31 Januari 2009 yang
berbeza dengan baki Buku Tunainya. Berikut ialah Buku Tunai dan Penyata Bank Cik Jasmin bagi bulan Januari.
Buku Tunai (Ruangan Bank sahaja)
2009
Jan
1
5
16
28
30
Baki b/b
Sewa
Yen
Hamidah
Jualan
RM
8 540
850
220
375
960
2009
Jan
7
11
19
23
29
31
Insurans
Kedai Rajes
Belian
Syarikat Tee
Gaji
Baki h/b
10 945
Feb
1
Baki b/b
No cek
067
068
069
070
071
RM
568
452
1 230
880
460
7355
10 945
7 355
AGRO BANK BERHAD
Jalan Pasir Pekan
17000 Pasir Mas
PENYATA BANK
Tarikh
Butiran
2009
Jan 1
2
3
7
9
19
20
22
27
28
30
31
Baki (kredit)
No. cek 065
No. cek 066
Deposit
No.cek 067
Deposit
No.cek 068
No.cek 069
Dividen Syarikat MPX Bhd
No cek 070
Caj bank
Deposit
Debit
Kredit
Baki
RM
RM
RM
9 020
8 700
8 540
9 390
8 820
9 042
8 617
7 387
7 702
6 822
6 807
7 182
320
160
850
568
220
425
1 230
315
880
15
375
Maklumat tambahan:
(i)
Cek no 068 yang dikeluarkan pada 11 Januari 2009 dikenalpasti berlaku kesilapan catatan dalam Buku Tunai
Anda dikehendaki menyediakan
(a) Buku Tunai Terlaras
[5 markah]
(b) Penyata Penyesuaian Bank pada 31 Januari 2009
[5 markah]
(c) Nyatakan dua sebab mengapa baki Penyata Bank dan Buku Tunai berbeza.
[2 markah]
103
6. Berikut ialah penyata kewangan bagi Perniagaan A & Z yang menjalankan perniagaan runcit.
Penyata Pendapatan bagi tahun berakhir 30 Oktober 2008
---------------------------------------------------------------------------RM
Jualan
38 000
Tolak: Kos Jualan
26 000
Untung Kasar
12 000
Tolak: Jumlah Belanja
3 000
Untung Bersih
9 000
Lekapan dan lengkapan
Stok
Penghutang
Bank
Modal
Untung Bersih
Pemiutang
RM
46 300
2 200
900
1 100
--------50 500
=====
40 000
9 000
1 500
--------50 500
=====
Anda dikehendaki:
a)
Menghitung;
i) Margin untung bersih
ii) Margin untung kasar
iii) Nisbah semasa
iv) Nisbah cepat
v) Pulangan modal
vi) Tokokan
(b)
Jelaskan kepentingan tafsiran penyata kewangan kepada pihak pengurusan.
PRE-UNIVERSITY Courses explained
[9 markah]
[3 markah]
Kunci Kira-kira pada 30 Oktober 2008
-----------------------------------------------
104
LAMPIRAN A
SALINAN
No. 1222
INVOIS
Mutiara Bakery
102 Jalan Kapar
41100 Klang Selangor
Tel : 03- 30190396
Perniagaan Alfa
871 Taman Jangkal
81750 Masai Johor
Butiran
Tarikh : 2 Mac.2009
Kuantiti
(Unit)
Kek Lapis Seri Mutiara
Kek Coklat
Biskut Chipmore
12
6
20
Harga seunit
(RM)
Jumlah (RM)
40.00
10.00
4.00
480.00
60.00
80.00
Jumlah kasar
Tolak Diskaun Niaga 10%
Jumlah bersih
620.00
62.00
558.00
Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Lima Puluh Lapan Sahaja.
Serahan : Angkutan dibayar
Diskaun Tunai : 5% 7 hari
K & K di K
mahmdd
laila
------------Pengurus
------------Penerima
Dokumen 1
SALINAN
No. 1223
INVOIS
Mutiara Bakery
102 Jalan Kapar
Tel : 03- 30190396
MY Cake House
222-A Jalan Sungai Lalang
08000 Sungai Petani
Butiran
Tarikh : 5 Mac.2009
Kuantiti
(Unit)
Kek Lapis Seri Mutiara
Kek Blackforest
120
50
Harga seunit
(RM)
Jumlah (RM)
25.00
40.00
3 000.00
2 000.00
Jumlah kasar
Jumlah bersih
5 000.00
500.00
4 500.00
Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Lima Puluh Lapan Sahaja.
K & K di K
mahmdd
yati
Dokumen 2
105
NOTA DEBIT
Mutiara Bakery
102 Jalan Kapar
Tel : 03- 30190396
SALINAN
MY Cake House
222-A Jalan Sungai Lalang
08000 Sungai Petani
No. 240
Tarikh : 11 Mac 2009
Akaun tuan didebitkan dengan butir-butir berikut :
Jumlah (RM)
120 biji kek terkurang caj RM 5 setiap
satu (Invois no 1223)
Tolak Diskaun niaga 10%
Jumlah bersih
600.00
60.00
Butir
540.00
Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Empat Puluh Sahaja
mahmdd
Dokumen 3
MEMO
Mutiara Bakery
102 Jalan Kapar
Tel : 03- 30190396
Peringatan :
Pemilik mengambil tunai sebanyak RM 250 untuk meraikan
harijadi anaknya.
mahmdd
Dokumen 4
Tarikh
Penerima
Kerana
: 15 Mac 2009
: Lee Trading
: Menjelaskan sebahagian invois No 4484
RINGGIT
Baki akhir
SEN
15 000
00
-
-
Jumlah
15 000
00
Cek ini
3200
00
11 800
00
Dimasukkan
Baki
‘056340
Dokumen 5
Education LOANS highlighted
Keratan cek
106
ASAL
LEE TRADING
No 20 Jalan Gemilang Dua
Persiaran Muda Musa
51040 Shah Alam
Tel: 03- 54769807
Mutiara Bakery
102 Jalan Kapar
Butiran
Kuantiti
(Unit)
Biskut Chip Coklat
Biskut Cream Cracker
Biskut Walnut
No. 3115
INVOIS
Harga seunit
(RM)
10
10
9
Jumlah (RM)
26.00
24.00
50.00
260.00
240.00
450.00
Jumlah kasar
Jumlah bersih
950.00
190.00
760.00
Ringgit Malaysia : Tujuh ratus enam puluh sahaja.
K & K di K
lee
mahmdd
Dokumen 6
ASAL
NOTA KREDIT
N/K: 23
LEE TRADING
Persiaran Muda Musa
51040 Shah Alam
Tel: 03- 54769807
Mutiara Bakery
102 Jalan Kapar
Akaun tuan dikreditkan dengan butir-butir berikut:
Butiran
Jumlah (RM)
Biskut Chip Coklat
(5 Kotak x RM 26.00)
Tolak Diskaun niaga 20 %
Jumlah bersih
130.00
26.00
104.00
Ringgit Malaysia : Satu Ratus Empat Sahaja
lee
Dokumen 7
107
ASAL
No.9752
INVOIS
ALIMA ENTERPRISE
102 Jalan Meru
41050 Klang, Selangor
Tel : 03- 30190396
Mutiara Bakery
102 Jalan Kapar
Kuantiti
(Unit)
Rak Pameran
Harga seunit
(RM)
1
Jumlah (RM)
1 450
1 450
Jumlah bersih
1 450
Ringgit Malaysia : Satu Ribu Empat Ratus Lima Puluh Sahaja.
K & K di K
Fariz
mahmdd
Dokumen 8
SALINAN
No.R971
RESIT RASMI
Mutiara Bakery
102 Jalan Kapar
Tel : 03- 30190396
Diterima daripada : Perniagaan Alfa
Ringgit Malaysia : Tiga Ratus Enam Sahaja
Untuk bayaran : Menjelaskan sebahagian invois No 1222
RM 306.00
---------------------No.cek : BMM 072062
mahmdd
Dokumen 9
Butiran
108
ASAL
No.1760
BIL TUNAI
Mutiara Bakery
102 Jalan Kapar
Tel : 03- 30190396
Kepada:
Pn Normah
Kg.Telok Pulai
41000 Klang
Bil
Keterangan
Kuantiti
Harga Seunit
(RM)
Jumlah (RM)
1
Kek Aiskrim Walnut
5
100.00
500.00
2
Biskut Kacang Bersalut
2
11.00
22.00
Jumlah besar
522.00
Ringgit Malaysia : Lima Ratus Dua Puluh Dua Sahaja
normah
Dokumen 10
ASAL
N0.3456
RESIT RASMI
LEE TRADING
Persiaran Muda Musa
51040 Shah Alam
Tel: 03- 54769807
Diterima daripada : Mutiara Bakery
Ringgit Malaysia : Dua ribu lapan ratus lima puluh sahaja
Untuk bayaran : Menjelaskan semua invois (diskaun tunai RM106)
lee
RM 2 850.00
---------------------Tunai/No.cek : HCB 056341
Dokumen 11
No.781
BAUCAR PEMBAYARAN
Mutiara Bakery
102 Jalan Kapar
Tel : 03- 30190396
Kepada : Sufian Saufi
Keterangan
Jumlah (RM)
Bayaran gaji bulan Mac.
750.00
Jumlah bersih
750.00
Ringgit Malaysia : Tujuh ratus lima puluh sahaja
Tunai/No.cek : HCB 056342
mahmdd
sufian S
------------Diluluskan oleh
------------Tandatangan Penerima
Dokumen 12
109
M 2009
SPM
2009
[ 3755/1 ] [ 3755/2 ]
Perdagangan
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
1
TAJUK
ASAS KEPADA PERDAGANGAN
5
3
3
3
3
2
UNSUR PERDAGANGAN
1
1
1
1
3
PERNIAGAAN DALAM NEGERI
8
5
4
3
5
4
PERNIAGAAN ANTARABANGSA
1
2
5
-
2
5
INDUSTRI KECIL DAN SEDERHANA
1
3
3
4
2
6
PEMILIKAN PERNIAGAAN
1
3
2
4
2
7
PELABURAN
3
3
5
1
3
8
PERBANKAN
1
2
2
4
5
9
INSURANS
3
1
3
2
5
10
PENGANGKUTAN
3
3
4
6
2
3
2
1
4
2
11
KOMUNIKASI
2
2
12
PERGUDANGAN
2
1
13
PROMOSI
5
4
3
2
1
14
PERANAN KERAJAAN DALAM
PERNIAGAAN
1
4
1
2
2
15
KONSUMERISME
3
3
3
1
4
JUMLAH
40
40
40
40
40
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
1,3
1
1
1
1
Analisis Kertas Perdagangan (Kertas 2)
TAJUK
1
ASAS KEPADA PERDAGANGAN
2
UNSUR PERDAGANGAN
-
-
-
1
1
3
PERNIAGAAN DALAM NEGERI
2,3
1,2
1,2
2,6
2
4
PERNIAGAAN ANTARABANGSA
4,6
2
2,6
6
3
5
INDUSTRI KECIL DAN SEDERHANA
5
3
2
6
3
6
PEMILIKAN PERNIAGAAN
6
3,4
3
2
6
7
PELABURAN
5
4
3
3
4
8
PERBANKAN
2,3,6
1,3,6
-
3
4
9
INSURANS
-
-
4
4
6
10
PENGANGKUTAN
4
6
4,6
4
5
11
KOMUNIKASI
5
5
6
5
6
12
PERGUDANGAN
6
-
5
-
13
PROMOSI
4
1
5
6
5
14
PERANAN KERAJAAN DALAM
PERNIAGAAN
-
6
-
-
6
15
KONSUMERISME
-
5
5
5
5
Analisis Kertas Perdagangan (Kertas 1)
110
PERDAGANGAN
Kertas 1
1. Antara berikut yang manakah benar mengenai kehendak manusia?
A.
Mudah dipuaskan kerana terhad
B.
Meliputi kehendak asas dan kehendak lain
C.
Terdiri daripada pelbagai jenis dan sentiasa berubah
D.
Diperlukan oleh manusia untuk terus hidup
2. Gambar 1 mengenai keperluan manusia
GAMBAR 1
Menurut Hierarki Keperluan Maslow, keperluan apakah yang telah dicapai dalam gambar di atas?
A.
B.
C.
D.
Keperluan keselamatan
Keperluan penghargaan
Keperluan kasih sayang
Keperluan sempurna kendiri
Tayar
Susu getah
Sarung tangan
3. Apakah nilai faedah yang terlibat dalam proses pengeluaran di atas?
A.
B.
C.
D.
Nilai faedah masa
Nilai faedah bentuk
Nilai faedah milikan
Nilai faedah tempat
4. Rajah 1 menunjukkan faktor-faktor pengeluaran.
Tanah
Buruh
Faktor
Pengeluaran
Modal
X
RAJAH 1
Berdasarkan Rajah 1 di atas, faktor X merangkumi
A.
semua sumber atau bahan mentah yang diperoleh dari alam semula jadi
B.
segala usaha manusia sama ada secara fizikal atau mental yang terlibat dalam pengeluaran
C.
harta benda atau sumber kewangan yang digunakan untuk membantu pengeluaran
D.
peniaga yang mengambil risiko menggabungjalinkan semua faktor pengeluaran
5.
Apakah kelebihan pengkhususan kepada seorang pekerja?
I.
II.
III.
IV.
Meningkatkan kemahiran
Mewujudkan minat bekerja
Meningkatkan produktiviti
Melahirkan sifat kreatif
A.
B.
C.
D.
I dan III
II dan III
II dan IV
I dan IV
6. Apakah masalah dalam sistem barter yang dapat di atasi melalui penggunaan mata wang?
A.
Masalah kemahuan serentak
B.
Kesukaran menetapkan kadar pertukaran
C.
Kesukaran membawa barang besar dan pukal
D.
Masalah barang cepat rosak dan kehilangan nilai
111
7. Pernyataan yang manakah berkaitan bantuan perniagaan?
A.
Aktiviti menghasilkan produk untuk memuaskan kehendak manusia
B.
Aktiviti pengagihan barang siap daripada pengeluar kepada pengguna akhir
C.
Aktiviti mendapatkan bahan mentah dan menukarkan kepada barang siap
D.
Aktiviti penghantaran barang dari satu tempat ketempat lain
GAMBAR 2
Antara berikut, saluran agihan yang manakah sesuai bagi kenderaan di atas?
A.
B.
C.
D.
Pengeluar → Ejen → Pengguna
Pengeluar → Peruncit → Pengguna
Pengeluar → Ejen → Peruncit → Pengguna
Pengeluar → Pemborong → Peruncit → Pengguna
9. Apakah fungsi peruncit dalam saluran agihan?
I.
Menggred, membungkus dan meletak harga
II.
Menyimpan stok dan memperaga barang jualan
III. Menjual secara kredit kepada semua pelanggan
IV. Membeli secara kecil-kecilan
A.
B.
C.
D.
I dan II
II dan III
III dan IV
I dan IV
Soalan 10 merujuk kepada dokumen perniagaan berikut:
INVOIS
Syarikat Pemborong Maharani
10, Jalan Sinaran 5,
41200 Klang
Pengurus
Kedai Perabot Dolah
90, Jalan Gerhana,
42100 Klang
No rujukan
AL88
28 Februari 2009
No Invois: AR7701
Butiran
Rak Peragaan
Serahan: Angkutan dibayar
Syarat: 5% 10 hari, 2% 30 hari
K&K di K
Disahkan oleh:
Abdullah
Pengurus
Kuantiti
Harga seunit
(RM)
3
350
Tolak: Diskaun niaga 20%
Jumlah
(RM)
1,050.00
210.00
JUMLAH BERSIH
840.00
8. Gambar 2 menunjukkan beberapa model kereta nasional.
112
10. Berapakah jumlah bersih yang akan dibayar oleh Kedai Perabot Dolah jika bayaran dibuat pada 7 Mac 2009?
A.
RM 840.00
B.
RM 823.20
C.
RM798.00
D.
RM672.00
11. Gambar 3 menunjukkan kaedah jualan bagi set komputer.
GAMBAR 3
Apakah kelebihan sekiranya seorang pengguna membeli komputer itu secara sewa beli?
I.
Terdapat wang lebihan untuk membeli barang lain
II.
Boleh menerima upah menaip untuk membayar ansuran
III. Set komputer tidak boleh dirampas jika beliau gagal membuat bayaran
IV. Jumlah bayaran secara sewa beli lebih rendah daripada jumlah bayaran secara tunai
A.
B.
C.
D.
I dan II
I dan III
II dan IV
III dan IV
12. Apakah faedah yang diperoleh daripada aktiviti perniagaan antarabangsa kepada pengeluar?
I.
Lebih banyak sumber bekalan
II.
Menggalakkan pertukaran pengetahuan dan teknologi
III. Barang dapat dijual pada harga yang lebih rendah
IV. Dapat meningkatkan taraf hidup
A.
B.
C.
D.
I dan II
II dan III
III dan IV
I dan IV
13. Antara berikut yang manakah merupakan eksport tak nyata?
A.
Pelajar Malaysia melanjutkan pelajaran di United Kingdom
B.
Pelancong Australia datang ke Malaysia untuk bercuti
C.
Malaysia menjual barang elektrik ke Hong Kong
D.
Pelancong Malaysia menaiki penerbangan Singapore Airline
14. Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan dokumen perniagaan antara bangsa.
• Dikeluarkan oleh pengimport atau ejen untuk memesan barang
• Menyatakan jenis, kuantiti dan anggaran harga bagi barang dipesan
Dokumen yang dimaksudkan di atas ialah
A.
Invois Eksport
B.
Sijil Asal usul
C.
Bil Muatan
D.
Inden
15. Antara berikut yang manakah menerangkan Industri Kecil dan Sederhana (IKS)?
A.
Sebuah kilang elektronik yang mempunyai nilai jualan tahunan RM15 juta dan pekerja seramai 300 orang
B.
Firma guaman Azhar & Co. yang mempunyai keuntungan sebanyak RM20 juta dan pekerja seramai 150 orang.
C.
Syarikat Kerjasama Sdn Bhd yang mempunyai nilai jualan tahunan RM5 juta dan pekerja seramai 80 orang pekerja.
D.
Sebuah kilang plastik yang mempunyai modal RM220 000 dan pekerja seramai 180 orang pekerja
113
16. Berikut adalah maklumat berkaitan jalinan antara Industri Kecil dan Sederhana (IKS) dengan industri berat.
•
•
•
Mendapat bayaran segera
Memperoleh pasaran yang terjamin
Dikenali sebagai pemasaran konsep payung
Apakah jalinan yang dimaksudkan di atas?
A.
Subkontrak
B.
Rantaian industri
C.
Pemasaran bersepadu
D.
Pengaturan kontrak khas
18. Bagaimanakah cara untuk mengira untung bersih bagi sesuatu perniagaan?
A.
Untung kasar + pendapatan - perbelanjaan
B.
Jualan bersih - kos barang untuk dijual
C.
Untung kasar + stok awal – stok akhir
D.
Aset semasa – liabiliti semasa
19. Pernyataan yang manakah benar mengenai ciri koperasi?
I.
Modal dikumpul daripada jualan syer kepada orang ramai
II.
Semua anggota menanggung liabiliti terhad
III. Bilangan minimum anggota ialah 100 orang
IV. Anggota mempunyai hak mengundi berdasarkan jumlah syer
A.
B.
C.
D.
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
20. Encik Faisal telah membeli sebuah kondominium berharga RM180 000. Beliau telah menyewakan kondominium tersebut
dengan kadar RM1 200 sebulan selama 2 tahun sebelum menjualnya dengan harga RM 250 000. Berapakah pendapatan
yang diperoleh daripada pelaburan tersebut?
A.
B.
C.
D.
RM151 200
RM98 800
RM70 000
RM28 800
21. Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan ciri sejenis syer keutamaan.
Syer yang dibayar pada satu kadar dividen yang tetap dan dividen tambahan
selepas pembayaran dividen kepada pemegang syer biasa.
Apakah jenis syer keutamaan di atas?
A.
Syer keutamaan kumulatif
B.
Syer keutamaan boleh tebus
C.
Syer keutamaan penyertaan
D.
Syer keutamaan boleh tukar
22. Antara berikut yang manakah perbezaan di antara bank saudagar dengan bank perdagangan.
Bank Saudagar
Bank Perdagangan
A
Tertakluk kepada Akta Bank dan
Institusi Kewangan
Tertakluk kepada Akta Syarikat Kewangan
Islam
B
Dimiliki secara terbitan syer
Dimiliki sepenuhnya oleh kerajaan
C
Menawarkan perkhidmatan kepada
syarikat korporat
Menawarkan perkhidmatan kepada orang
ramai
D
Menyediakan pembiayaan kepada orang
awam
Menyediakan pembiayaan kepada kerajaan
17. Apakah kebaikan memulakan perniagaan secara francais?
A.
Francaisi tidak memerlukan modal yang banyak
B.
Francaisi tidak perlu membayar royalti kepada francaisor
C.
Francaisi tidak perlu bimbingan dan latihan
D.
Francaisi tidak perlu membuat promosi
114
23. Gambar 4 menunjukkan sejenis jentera.
GAMBAR 4
Apakah institusi kewangan yang dapat membantu seorang petani mendapatkan pembiayaan jentera tersebut?
A.
Syarikat Pemfaktoran
B.
Syarikat Pajakan
C.
Bank Saudagar
D.
Bank Pusat
24. Antara berikut, yang manakah merupakan risiko yang tidak boleh diinsuranskan?
A.
Risiko kerosakan bangunan akibat kejadian tanah runtuh
B.
Risiko kehilangan kereta di tempat letak kereta
C.
Risiko kerugian akibat ketidakjujuran pekerja
D.
Risiko kemalangan kereta persendirian
25. Prinsip insurans yang memastikan insured tidak mendapat keuntungan akibat malapetaka yang menimpa harta
bendanya ialah
A.
penuh percaya mutlak
B.
kepentingan boleh insurans
C.
doktrin sebab hampiran
D.
indemniti
26. Encik Osman adalah seorang peniaga pasar malam. Beliau menggunakan van untuk mengangkut barang-barang niaga
dan dibantu oleh seorang pekerja. Suatu hari beliau dan pekerjanya telah terlibat dalam satu kemalangan jalan raya.
Vannya rosak teruk dan pekerjanya mengalami kecederaan.
Apakah jenis insurans yang boleh membayar pampasan ke atas kecederaan yang dialami oleh pekerjanya?
A.
Insurans pihak ketiga
B.
Insurans komprehensif
C.
Insurans hayat sementara
D.
Insurans endowmen
27. Apakah peranan pengangkutan?
I.
Menstabilkan harga barang
II.
Menjamin keselamatan barang
III. Melindungi daripada risiko kerugian
IV. Membolehkan pengeluaran besar-besaran
A.
B.
C.
D.
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
28. Antara berikut , yang manakah bukan kelebihan pengangkutan jalan raya?
A.
Membuat serahan pintu ke pintu
B.
Murah untuk perjalanan jarak jauh
C.
Cepat kerana tiada jadual yang tetap
D.
Tidak banyak kerja punggah memunggah
29. Antara berikut, faktor yang manakah perlu dipertimbangkan oleh peniaga apabila memilih jenis pengangkutan?
I.
Nilai barang
II.
Jenis barang
III. Harga pasaran
IV. Kos pengeluaran barang
A.
B.
C.
D.
I dan II
I dan III
II dan IV
III dan IV
115
30. Antara berikut, yang manakah peranan komunikasi dalam perniagaan?
A.
Mengurangkan risiko kerosakan barang
B.
Membantu menstabilkan harga barang
C.
Memudahkan aktiviti promosi barang
D.
Membantu agihan barang dengan segera
31. Apakah kepentingan gudang untuk barang yang dihasilkan secara bermusim?
A.
Barang menjadi tahan lama
B.
Barang dapat dibekalkan sepanjang tahun
C.
Barang dapat dikeluarkan sekaligus
D.
Harga barang dapat dikurangkan
32. Rajah 2 berkaitan ciri-ciri gudang yang baik.
Ruang yang
luas
Peralatan
mencukupi
Ciri Gudang Yang baik
X
Y
RAJAH 2
Antara berikut , yang manakah menerangkan ciri X dan Y?
I.
Hiasan dalaman yang menarik
II.
Bilangan tenaga buruh yang ramai
III. Mempunyai pengurusan yang cekap
IV. Kesesuaian gudang dengan jenis barang
A.
B.
C.
D.
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
33. Apakah tujuan utama pengeluar mengadakan promosi untuk produk barunya?
A.
Mendapatkan keuntungan lumayan
B.
Memperkenalkan barang dan perkhidmatan
C.
Menghapuskan pengeluar yang sedia ada
D.
Meningkatkan imej syarikat
34. Pernyataan yang manakah berkaitan dengan unsur dalam campuran pemasaran?
I.
Produk yang dihasilkan menepati cita rasa pengguna
II.
Risiko kerosakan hendaklah dilindungi insurans
III. Kumpulan sasaran pengguna meliputi pelbagai peringkat umur
IV. Harga produk yang dikeluarkan mestilah sepadan dengan kualitinya
A.
B.
C.
D.
I dan II
I dan IV
II dan III
III dan IV
35. Antara berikut, yang manakah benar mengenai promosi jualan?
I.
Diadakan dalam satu tempoh yang singkat
II.
Kos promosi ditanggung oleh media massa
III. Bertujuan untuk menghabiskan stok lama
IV. Berupaya meluaskan pasaran sedia ada
A.
B.
C.
D.
I dan II
I dan III
II dan III
II dan IV
Lokasi yang
Sesuai
116
36. Berikut adalah peranan Majlis Amanah Rakyat (MARA) kepada peniaga kecuali
A.
menyediakan ruang niaga dan tapak kilang kepada usahawan bumiputera
B.
menyediakan kursus dan latihan kepada usahawan bumiputera
C.
menawarkan skim bantuan kredit kepada peniaga bumiputera
D.
mempromosi dan memasarkan hasil keluaran peniaga bumiputera
37. Antara berikut, yang manakah cara bijak apabila merancang pembelian barang?
A.
Membeli barang semasa tawaran
B.
Membuat senarai mengikut keperluan
C.
Membeli barang mengikut trend semasa
D.
Memilih tempat yang selalu dikunjungi
Pilihan jawapan bagi Soalan 38 hingga Soalan 40 berdasarkan jadual berikut.
Pilihan
Pernyataan I
Pernyataan II
A
Betul
Salah
B
Salah
Betul
C
Betul
Betul
D
Salah
Salah
38. I.
II.
Bil muatan merupakan dokumen hak milik dan boleh digunakan untuk menuntut barang dari kapal
Resit nakhoda dihantar kepada pihak Lembaga Pelabuhan untuk meminta pihak pelabuhan memunggah
barang ke dalam kapal
39. I.
II.
Syer syarikat sendirian berhad boleh dipindah milik dengan bebas
Penyata kewangan syarikat sendirian berhad perlu diumumkan kepada orang ramai
40. I.
II.
Diskaun niaga merupakan potongan daripada harga pada senarai harga
Diskaun niaga diberi untuk menggalakkan pembelian secara pukal
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
117
PERDAGANGAN
Kertas 2
2
(a)
Bezakan keperluan dan kehendak.
[4 markah]
(b) Dalam pengeluaran, sesuatu keluaran mempunyai nilai faedah jika ia memberi kepuasan kepada pengguna. Terangkan,
dengan contoh, tiga jenis nilai faedah tersebut.
[9 markah]
(c) Jelaskan kelebihan mengamalkan pengkhususan dalam pengeluaran.
[6 markah]
(d) Bagaimanakah perbankan dan promosi dapat membantu seorang peniaga dalam melancarkan aktiviti perniagaannya?
[6 markah]
(a)
Maklumat berikut berkaitan dengan kaedah jualan secara kredit.
Puan Mahani membeli sebuah peti sejuk berharga RM1800 secara kredit. Beliau telah membayar pendahuluan sebanyak
RM300 dan bakinya akan dibayar secara ansuran sebanyak RM67.50 sebulan selama dua tahun.
Hitungkan
(i)
jumlah faedah yang perlu dibayar oleh Puan Mahani
(ii)
kadar faedah setahun
[2 markah]
[2 markah]
Jelaskan kebaikan kaedah jualan berikut kepada peniaga.
(i)
Bayaran tertunda
(ii)
Jualan prabayar
[3 markah]
[2 markah]
(c)
Terangkan tiga fungsi pemborong kepada peruncit.
[6 markah]
(d)
Situasi berikut berkaitan dengan seorang peniaga.
(b)
Encik Dolah mendapat bekalan roti dari Syarikat Best Bakeries dua kali seminggu. Encik Dolah hanya perlu menyediakan
ruang di kedainya agar Syarikat Best Bakeries dapat meletakkan rak khas yang menempatkan roti tersebut.
3
4
5
(i) Nyatakan jenis pemborong dalam situasi di atas.
(ii) Jelaskan peranan pemborong dalam (i) di atas.
[1 markah]
[4 markah]
(e)
Jelaskan sebab penjual mengirim nota debit kepada pembeli.
[5 markah]
(a)
Malaysia mengimport hasil tenusu dari New Zealand dan mengeksport minyak kelapa sawit ke negara tersebut.
Huraikan faktor yang menyebabkan wujudnya perniagaan tersebut.
[7 markah]
(b)
Terangkan empat halangan dalam perniagaan antarabangsa.
[8 markah]
(c)
Terangkan sumbangan Industri Kecil dan Sederhana (IKS) kepada
(i) masyarakat
(ii) negara
[4 markah]
[6 markah].
(a)
Terangkan kelebihan memulakan perniagaan secara francais berbanding memulakan sendiri.
[6 markah]
(b)
Pengurusan dan kawalan stok yang rapi sangat penting dalam perniagaan.
Jelaskan aspek yang terlibat dalam pengurusan stok.
[5 markah]
(c)
Bezakan ciri syarikat sendirian berhad dengan syarikat awam berhad.
[8 markah]
(d)
Encik Aru bercadang untuk menyediakan perkhidmatan fotostat di kedai alat tulis yang baru dibuka. Beliau
mempertimbangkan dua cara untuk mendapatkan mesin fotostat tersebut iaitu pembelian melalui syarikat pajakan
atau membeli secara tunai. Tentukan cara pembelian yang sesuai dipilih oleh Encik Aru. Berikan alasan anda.
[6 markah]
(a)
Pernyataan berikut berkaitan dengan polisi insurans.
Puan Hasnah telah membeli sebuah rumah berharga RM150 000 dan melindungi rumah tersebut daripada risiko kebakaran.
Beliau telah mendapatkan polisi kebakaran daripada dua buah syarikat insurans yang terkenal dengan perlindungan sebanyak
RM150 000 setiap satu. Selain itu Puan Hasnah juga mendapatkan polisi insurans hayat endowmen. Bagaimanapun beliau
mendapati premium yang dikenakan lebih tinggi daripada adiknya yang sepuluh tahun lebih muda darinya.
(i) Berapakah jumlah pampasan yang akan diperoleh sekiranya rumah Puan Hasnah musnah dalam kebakaran?
Nyatakan prinsip yang digunakan.
(ii) Jelaskan faktor-faktor yang dipertimbangkan dalam pengiraan premium insurans hayat.
[3 markah]
[5 markah]
1
118
(b)
Kenal pasti perkhidmatan Pos Malaysia Berhad yang sesuai digunakan dan berikan alasan bagi setiap perkhidmatan
yang dipilih oleh pihak berikut:
(i) Sebuah bank perdagangan menyerahkan tugas mencetak dan menghantar penyata bulanan pelanggannya kepada
Pos Malaysia Berhad.
(ii) Syarikat Senang Menang menerima banyak borang penyertaan setelah melancarkan satu peraduan mencipta logo.
(iii) Puan Cindy dari Shah Alam menghantar wang sebanyak RM500 kepada anaknya yang belajar di
Universiti Malaysia Sabah.
(c)
[2 markah]
[2 markah]
[2 markah]
Berikut adalah maklumat tentang Syarikat Ikan Segar Sendirian Berhad.
Syarikat Ikan Segar Sdn Bhd ialah pemborong ikan di bandar Klang. Selain membekal ikan kepada peruncit yang
datang sendiri ke gudangnya, syarikat itu juga membekalkan ikan kepada restoran dan pasar raya di Lembah Klang.
Bagaimanakah pengangkutan membantu perniagaan syarikat tersebut?
(d)
[6 markah]
Berikut adalah perbualan dua orang suri rumah.
Puan Salina : Sejak kebelakangan ini, harga barang tidak menentu. Sukar bagi saya untuk berjimat dan memastikan
setiap keperluan dapat dipenuhi.
Puan Devi : Memang benar, krisis ekonomi global memberi kesan terutamanya kepada pengguna. Namun begitu,
kita masih boleh berjimat jika kita membuat perancangan pembelian bijak.
Berdasarkan perbualan di atas, bagaimanakah pengguna dapat membeli dengan bijak?
[5 markah]
Bahagian B
[25 markah]
Soalan ini wajib dijawab.
6.
Encik Sulaiman, pemilik Syarikat Iman Furniture Sdn Bhd, menjalankan perniagaan perabot di Shah Alam, Selangor. Syarikat Iman Furniture
juga mempunyai dua cawangan kedai di Seremban dan Melaka. Selain mendapatkan bekalan perabot daripada pengeluar tempatan, syarikatnya
juga mengimport dan menjual perabot kayu jati dari Indonesia.
Apabila membuat pesanan, Encik Sulaiman memastikan surat pesanan yang lengkap dengan nama pengusaha perabot jati di Indonesia dihantar
kepada ejen import di Indonesia. Ini kerana Encik Sulaiman mempunyai pelanggan tetap yang menggemari rekaan perabot daripada pembekal
yang khusus kerana kekemasannya dan berkualiti tinggi. Encik Sulaiman biasanya memesan perabot jati dalam kuantiti yang banyak bagi
memenuhi keperluan kedai perabotnya serta cawangan-cawangannya. Beliau juga mendapati bahawa tempahan akan bertambah menjelang
musim perayaan dan pada hujung tahun.
Oleh kerana tempahan yang dibuat dalam kuantiti yang banyak, Encik Sulaiman mendapati beliau mengalami masalah kekurangan wang tunai
untuk menjelaskan duti import kepada pihak kastam. Ini menyebabkan beliau terpaksa menyimpan dahulu perabot-perabotnya di dalam gudang
yang disediakan oleh pihak berkuasa di pelabuhan. Perabot yang disimpan dalam gudang tersebut akan dikeluarkan apabila ada pelanggan yang
membuat bayaran pendahuluan.
Oleh kerana perniagaannya mendapat pasaran yang menggalakkan di dalam negara, Encik Sulaiman berhasrat untuk mengembangkan
perniagaannya ke Eropah. Ini kerana beliau mendapati masih kurang perabot tempatan dieksport ke luar negara. Walau bagaimanapun beliau
tidak pasti bagaimanakah cara untuk menembusi pasaran Eropah serta prosedur eksport yang harus dipatuhi. Beliau telah dinasihati oleh
seorang rakan agar mendapatkan bantuan daripada sebuah agensi kerajaan.
Berdasarkan situasi di atas, jawab soalan yang berikut:
(a) Terangkan dokumen yang digunakan ketika membuat pesanan.
(b)
[3 markah]
Apakah jenis gudang yang digunakan untuk menyimpan perabot yang diimport oleh Encik Sulaiman?
Jelaskan kepentingan gudang tersebut.
[6 markah]
(c)
Bagaimanakah bank perdagangan dapat membantu Encik Sulaiman?
[5 markah]
(d)
(i) Jika anda adalah rakan Encik Sulaiman, apakah peranan agensi yang dimaksudkan?
(ii) Huraikan langkah-langkah yang mesti dijalankan oleh seorang pengeksport.
[4 markah]
[7 markah]
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
119
M 2009
SPM
2009
[ 3757/1 ] [ 3757/2 ]
Ekonomi Asas
Analisis Peperiksaan Mata Pelajaran Ekonomi Asas SPM
Tajuk
Kertas 2
2005
2006
2007
2008
2005
2006
2007
2008
1
Pengenalan Kepada
Ekonomi
7
7
6
5
1 a)
b) c)
1a)
b)
1a)
b)
c)
1a)
b) c)
d)
2
Pendapatan Individu dan Penggunaan
Pendapatan Individu
4
4
6
7
2a)
b)
6a)
b)
1c)
2a) b)
c)
d)
6a)
c)
2a)
b) c)
d)
3
Isi Rumah Sebagai Pengguna
5
5
5
4
3a)
2a)
b)
3a)
b)
3a)
4
Firma Sebagai Pengeluar
5
6
6
4
3b)
4a)
2c)
d)
6a)
3c)
6b)
d)
3b)
5
Pasaran
3
5
4
5
3c)
3a)
6c)
3d)
3c)
6c)
e)
6
Wang dan Institusi Kewangan
7
5
7
5
4b)
c)
3b)
c)
4a)
4a)
b)
4a)
b) c)
6a)
b)
7
Struktur Ekonomi Negara
2
1
-
-
5a)
4b)
-
-
8
Belanjawan Negara
2
3
2
4
5b)
4c)
5a)
4c)
d)
5a)
9
Perdagangan Antarabangsa
3
1
2
4
6c)
5b)
5a)
b)
5b)
10
Imbangan Pembayaran
2
1
-
-
-
5c)
-
5c)
11
Pertukaran Asing
-
2
2
2
5c)
6b)
5c)
d)
6d)
Kertas 1
Bil
120
EKONOMI ASAS
Kertas 1
1. Kekurangan sumber hasil memaksa kerajaan untuk membuat pilihan dalam
melaksanakan projek pembangunan. Pilihan yang dibuat adalah untuk…
A
B
C
D
2.
memaksimumkan keuntungan
meminimumkan kos
meminimumkan keluaran
memaksimumkan kebajikan masyarakat
Berikut merupakan ciri-ciri sistem ekonomi Negara Y.
- faktor pengeluaran dimiliki oleh kerajaan
- tidak wujud kebebasan membuat pilihan terhadap jenis barang atau pekerjaan
- motif utama pengeluaran adalah untuk memaksimumkan kebajikan masyarakat
Bagaimanakah negara tersebut mengatasi masalah untuk siapa dikeluarkan?
A Berdasarkan corak agihan dan kuasa beli masyarakat
B Kerajaan menetapkan barangan diagihkan secara saksama untuk semua individu
C Kerajaan berhasrat memaksimumkan kebajikan rakyat dengan berlandaskan prinsip Islam
D Kerajaan mengenakan cukai yang progresif
3.
Sesuatu barang tidak ada nilai ekonomi apabila barang itu
A boleh dibayar dengan harga yang rendah
B diperolehi secara percuma
C mempunyai penawaran yang tidak terhad
D tidak habis dijual
4.
Kerajaan memutuskan untuk memberikan bantuan pakaian seragam
percuma kepada murid –murid yang tidak berkemampuan.
Pernyataan di atas berkaitan dengan masalah asas ekonomi
A Apa yang hendak dikeluarkan
B Berapa yang hendak dikeluarkan
C Bagaimana hendak dikeluarkan
D Kepada siapa dikeluarkan
5.
Apakah yang dimaksudkan dengan mekanisme harga?
1 Interaksi antara permintaan dan penawaran
II Harga turun naik sehingga mencapai keseimbangan
III Harga akan naik apabila berlaku lebihan penawaran
IV Harga akan jatuh apabila berlaku lebihan permintaan
A I dan II
B I dan III
C II dan III
D IIII dan IV
6.
Berikut adalah tujuan dalam membuat pelaburan KECUALI
A memperolehi faedah dan dividen
B mendapatkan pulangan
C menggantikan barang modal
D meningkatkan daya pengeluaran
7.
Sebagai guru, Puan Mawar memperolehi pendapatan sebanyak RM2800 sebulan . Kadar caruman Kumpulan Wang Simpanan
Pekerja (KWSP) bagi pekerja ialah 11% dan bagi majikan ialah 12%.
Hitungkan caruman Puan Mawar dalam setahun.
A RM308
C RM 336
B RM3696
D RM4032
8.
Jurutera pengeluaran di kilang membuat kereta merupakan sejenis pekerjaan yang tergolong dalam sektor apa?
A utama
C ketiga
B kedua
D keempat
9.
Rumus mengira pendapatan individu adalah seperti yang berikut:
121
Pendapatan individu = Upah + Sewa + Faedah + Untung + Z
Apakah Z?
A Zakat
B Bayaran pindahan
C Hadiah
D Cukai
Pelepasan Cukai
RM 8000
RM 5000
RM 1000 seorang
RM 5000 maksimum
RM 5000 maksimum
Diri sendiri
Isteri
Anak bawah 18 tahun
Perubatan ibubapa
KWSP dan Insuran nyawa
Berdasarkan jadual pelepasan cukai di atas, kirakan pendapatan boleh cukai Encik Abas.
A RM 18 000
B RM 19 640
C RM 21 250
D RM 22 000
11. Jadual 1 menunjukkan upah dan harga barang A, B dan C.
Upah
(RM)
Barang A
Harga barang (RM)
3000
62
Barang B
Barang C
60
58
Jadual 2
Hitungkan upah benar.
A 30 unit
B 50 unit
C 60 unit
D 70 unit
12. Antara berikut, yang manakah kepentingan merancang belanjawan peribadi?
I Mengelakkan pembaziran
II Menggalakkan amalan berhutang
III Menggalakkan individu menabung
IV Mengawal inflasi
A I, II dan III
B I, II dan IV
C I, III dan IV
D II, III dan IV
13. Jadual 2 menunjukkan hubungan antara harga dan permintaan terhadap kamera digital import jenama Konan bagi tahun 2007 dan
2008.
Tahun
Harga Seunit (RM)
Kuantiti
diminta(Unit)
2007
1500
30000
2008
1500
15000
Jadual 2
Apakah yang menyebabkan perubahan permintaan kamera digital pada tahun 2008 berbanding tahun 2007?
I Pendapatan pengguna merosot disebabkan kegawatan ekonomi
II Harga kamera jenama lain meningkat
III Harga kamera dijangka turun pada tahun 2009
IV Cukai kamera import diturunkan
A I dan 11
B I dan III
C II dan III
D III dan IV
10. Encik Abas merupakan seorang pegawai di sebuah syarikat swasta. Beliau menerima gaji bulanan sebanyak RM 3000. Beliau
mempunyai 2 orang anak yang masih bersekolah. Isteri beliau telah meninggal dunia 2 tahun yang lalu. Setiap bulan beliau
mencarum sebanyak 11% di dalam KWSP dan RM200 untuk premium insuran nyawa.
122
14 Apabila harga barang X menurun, permintaan barang Y akan turun.
Apakah hubungan di antara barang X dan Y?
A barang pengganti
B barang penggenap
C barang mesti
D barang pengguna
15 Rajah 1 menunjukkan keluk permintaan barang M.
Harga (RM)
D
10
9
D
50
X
Kuantiti (unit)
Berapakah X jika pekali keanjalan ialah 4?
A 30
B 40
C 60
D 70
16 Hukum penawaran menyatakan bahawa…
A semakin tinggi harga, semakin banyak barang ditawarkan
B semakin rendah harga, semakin banyak barang ditawarkan
C hubungan antara harga dan kuantiti ditawarkan adalah songsang
D semakin tinggi harga, semakin kurang kuantiti diminta
17 Jadual 3 menunjukkan jumlah keluaran sebuah firma pengeluar pakaian.
Kuantiti mesin
(unit)
Kuantiti buruh
Jumlah keluaran
(unit)
1
2
20
1
4
50
1
6
70
1
8
100
Jadual 3
Berapakah keluaran sut pada tingkat buruh yang ke 8?
A 10
B 15
C 20
D 25
Output
Kos purata (RM)
Kos berubah (RM)
0
-
-
1
80
35
2
48
51
3
35
60
Jadual 4
18 Berdasarkan Jadual 4 di atas, kirakan kos tetap.
A RM 30
B RM 35
C RM 40
D RM 45
123
Soalan 19 adalah berdasarkan Rajah 2 di bawah.
harga (RM)
S1
S1
S2
S2
kuantiti (unit)
Rajah 2
19 Keluk penawaran kereta nasional menunjukkan perubahan dari S1S1 ke S2S2.
I Kemajuan dalam teknologi pembuatan kereta
II Penurunan cukai jualan kereta
III Penurunan harga kereta import
IV Matlamat pengeluar untuk menguasai pasaran kereta
A I, II dan III
B I, II dan IV
C I, III dan IV
D II, III dan IV
Soalan 20 berdasarkan Jadual 5
Output
Permintaan
Musa
Permintaan
Aziz
Permintaan Jack
Penawaran
FirmaY
Penawaran
Firma Z
2
28
24
32
17
13
4
18
17
25
25
15
6
17
13
18
28
20
8
12
10
14
35
25
Jadual 5
20 Jadual 5 menunjukkan permintaan dan penawaran terhadap barang P pada pelbagai tingkat harga.
Berdasarkan jadual, berapakah harga keseimbangan pasaran barang P?
A RM 2
B RM 4
C RM 6
D RM 8
21 Rajah 3 menunjukkan keluk keluk keseimbangan pasaran barang Q.
Harga (RM)
D
S
3
2
1
S
D
25
30
35
Rajah 3
Pada tingkat harga RM3, pasaran akan mengalami
A lebihan penawaran sebanyak 10 unit
B lebihan permintaan sebanyak 10 unit
C keseimbangan pasaran
D lebihan permintaan sebanyak 30 unit
Kuantiti (unit)
Antara berikut, faktor yang manakah menyebabkan perubahan keluk penawaran tersebut?
124
22 Antara berikut yang manakah BUKAN melibatkan aliran fizikal?
A Encik Chong bekerja di kilang kasut
B Puan Aminah membeli mesin jahit tambahan untuk butiknya
C Encik Raju mendapat untung hasil dari perniagaan kereta terpakai
D Cik Tania menyewa 2 lot kedai untuk perniagaan spa
Bandar
Botanical
Bandar Botanical
Rumah Banglo Untuk Dijual
Rumah
RM
1.5Banglo
juta Untuk Dujual
Hubungi: 012-324 2256
23 Fungsi wang sebanyak RM 1.5 juta ialah sebagai
A alat perantaraan pertukaran
B alat simpanan nilai
C alat ukuran nilai
D alat bayaran tertunda
24 Berikut ialah kelemahan-kelemahan dalam sistem barter KECUALI….
A masalah tempat penyimpanan
B wujud masalah menentukan nilai barang
C barang yang digunakan sebagai wang tidak tahan lama
D kesukaran mencari kehendak serentak
25 Maklumat di bawah ialah mengenai salah satu perkhidmatan yang ditawarkan oleh bank perdagangan.
Pendeposit boleh mengeluarkan wang
melebihi daripada baki di dalam akaun
Kemudahan di atas diberikan kepada pemegang akaun…
A Tetap
C Tabungan
D Wadiah
D Semasa
26 Bank Pusat telah mengambil langkah-langkah di bawah dalam mengawal kestabilan ekonomi negara.
• menurunkan kadar rizab tunai
• menurunkan kadar faedah
• melonggarkan syarat sewa beli
Antara berikut, yang manakah merupakan kesan akibat dari tindakan yang diambil oleh
Bank Pusat?
A Penawaran wang menurun
B Harga umum jatuh
C Kuasa beli masyarakat meningkat
D Jumlah permintaan menurun
Bank
125
Pelanggan
Masing-masing
Masing-masing
mengeluarkan
mengeluarkan modal
modal
Pelaburan
mengikut kadar yang dipersetujui
27 Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, apakah prinsip Perbankan Islam yang telah dipersetujui?
A Mudharabah
C Bai Bithaman Ajil
B Musyarakah
D Murabahah
28 Objektif penubuhan institusi kewangan adalah untuk menggerakkan tabungan di kalangan
golongan berpendapatan rendah dan sederhana.
Institusi kewangan yang dimaksudkan ialah…
A Lembaga Tabung Haji
B Kumpulan Wang Simpanan Pekerja
C Bank Simpanan Nasional
D Syarikat Takaful
29 Antara berikut, yang manakah BENAR mengenai sektor kedua?
A Melibatkan aktiviti cari gali di dasar laut
B Meliputi aktiviti pemprosesan bahan mentah
C Melibatkan aktiviti perkhidmatan
D Meliputi aktiviti pertanian dan perikanan
30 Pergantungan ekonomi kepada sektor utama telah menyebabkan masalah-masalah berikut
KECUALI….
A kestabilan harga komoditi
B merugikan imbangan dagangan
C peluang pekerjaan terjejas
D kehausan dan kepupusan sumber
31 Antara berikut yang manakah merupakan hasil bukan cukai?
A Duti setem
C Bayaran lesen
B Duti eksais
D Emolumen
Keadaan kegawatan ekonomi menyebabkan beribu-ribu pekerja telah dibuang kerja di negara ini.
32 Antara berikut, manakah langkah yang boleh diambil oleh kerajaan untuk mengatasi masalah ekonomi di atas?
A Menambahkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menurunkan kadar cukai
B Menurunkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menaikkan kadar cukai
C Menambahkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menambahkan kadar cukai
D Menurunkan perbelanjaan kerajaan dan menurunkan kadar cukai
33 Apakah tujuan kerajaan membuat pinjaman dalam negeri dan luar negara?
I Menampung kekurangan hasil kerajaan
II Membiayai pembangunan ekonomi
III Membantu membayar hutang negara
IV Mengagihkan pendapatan melalui projek tertentu
A I, II dan III
B I, II dan IV
C I, III dan IV
D II, III dan IV
Keuntunganatau
atau kerugian
kerugian ditanggung
Keuntungan
ditanggung bersama
bersama
mengikut kadar yang dipersetujui
126
34 Aktiviti-aktiviti di bawah tergolong dalam…
• Pelajar-pelajar Malaysia belajar di Australia
• Doktor dari India bertugas di Hospital Kuala Lumpur
A import nampak Malaysia
B eksport nampak Malaysia
C import tidak nampak Malaysia
D eksport tidak nampak Malaysia
35 Apakah keburukan perdagangan antarabangsa?
A Mengamalkan pengkhususan yang berlebihan
B Merugikan negara maju
C Menghadkan pilihan pengguna
D Memperolehi barang pada harga yang tinggi
Imbangan Pembayaran = Akaun Semasa + Akaun Modal + X
36 Apakah X dalam rumus di atas?
A Akaun Dagangan
B Akaun Perkhidmatan
C Akaun Pelaburan Langsung
D Akaun Pergerakan Kewangan
37 Apakah kepentingan pertukaran asing kepada Malaysia?
I Untuk membiayai import
II Untuk membayar balik pinjaman luar negara
III Untuk memastikan kestabilan ekonomi negara
IV Untuk melancong ke luar negara
A I dan II
B I dan III
C II dan III
D III dan IV
38 Sebuah syarikat swasta telah mengeksport produk perubatan berasaskan herba ke Amerika
Syarikat bernilai RM 200 000.
Berdasarkan kadar pertukaran US$ 1.00 = RM 3.80, berapakah jumlah eksport dalam
sebutan dollar Amerika?
A US$ 55 000.50
C US$ 100 150.25
B US$ 760 000
D US$ 52 631.58
Soalan 39 dan 40 berdasarkan jadual di bawah.
Pilihan
Pernyataan I
Pernyataan II
A
Betul
Salah
B
Salah
Betul
C
Betul
Betul
D
Salah
Salah
39 I
II
Permintaan anjal menunjukkan kadar perubahan harga lebih kecil daripada kadar perubahan kuantiti yang diminta.
Nilai keanjalan adalah lebih kecil daripada 1.
40 I
II
Insurans am memberi perlindungan kepada sidiinsuran yang mengalami kemalangan atau hilang keupayaan untuk bekerja
Takaful bermaksud sumbangan atau derma dengan rela sebahagian wang yang dibayar sebagai balasan kerana menyertai skim
takaful.
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
127
EKONOMI ASAS
Kertas 2
ARAHAN: Jawab 3 soalan dari Bahagian A dan 1 soalan wajib dari Bahagian B.
BAHAGIAN A:
Kedua-dua
pihak swasta
swastadan
dan
Kedua-dua pihak
kerajaan
telah bersetuju
bersetuju untuk
untuk
kerajaan telah
menangguhkan Projek Jambatan
menangguhkan Projek Jambatan
ke2 Pulau Pinang disebabkan oleh
ke2 Pulauekonomi.
Pinang disebabkan oleh
masalah
i
1 .a) Bagaimanakah pihak kerajaan dan swasta menyelesaikan masalah yang dihadapi?
(7 markah)
b) “ Kerajaan Negara A sangat mengambil berat soal kebajikan masyarakat dan pada masa yang sama tidak
mengenepikan pihak swasta yang banyak memberi sumbangan ke atas pembangunan ekonomi negara.”
i) Apakah sistem ekonomi yang diamalkan oleh Negara A?
ii) Terangkan bagaimana masalah asas ekonomi diselesaikan oleh negara tersebut.
c) Nyatakan dan jelaskan jenis-jenis pendapatan individu.
(1 markah)
(8 markah)
(9 markah)
2 a) Jadual 1 menunjukkan permintaan terhadap suatu barang.
Harga (RM)
Kuantiti (unit)
10
60
20
40
30
20
Jadual 1
i) Lukis keluk permintaan barang.
(Guna skala 2cm: 10 unit pada paksi harga dan 2cm:20 unit pada paksi kuantiti)
ii) Jelaskan hukum permintaan di 2a) i)
(4 markah)
( 4 markah)
b) Rajah 1 menunjukkan peralihan keluk permintaan motosikal skuter untuk tahun 2008.
Harga (RM ribu)
D0
D1
20
D1
D0
0
300
500
Kuantiti (ribu unit)
Terangkan empat faktor yang menyebabkan peralihan keluk tersebut.
(8 markah)
l h k
Saya rasa itu satu
tindakan yang bijak.
128
c) Jadual 2 menunjukkan hubungan diantara peratus perubahan harga, peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta dan jenis barang.
3. a)
Barang
Peratus Perubahan Harga
Peratus Perubahan
Kuantiti Diminta
A
20
4
B
30
120
C
35
35
i) Kira keanjalan harga permintaan barang A, B dan C.
(3 markah)
ii) Tafsirkan pekali keanjalan harga permintaan bagi barang A, B dan C
(6 markah)
• Encik Joni bekerja di Syarikat Proton iaitu pengeluar kereta nasional.
• Beliau berpendapatan RM 3000 sebulan dan membelanjakan RM500
setiap bulan untuk membayar ansuran kereta Proton yang dibelinya.
i) Berdasarkan maklumat di atas, lukiskan aliran pusingan ekonomi dua sektor.
(8 markah)
ii) Terangkan perbezaan antara aliran fizikal dan aliran wang.
(8 markah)
b) Rajah 3 menunjukkan keluk keseimbangan pasaran buruh.
Upah (RM)
DL
X
SL
60
40
E
20
SL
0
10
Y
30
DL
50
Kuantiti (unit)
Terangkan keadaan pasaran buruh di X dan Y.
(9 markah)
Syarikat General Motor meramalkan akan membuang kira-kira 10 000
pekerjanya di seluruh dunia akibat dari keadaan kegawatan ekonomi.
-Buletin Utama-(diubahsuai)
10. 2. 2009
4. a) Berdasarkan pernyataan di atas, apakah langkah yang boleh diambil oleh Bank
Pusat bagi memastikan kestabilan ekonomi negara?
(12 markah)
b) Mengapakah wang telah digunakan secara meluas menggantikan sistem barter?
(8 markah)
c) Huraikan cukai langsung dan cukai tidak langsung.
(5 markah)
5. a) Huraikan secara ringkas butir-butir akaun semasa dalam imbangan pembayaran bagi Malaysia.
b) Bezakan perdagangan antarabangsa dan perdagangan dalam negeri.
(7 markah)
(6 markah)
c) Jelaskan kesan tindakan-tindakan berikut ke atas kadar pertukaran asing Malaysia.
i) Syarikat Bonia meluaskan pasaran barangan kulitnya di luar negara dengan
membuka cawangan terbaru butiknya di Arab Saudi.
ii) Rakyat Malaysia semakin gemar minum kopi keluaran negara Brazil.
iii) Setiap tahun Malaysia menganjurkan perlumbaan basikal Le Tour de
Langkawi dengan menjemput pelumba-pelumba handalan dari seluruh dunia.
d) Huraikan tiga kepentingan pertukaran asing.
(2 markah)
(2 markah)
(2 markah)
(6 markah)
129
BAHAGIAN B:
Cik Ariana mempunyai ijazah dalam bidang Rekaan Fesyen dari Universiti Teknologi Mara.
Beliau bekerja sebagai pereka di sebuah butik selama setahun sebaik sahaja menamatkan pengajiannya.
Selepas itu, dia telah berpindah untuk bekerja dengan sebuah syarikat pengeluar pakaian ternama
dengan gaji yang lebih tinggi.
Selepas menimba pengalaman selama beberapa tahun dengan syarikat tersebut dan
mengumpul modal hasil dari wang gajinya, Cik Ariana mengambil keputusan untuk berdikari dan
membuka butik pakaiannya sendiri. Bagaimanapun, beliau masih menghadapi masalah kekurangan
modal untuk memulakan perniagaannya. Beliau kurang pasti samada untuk memohon pinjaman dari
skim perbankan konvensional ataupun skim perbankan Islam.
Setelah mendapatkan nasihat dari ibubapanya, akhirnya beliau bersetuju untuk mendapatkan
pinjaman dari Bank Islam. Pada tahun 2008 Ariana berjaya membuka butik pakaiannya sendiri dengan
nama Ariana’s Collectian. Selain menjual pakaian hasil rekaannya sendiri, Ariana juga menjual
pakaian import dari Amerika Syarikat dan Jerman.
Berikut ialah harga pakaian yang diimport oleh Ariana’s Collection dari kedua-dua buah negara pada
tahun 2008 dan kadar pertukaran antara Ringgit Malaysia dengan mata wang negara terbabit.
Negara pengeksport
Harga (dalam
Sebutan mata wang
pengeksport)
Kadar
Pertukaran
Amerika
USD 50 000
USD 1 = RM 3.60
Jerman
€ 25 000
€ 1 = RM 4.30
Bagaimanapun Ariana menghadapi masalah semasa mengimport barang dari kedua-dua
negara disebabkan beberapa sekatan perdagangan yang dikenakan oleh kerajaan Malaysia. Akibatnya,
beliau mengambil keputusan untuk hanya menjual pakaian yang dihasilkan oleh syarikatnya sahaja.
Berdasarkan situasi di atas, jawab soalan-soalan berikut,
1. a) Mengapakah Cik Ariana bertukar kerja dari sebuah butik kepada sebuah syarikat
pengeluar pakaian yang lebih besar?
b)
i) Jelaskan perbezaan antara skim perbankan konvensional dengan skim perbankan Islam.
(4 markah)
ii) Huraikan prinsip-prinsip yang diamalkan dalam perbankan Islam yang berkaitan
dengan pinjaman perniagaan dan perkongsian.
(4 markah)
c) Kirakan harga pakaian import dari kedua-dua negara dalam sebutan Ringgit Malaysia.
d)
(8 markah)
(4 markah)
i) Nyatakan 2 jenis sekatan perdagangan antarabangsa yang dikenakan untuk
mengurangkan barangan import.
( 2 markah)
ii) Huraikan kesan dari pengurangan import ke atas kadar pertukaran Ringgit Malaysia.
(3 markah)
KERTAS SOALAN TAMAT
Arahan: Soalan ini wajib dijawab.
130
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 6355/1 ] [ 6355/2 ]
EST
YEAR
SECTION A
Sound & Light waves
SECTION B
Human Body
Agriculture
Report
2004
Compare and Choose
2005
Diagnosis & Treatment
Alternative Cars (Energy)
Acid Rain
Report
2006
Cats
Non-renewable resources
Food
Report
Compare and Choose
2007
Gout
Asparagus
Synthetic Fibres
Report
2008
Gears and Levers
Alternative Energy
Nutrition
Report
131
ENGLISH FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
Kertas 1
You are advised to spend about 30 minutes on this section.
Read the following text and complete the given task.
What happens when the body is given too little food or too much food? When the body is given too little food in terms of the essential
nutrients over a period of time, it becomes weak and less able to fight infection. The brain may become sluggish and react slowly. Eventually, the
body withers away, the heart ceases to pump properly and death occurs.
Deficiencies can result from inadequate intake of the major nutrients. These deficiencies can result from eating foods that lack critical
vitamins and minerals, from a lack of a variety of food, or from simply not having enough food. This can result in eating disorders such as
anorexia nervosa and bulimia.
Based on the information in the text, complete the table below
Nutrients
1 _______________________________________
2 ______________________________________
Source
3 _______________________________________
4 ______________________________________
Lack of Nutrients
Body
5 ____________________________________________________________
Brain
6 ____________________________________________________________
Heart
7 ____________________________________________________________
CAUSES OF NUTRIENT DEFICIENCIES
8 ___________________________________________________________________
9 ___________________________________________________________________
10 __________________________________________________________________
Part 2
Read the following text.
Malaria is an infection of the blood that is carried from person to person by mosquitoes. The disease has been recognized for thousands of years and
once was found almost everywhere except in the most northern areas of the world. Malaria has been wiped out in North America, Western Europe,
and Russia. However, it remains a serious problem in much of the tropical and subtropical world.
Malaria is caused by protozoan of the genus Plasmodium. Infection begins with a bite from an infected mosquito. The parasite then travels
from the mosquito to the liver, where the parasite begins to reproduce. The parasite leaves the liver and travels to the bloodstream, where it infects
the red blood cells. The parasite reproduces in the red blood cells, which destroys the cells and releases more parasites into the bloodstream. If
another mosquito bites an infected person, that mosquito can then carry the infection to someone else.
There are 4 species of Plasmodium that infect humans. P vivax is the most common in India and Central and South America but found
worldwide. P ovale is rarely found outsides Africa. P malariae is found worldwide but less common than the other forms. P falciparum is most
common worldwidw, this is the most life-threatening from of malaria.
With malaria, a person will develop a high fever, which comes and goes every other day or few days. How often a fever returns varies with
each species of malaria. Headache, nausea and sweating are also common symptoms of malaria.
Nutrients are classified as essential or non essential. Non essential nutrients are manufactured in the body and do not need to be obtained
from food. Examples include cholesterol, a fatlike substance present in all animal cells. Essential nutrients must be obtained from food sources,
because the body either does not produce them or produces them in amounts too small to maintain growth and health. Essential nutrients include
water, carbohydrates, protein, fats, vitamins, and minerals. An individual needs varying amounts of each essential nutrient, depending upon
factors such as age, gender, and specific health conditions.
132
Based on the information from the text, complete the graphic organizer below.
MALARIA
What is malaria?
1. ___________________________
Cause by
2. ___________________________
Symptoms
7. ___________________________
8. ___________________________
9. ___________________________
10. __________________________
Species
3. ___________________________
4. ___________________________
5. ___________________________
6. ___________________________
[ 10 marks ]
SECTION B
[30 marks]
You are advised to spend 45 minutes on this section.
You are the Secretary of your Environment Society in your school. You have been given a task of writing a report based on the
information given below
HAZE IN THE CITY
Causes of haze:
•
Open burning
•
Smoke from vehicles
•
Pollutants from factories
Complaints:
•
Respiratory problems
•
Dirty air
•
Low visibility
Suggestions to overcome problems:
•
Enforce law against burning
•
Fine owners of vehicles with high exhaust fumes levels
•
Check on emission of pollutants from factories
Your report should include the following:
•
Description of the situation
•
Details about the haze
•
The effects to health
•
Your suggestions on how the situation can be improved
•
And other relevant information
Your report should not be less than 200 words
133
ENGLISH FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
Kertas 2
Information for candidates
1.
2.
This question paper consists of 30 questions .
Answer all questions .
The weight of oil is less than water can be seen in this experiment . To begin with , pour water into the glass
. then tilt the glass slightly and slowly pour in the rubbing alcohol . Make sure you do not shake the glass , or
the two liquids will mix . Fill an eyedropper with the cooking oil and lower the tip into the layer of rubbing
alcohol , but not into the water . Squeeze out a couple of drops of the oil . As oil is lighter than water but
heavier than the rubbing alcohol , oil blobs float between the two liquids .
1.What does the experiment show about oil ?
A. Oil is heavier than water.
C. Oil pollutes water.
B. Oil is lighter than water.
D. Oil makes the water oily.
Vitamins are organic substances necessary for life . They are essential to the normal functioning of our bodies
. Except for a few exceptions , vitamins cannot be made by our bodies . We can obtain vitamins from food or
dietary supplements . Although it is impossible to sustain life without all the essential vitamins , they are not
replacements for food . By themselves , they have no calories . So , they are not substitutes for protein , fats ,
minerals , carbohydrates or other nutrients .
2. We can conclude that vitamins are
A. substitutes for protein.
B. more important than minerals
C. obtained from dietary supplements
D. not obtained from natural food.
About five cups of green tea daily can help to prevent cancer . People who smoke should drink more green
tea . Green tea lowers blood pressure and also increases the blood flow to the heart . It prevents heart attack
by preventing the blood from clumping together and also forming clots that can lead to stroke . Green tea
has been used throughout history to improve ailments such as allergies , asthma , cholera , colds , congestion
, coughs , depression , diarrhea and digestive infections .
3. What does the text highlight ?
A. How to prepare green tea
B. The benefits of green tea
C. The need to stop smoking
D. The need to drink green tea
Cholesterol is a soft , waxy substance found among the fats in the bloodstream and in all body cells . It is an
important part of a healthy body because it is used to form cell membranes and some hormones . However ,
a high level of cholesterol in the blood is a major risk factor for coronary heart disease , which leads to heart
attack . As cholesterol and other fats cannot dissolve in blood , they have to be transported to and from the
cells by special carriers called lipoproteins .
4. If the level of cholesterol is high , it
A. become waxy
B. form cell membranes
C. form more hormones
D. can cause heart attack
Questions 1 – 25 are based on the given stimuli . Study the information carefully and choose the best answer .
134
Morse code is a method for transmitting telegraphic information by using standardized sequences of short
and long elements to represent the letters , numerals , punctuation and special characters of a message .
These elements can be formed by sounds , marks or pulses and are commonly known as dots and dashes
. Morse code can be transmitted in a number of ways , as electrical pulses along a telegraph wire or as an
audio tone or as a radio signal . Originally created for Samuel Morse’s electric telegraph in the early 1840s ,
Morse code was extensively used for early radio communication beginning in the 1890s .
5. Morse code was invented to
A. form sounds
B. represent letters
C. send electric telegraph
D. communicate with the radio
Technically , the hippopotamus is a terrestrial or land-dwelling , mammal . However , since it spends so much
of its life in the water , it has evolved many adaptations to an aquatic environment . The thick layer of blubber
beneath its skin , for example , helps the hippo conserve body heat that would otherwise be lost underwater .
The hippo’s ears , eyes and nostrils are placed in a line along the top of its head . This allows the animal
to breathe , see and hear things above the water while almost entirely submerged . The feet are webbed
between the toes to help the animal move through the water and the nostrils can be shut tight when it
submerges .
6. The adaptations have been formed for the hippopotamus to
A. live on land
C. search for food
B. live in the water
D. breed fast
7. The blubber beneath the skin makes the hippopotamus
A. keep warm in the water
C. fend itself from its enemies
B. swim faster
D. breathe above water
The Earth , the first planet known to have liquid water on the surface , is the only place in the universe known
to harbour life . It has a magnetic field that , together with a primarily nitrogen-oxygen atmosphere , protects
the surface from radiation that is harmful to life . At present , the Earth orbits the sun once for every roughly
366.26 times it rotates about its axis ( which is equal to 35.26 solar days ) . The Earth’s axis of rotation is tilted
23* ( away from the perpendicular to its orbital plane ) , producing seasonal variations on the planet’s surface.
8. It is obvious that the Earth is the only planet
A. that orbits the sun
C. to have forms of life
B. to be near the sun
D. to produce variations on the planet’s surface
The safety of natural foods are established by the trial-and-error experiments of our distant ancestors . In the
modern world , food additives have to fulfil testing standards by the regulatory authorities before being
released onto the market . this means that food additives can be used only if they are shown to be safe and
placed on the official listing and permitted list of the foods .
9. It is obvious that before they are added to food , additives
A. must be natural
C. must be used by our ancestors
B. are placed on the official list
D. have been fully tested
There are two ways to make a phone call over the Internet – computer to computer and computer to phone
. Making calls over the Internet is great because it is so much cheaper than calling from the regular phone .
To make a phone call over the Internet , you will need a microphone , speakers , a sound card and an Internet
connection . We can also make calls from our computer to a regular telephone . to do this , we need to sign
up for the service and while the software is usually free , we will be charged for the calls .
10. Calls made from the computer to a telephone
A. are free of charge
C. are only to overseas
B. are not free of charge
D. do not need a software to do so
135
The four innermost planets in the Solar System ( Mercury , Venus , Earth , and Mars ) are sometimes called
the terrestrial planets because of their similarity as compact solid bodies with rocky surfaces . These four
planets developed from small grains of dust that collided and stuck together to form pebbles , boulders and
larger planetary embryos . They formed in the inner portion of the protoplanetary disk located closer to the
developing Sun during the first 100 million years of the System’s birth , it is too warm for them to bulk up in
gravitational might to become gas giants .
Software piracy is the illegal reproduction and distribution of software applications , whether for business or
personal use . Even possession of software that has been illegally copied is piracy . There are actually many
distinct types of software piracy . This include both casual copying and distribution of software between
individuals and companies . They usually do not monitor the number of software licences they install or
acquire enough licences to cover their software installations .
12. My brother has a copy of illegal copied software . What crime has he committed ?
A. Theft
B. Cheating
C. Gambling
D. Software piracy
Kerosene is an oil distillate commonly used as a fuel or solvent . It is a thin , clear liquid consisting of a
mixture of hydrocarbons . While kerosene can be extracted from coal , oil shale and wood , it is primarily
derived from refined petroleum . Before electric lights became popular , kerosene was widely used as oil
lamps . These days , kerosene is primarily used as heating oil , as fuel in jet engines and as solvent for
insecticide sprays .
13. Kerosene will remove paint stains for it
A. is a type of paint
C. dissolves the paint
B. is used as a fuel
D. is extracted from coal
Open Space Technology ( OST ) is a way to convene people for a conference , retreat or meeting .
“Technology” in this case means a tool or a method . Attendees are asked to generate the meeting agenda
as well as participate by leading small group breakout sessions during the meeting time . There is usually
a facilitator . The technology enables group of any size to address complex , important issues and achieve
meaningful results quickly . It has been widely adapted to private open space meetings and public open
space conference purposes .
14. We can infer that OST is a
A. place to meet
B. meeting methodology
C. new policy
D. topic of discussion
Rubber is an elastic hydrocarbon polymer that naturally occurs as a milky colloidal suspension or latex , the
sap of some plants . In its relaxed state , consists of long , coiled-up polymer chains that are interlinked at a
few points . At room temperature , rubber stores enough kinetic energy which causes each section of chain
to oscillate chaotically . However , when rubber is stretched , the loose sections are taut and they no longer
are able to oscillate .
15. If an object “ oscillate” , it
A. is still
B. is relaxed
C. is long
D. moves about
The country’s national zoo , Zoo Negara features a cross-section of Malaysia’s wildlife . Within the grounds
are more than 4 000 animals from more than 400 species . Its aquatic world has an impressive aquarium
display . The aquarium has an extensive collection of marine and freshwater species , including reptiles .
A high percentage of animals here are local . This zoo is a popular attraction among the animal lovers and
photographers . To them , it is a great way to study and understand the animal kingdom .
16. The word impressive is appropriate in describing Zoo Negara because
A. of its many animals and species
C. it is far from the city
B. it is the biggest zoo in the world
D. it is in the city centre
11. What does the word might in the text refer to ?
A. Probability
B. Compact
C. Power
D. Inner portion
136
Scanning is the process of sampling and recording the dots and colour values that make up an image . The image is
scanned and sampled line by line and the results are described as a bitmap file . Bitmap files are commonly used in
paint programs or image processing programs like Photoshop . Materials to be scanned include photos , artwork ,
drawings and text . Transparent materials such as slides or negatives can be scanned with special slide scanner or a
flatbed scanner that has a transparency adaptor .
17. If I want to scan a slide , I have to use
A. a special slide
C. a bitmap file
B. a scanner with a transparency adaptor D. PhotoShop
Tropical cyclones are driven by the release of large amounts of latent heat of condensation as moist air is carried upwards. When this happens, water vapour condenses. This heat is distributed vertically, around the centre of the storm.
If the heat conditions around the centre weaken, the cyclone dissipates. This too is the case when the cyclone makes a
landfall.
18. For cyclones to occur , there must be
A. a lot of air
B. a strong wind
C. hot air rising
D. heavy rain
Penguins are a type of flightless bird that spends most of their life in the sea . They seldom visit land except to raise
their young . Due to their short legs and torpedo-shaped bodies , they walk with a waddle . They also climb rocky
shores by hopping from rock to rock . Some travel over ice and snow by tobogganing , sliding on their bellies . But
penguins travel best by swimming , hour after hour . They also dive much deeper than any bird . Some species are able
to reach nearly 900 feet below the surface .
19. Penguins move on ice by
A. hopping
B. walking
C. swimming fast
D. sliding on their bodies
Environmental degradation is now a serious threat to our river ecosystems , endangering all inhabitants and diminishing
the quantity and quality of water resources . This is due to pollution of water resources and contamination of the soil .
It is as damaging to vegetation , livestock and health of the human body . An example of this is oil spills that interfere
with the normal working of power stations and desalination plants that require a continuous supply of clean seawater .
20. What does the text highlight ?
A. How environmental degradation occurs
B. How to make the environment clean
C. How to prevent environmental degradation
D. The several adverse effects of environmental degradation
The term “ asteroid ” is generally used to indicate a diverse group of small celestial bodies that drift in the solar system
in orbit around the sun . Hundreds of thousands of asteroids have been discovered within the solar system and the
present rate of discovery is about 5 000 per month . They are classified into a number of types according to their
chemical composition . The C-type includes more than 75% of known asteroids . The S-type is 17% relatively bright
metallic nickel-iron mixed with iron- and magnesium-silicates . The M-type is mostly bright pure nickel-iron .
21. From the text , we learn that asteroids are
A: of different types
C. very small
B. all the same type
D. of the C-type only
The major advantage of hydroelectric dams is the elimination of the cost of fuel . Other advantages include longer life
than fuel-fired generation , low operating costs and the plants improves the daily load factor of the generation system .
However , the system has several major disadvantages . These include release of significant amounts of carbon dioxide
at construction and disruption of aquatic ecosystems with adverse impacts on the river environment .
22. The low operating cost of hydroelectric dams is because
A. fuel is used
B. there are no costs from using fuel
C. facilities for water sports are provided
D. large amounts of carbon dioxide are emitted
137
Space travel is often cited as more dangerous than just about any other form of getting around . But till
today , the true extent of the danger remains a hotly debated topic . While the space shuttle has failed only
twice in its 113 launches , that is still high when translated into everyday terms . Following the Mir collision
in 1997 , the “ New Scientist” magazine calculated that the number of deaths in space equated to one per
10 000 of flying hours .
Cereals are annuals for they have to be planted every year . When they have produced ripe seeds , they
usually die . Like all seeds , cereals are very nutritious because they contain all the nutrients the embryo plant
needs to start growing . Unrefined cereals are valuable sources of proteins , carbohydrates , B vitamins . A
rich source of fibre , cereals also contain some fat , iron , vitamin E and trace minerals . Some cereals such as
wheat , barley , rye and oats contain the protein gluten , which is essential for leavened bread-making .
24. Crops termed as annuals are expected to
A. have good harvest
C. produce ripe seeds
B. die after harvesting
D. be rich in fibre
VTOL or Vertical Take-Off and Landing describes fixed-wing aircraft that can only lift off vertically . This
classification includes only a very few aircraft such as helicopters . Balloons and airships are not normally
considered VTOL mode in addition to others ,such as CTOL ( Conventional Take-Off and Landing ) and STOL
( Short Take-Off Landing ) .
25 . We can infer that some aircraft operate by VTOL because they
A. are too heavy
C. are huge aircrafts
B. are too small
D. lack the gear to handle horizontal motion
Biodiesel is the name of a clean burning alternative fuel . It is
(26)_______ from biological sources such as
vegetables oils . A light to dark yellow liquid , it has a high (27)_______ point and low vapour pressure .
Biodiesel contains no petroleum . However , it can be blended at any (28)_____ with petroleum diesel to create a
biodiesel blend . Simple (29)_____ , biodegradable , nontoxic and essentially free of sulfur and aromatics , it is better for
the environment because it has lower (30)_____ compared to petroleum diesel .
Available nationwide , biodiesel can be purchased directly from biodiesel producers and marketers , petroleum
distributors or at a handful of public pumps throughout the nation .
26.
A. derives
B. deriving
C. derived
D. derivative
27.
A. boiling
B. cooking
C. setting
D. going
28.
A. position
B. level
C. depth
D. height
29.
A. to have
B. to buy
C. to keep
D. to use
30.
A. smell
B. pollution
C. discharge
D. emissions
23 . Based on the statistic given , the danger of space travel
A. is slight
C. is talked about
B. is non-existent
D. far exceeds road traveling
138
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 45411 ] [ 4541/2 ] [ 4541/3 ]
Chemistry
Analsis Kertas Soalan 2004 - 2008
TOPICS
PAPER 1
04
05
06
PAPER 2
07
08
04
05
06
PAPER 3
07
08
04
05
06
1
½
1
1
1
1
½
1
½
1
½
07
08
FORM 4
Introduction To
Chemistry
The Structure of The
Atom
7
6
4
6
5
Chemical Formulae
and question
4
6
6
6
4
½
Periodic Table of
elements
2
3
3
3
5
1
Chemical Bonds
2
1
2
1
4
Electrochemistry
3
3
5
3
5
Acids and Bases
5
4
3
4
5
Salts
1
0
2
0
2
Manufactured
Substances In Industry
4
3
4
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
½
1
1
1
1
1
1
½
1
½
1
1
1
1
1
FORM 5
Rate of Reaction
4
5
4
4
2
1
1
Carbon compounds
6
7
6
7
3
1
1
1
Oxidation and
reduction
6
7
4
6
5
1
1
Thermo Chemistry
4
4
5
5
3
1
2
Chemical For
Consumer
2
1
2
2
3
1
1
1
1
50
50
50
50
50
7
7
6
9
TOTAL
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
4
4
3
3
2
139
CHEMISTRY
Kertas 1
A
B
C
D
2.
Neon
Ammonia
Sodium chloride
Potassium hexacyanoferate(III)
8
A
B
C
D
electrons only
neutrons only
both protons and neutrons
both protons and electrons
9
A
B
C
D
What is the relative molecular mass of hydrated magnesium
sulphate, MgSO4.7H2O?
[Relative atomic mass: Mg, 24; S,32; O,16; H,1]
Nucleus that contains
proton and neutrons
A
B
C
D
Who introduced this model?
6
Neils Bohr
J.J Thomson
James Chadwick
Ernest Rutherford
2.1
2.2
2.8.3
2.8.7
I and III
II and IV
II and III
I and IV
A
B
C
D
12
27
13
Al ?
I The electron arrangement of aluminium atom is 2.8.3
II Aluminium atom has 13 protons and 27 neutrons.
III Aluminium atom has a proton number of 27 and 14
neutrons.
IV The total number of proton and neutron of aluminium
atom is 27.
A
B
C
D
356
246
145
305
11. In a chemical reaction of calcium carbonate with hydrochloric
acid, 36cm3 of carbon dioxide gas is collected at room
temperature. What is number of mole of carbon dioxide
collected?
Which of following is the electron arrangement of a nonmetal?
What can be deduced from the symbol
2.8.2
2.6
2.8.8
2.8.8.2
10
Shell
A
B
C
D
KI + Pb(NO3)2
PbI2 + KNO3
2Cu(NO3)2 2CuO + 4NO2 + O2
2NH4Cl + Ca(OH)2
CaCl2 + 2NH3 + H2O
Cu(NO3)2 + CO2 + H2O
CuCO3 + HNO3
Which of the following electron arrangement of an atom has
eight electrons
valence?
Electron
5
Z2O
Z3O2
Z2O3
ZO2
Which of the following chemical equation is balanced?
The diagram shows a model of an atom.
A
B
C
D
When 1.52 g of a metal oxide of Z is reduced, 1.04 g of the
metal is obtained. Determine the empirical formula of the
metal oxide. [RAM: O,16; Z,52].
A
B
C
D
The nucleus of an atom contains
A
B
C
D
4
make hypothesis
make inference
collect data
identify problems
Which of the following is a molecule?
A
B
C
D
3
7.
Which noble gases given below is used to fill airships and
weather balloons ?
A
B
C
D
13
0.0015 mol
0.067 mol
1.50 mol
1.61 mol
Argon
Neon
Helium
Xenon
X, Y and Z are three different elements in the same period of
The Periodic Table of the Elements. X is a non metal, Y is a
metal and Z is a transition metal. Which is the correct order
of these elements in The Periodic Table of Elements across the
period from left to right?
A
B
C
D
X, Y, Z
X, Z, Y
Y, Z, X
Z, Y, X
1. After making observations, a chemist should try to
140
14
Which of the following substances is a covalent compound?
A
B
C
D
15
20
Copper
Ammonia
Lead(II) oxide
Sodium chloride
A
B
C
D
The table shows the electron arrangement for elements W, X, Y
and Z.
Element
Electron arrangement
W
2.4
X
2.8.2
Y
2.6
Z
2.8.7
21
22
A
B
C
D
Y and X
W and Y
Y and Z
W and Z
10 cm3
20 cm3
25 cm3
50 cm3
The distilled water is added to 20 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 sodium
hydroxide solution to produce 250 cm3 of sodium hydroxide
solution. What is the concentration of the sodium hydroxide
solution produced?
A
B
C
D
Which of the following elements react to form an ionic
compound?
16
Calculate the volume of sodium hydroxide of concentration
0.5 mol dm-3 needed to neutralise 25.0 cm3 sulphuric acid of
concentration 0.20 mol dm-3.
0.08 mol dm-3
0.04 mol dm-3
0.06 mol dm-3
0.02 mol dm-3
Which of the following solutions has the highest concentration
of hydrogen ion?
A 50 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solution
B 150 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solution
C 100 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solution
D 50 cm3 of 2.0 mol dm-3 H2SO4 solution
The ions present in aqueous copper(II) chloride solution are
23
A
B
C
D
17
Which of the following elements may be D?
Which of the following substances is an electrolyte?
A
B
C
D
18
An oxide of D can reacts with both hydrochloric acid and
sodium hydroxide solution
Cu2+ and ClCu2+, Cl-, H+ and O2Cu2+, Cl-, H+ and OH
Cu2+, Cl- , H3O+ and O2
Glucose solution
Molten aluminium oxide
Hydrogen chloride in methyl benzene
Copper(II) carbonate powder
A
B
C
D
24
The diagram shows the electrolysis of molten lead(II) bromide
using carbon electrodes.
An alloy is harder than its pure metal because the foreign
atoms in the alloy
A increases the bond strength between the atoms.
B increases the empty spaces between the atoms.
C react with the pure metal atoms to form a compound.
D reduces the ability of the atoms to slide across each other.
Carbon
Lead (II) bromide
Aluminium
Magnesium
Sulphur
Phosphorus
25 The main element present in glass is
A
B
C
D
Heat
Lead
Sodium
Silicon
Boron
What are the products at the anode and the cathode?
26
A
B
C
D
19
Anode
Bromine
Oxygen
Bromine
Oxygen
Cathode
Lead
Hydrogen
Hydrogen
Lead
Which of the following is a weak alkali?
A
B
C
D
Potassium hydroxide
Cooper(II) hydroxide
Aqueous ammonia
Lithium hydroxide
Ceramic is made from
A
B
C
D
Silica, SiO2
Cement
Marmar
Aluminosilicate hydrate
27 The diagram shows the arrangement of atoms in steel.
Iron atom
X atom
What is X?
A Zinc
B Copper
C Carbon
D Tin
34
141
Which of the following structural formulae shows an
unsaturated hydrocarbon?
A
Which of the following reactions occurs at the highest rate?
A
B
C
D
29
Photosynthesis
Rusting of iron
Combustion of hydrogen in oxygen
Combustion of magnesium in oxygen
B
Which of the following is the meaning of activation energy?
A The maximum energy that the particles need to produce
effective collision
B The minimum amount of energy that particles must have in
order to react
C The amount of energy used by the particles during a
collision
D The amount of kinetic energy of molecules during a collision
30
The graph shows the maximum volume of carbon dioxide gas
evolved when calcium carbonate react with hydrochloric acid.
C
D
Volume of CO2 gas/ cm3
35
Which of the following pairs of substances are not isomers ?
35
A
B
C
D
36
Hexane and 2,3-dimethyl pentane
1-butene and 2-methylpropene
Pentane and 2,2-dimethylpropane
2-chloropentane and 3-chloropentane
Pentyl propanoate is a food flavouring with apricot taste. This
substance can be obtained from the reaction between
Time/s
120
What is the rate of reaction at 120 s?
A 0.00 cm3 s-1
B 0.15 cm3 s-1
C 0.29 cm3 s-1
D 0.35 cm3 s-1
31
37
the activation energy for the reaction
the density of the reactants
the heat of reaction
the volume of solution at the same concentration
38
always slows down a chemical reaction
is not used up in the chemical reaction
can catalyst many chemical reactions
always doubles the rate of a chemical reaction
33 Unsaturated fats can be converted to saturated fats through
A
B
C
D
hydrogenation
esterification
neutralization
fermentation
Which of the following substance is found in crude oil?
Which of the following is an oxidation process?
A
B
C
D
A catalyst
A
B
C
D
C3H7OH and C4H9COOH
C4H9OH and C2H5COOH
C5H11OH and C2H5COOH
C5H11OH and CH3COOH
A Ethanoic acid
B Polythene
C Ethanol
D Butane
The rate of reaction depends on
A
B
C
D
32
A
B
C
D
39
Propene changes into propane
Lead(II) oxide loses its oxygen
Magnesium atom forms magnesium ion.
Chlorine molecule gains electrons.
Which of the following statements refer to oxidation?
I Process of losing oxygen
II Process of gaining hydrogen
III Process of losing electrons
IV Process of increasing oxidation number.
A
B
C
D
I and II only
III and IV only
I, II and III only
I, II , III and IV.
28
142
40
In which of the following compounds is the oxidation number
of nitrogen the highest?
45
A KNO2
B NH4Cl
C N2O
D HNO3
41
A
B
C
D
W, X, Y and Z are four metals. Consider the reactions below
involving these metals:
46
Z sulphate + X → Z + X sulphate
Z sulphate + W → No reaction
Y sulphate + W → Y + W sulphate
Arrange the metals W, X, Y and Z in decreasing order of
reactivity.
A
B
C
D
X, W, Z, Y
Y, W, Z, X
X, Z, W, Y
Y, Z, W, X
When a mixture of carbon and copper(II) oxide is heated
strongly
I the oxide ion loses two electrons.
II the oxidation number of carbon increases from 0 to +4
III the copper(II) oxide acts as the reducing agent.
IV the copper(II) ion accepts two electrons
A
B
C
D
43
I and III
II and IV
II, III and IV
I, II, III and IV
49
5 Fe 2+ + MnO 4- + 8 H+ → 5 Fe3+ + Mn2+ + 4H2O
What can be deduced from the equation?
I The oxidation state of manganese changes from +7 into +2
II The oxidation state of hydrogen changes from +1 into 0
III The greenish colour of iron(II) ions solution turns to
colourless
IV Electrons transfer from iron(II) ions to manganate(VII) ions
44
I and III only
I and IV only
I, II and III only
I, II, III and IV
The diagram shows a match. By striking the match, a chemical
reaction is initiated.
To relieve pain
To treat asthma
To destroy bacteria
To calm down the emotion of the patient
The cleansing effect of detergent is more effective in hard water
compared to soap because detergent
A
B
C
D
50
A
B
C
D
Sugar
Ginger
Salt
Vinegar
What is the function of an analgesic?
A
B
C
D
Redox reaction between iron(II) ion and manganate(VII) ion is
represented by the equation:
50.4 kJ mol-1
72.0 kJ mol-1
302.4 kJ mol-1
504.0 kJ mol-1
Which of the following is not used as a preservative in the food
industry?
A
B
C
D
48
Balance and stop watch
Balance and thermometer
Pipette and stop watch
Pipette and thermometer
The burning of 0.6 g of K causes the temperature of 100 cm3
water to increase by 12°C.
What is the heat of combustion of K?
[ relative molecular mass of X = 60; specific heat capacity of
water = 4.2 J g-1 ° C-1]
A
B
C
D
47
42
The reaction between solution P and solution Q is exothermic.
A student confirms this statement by mixing equal volumes of
the two solutions and measuring the temperature change.
Which two pieces of apparatus should the student use?
is more soluble in water
produces more foam than soap in hard water
does not form insoluble salt with metal ion in hard water
has hydrocarbon chain which makes detergent dissociate
less in hard water
Which of the following are examples of antibiotics?
I
Streptomycin
II Barbiturate
III Cortisone
IV Penicillin
A
B
C
D
IV only
II and III only
I and IV only
I, III and IV only
Which statements about the chemical reaction are correct?
A Reaction is endothermic because energy is used to strike the
match
B Reaction is endothermic because energy is given out as the
match burns
C Reaction is exothermic because energy is used to strike the
match
D Reaction is exothermic because energy is given out as the
match burns
143
CHEMISTRY
Kertas 2
The time suggested to complete Section A is 90 minutes.
After heating,the porcelain boat and its contents are cooled in the flow of hydrogen and its mass is recorded. The heating ,cooling
and weighing processes are repeated until the mass of the porcelain boat and its contents are constant.The data recorded from the
experiment are as follows:
Mass of porcelain boat
Mass of porcelain boat and lead (II) oxide before heating
Mass porcelain boat and lead after heating
= 25.30g
= 36.45g
= 35.65g
(a) Write one chemical equation that can produce hydrogen gas.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(b)
State one observation that can be made from this experiment.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(c)
[1 mark]
Why is necessary to cool the porcelain boat and its contents in the flow of hydrogen gas?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(d)
[1 mark]
[ 1 mark]
Based on the data,determine the empirical formula of lead (II) oxide.
[Relative atomic mass : Pb,207; O,16]
[4 marks]
(e)
Why is the process of heating,cooling and weighing repeated until a constant mass is obtained?
…………………………………………………………………………………...…………………………
…………………………………………………………………………………...…………………………
(f)
[1 mark]
State two precautionary steps to be taken while conducting this experiment.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[2 marks]
1. An experiment was carried out to determine the empirical formula of lead (II) oxide.A sample of lead (II) oxide was heated in the flow
of dry hydrogen gas as shown in Figure 1.
144
2. Figure 2 shows the flow chart for the fermentation process of a type of fruit juice.
Gas A
Heating with Porcelain chips
Fruit juice
Compound B
C2H6O
Process Y
Compound C
C2H4O2
Reflux
Compound D
Compound X
H2SO4
Figure 2
(a)
Name compound B.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(b) Name process Y.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(c) Gas A is produced when compound B is strongly heated in the presence of porcelain chips.
(i) Name gas A.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) What can be observed when gas A is channeled into the acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution ?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(iii) Write a chemical equation for reaction in (c)(i) to produce gas A.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(d)
[1 mark]
(i) Name the formation process of compound D from compound C.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) Write the chemical equation for the formation of compound D.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(iii) Give two chemical properties for the compound C.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(e)
[1 mark]
[2 marks]
Give one characteristic of the compound D.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
145
Figure 3
(a)
What is substance X?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(b)
Write an equation for the reaction.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(c)
[1 mark]
More sodium hydroxide solution is added to the product obtained in (g)i. until no more changes occur.
What can be observed?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(h)
[1 mark]
i.) A few drops of of sodium hydroxide solution are added to the solution obtained in (f).What can be observed?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
ii)
[1 mark]
The residue left in the test tube is dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid. Write an equation for the reaction
of the residue with dilute hydrochloric acid .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(g)
[2 marks]
Write an equation for the reaction that occurs when the substance referred to in (c) is heated.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(f)
[1 mark]
What other substances are produced when the substance referred to in (c) is heated?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(e)
[1 mark]
What other substance will decompose when heated to give the same residue as that produced when substance X is heated?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(d)
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
What conclusion can be drawn from the observations in (g)i. and (g)ii.?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
3. Substance X is heated in a test tube as shown in Figure 3. The limewater contained in another test tube turns milky.The residue left
after substance X is heated is yellow when hot and white when cold.
146
4.
Potassium solution
Figure 4
(a)
Write half equations for the reactions at the cathode and the anode.
Cathode :………………………….........................................................................
Anode
(b)
:………………………………………………………………………….
State two observations during the electrolysis.
1. …………………………………………………………………………………...
2……………………………………………………………………………………
(c)
[1 mark]
Another electrolysis is carried out using diluted copper (II) chloride solution. The observation stated in (d)
are not seen at the anode?Explain why.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(g)
[ 1 mark]
Write the ionic equation for the reaction taking place in test tube X.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(f)
[.2 marks]
The product formed from the anode goes into the potassium iodide solution.
Describe what you would see.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(e)
[2 marks]
Is the resulting solution,after the electrolysis,acidic,neutral or basic? Explain your answer.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(d)
[2 marks]
[1 mark]
Identify a test to verify the product formed at the anode for experiment in (f).
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
147
Figure 5 shows the arrangement of the apparatus used to study redox reactions.
Figure 5
(a ) Name one chemical substance that can be used to replace 1.0 mol dm-3 potassium nitrate.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(b)
Write the change of oxidation number for zinc in the reaction .
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(c)
[1 mark]
State which metal foil serves as the anode. Explain your answer.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(d)
[1 mark]
[2 marks]
State the change that occurs at the
(i) copper foil:
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) zinc foil:
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(e)
[1 mark]
In the reaction,which substance is
(i) oxidized:
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) the oxidizing agent:
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(f)
[1 mark]
Write half equation s for the reaction at
(i) copper foil
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
(ii) zinc foil
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1mark]
5.
148
(g)
Table 1 shows two experiments conducted at room condition.
Experiment I
Experiment II
3
5.0 g of zinc powder + 50cm
of 0.2 mol dm-3 sulphuric acid
5.0 g of zinc powder + 50 cm3 of 1.0 mol dm-3
sulphuric acid
Table 1
The volume of hydrogen gas is recorded every 30 seconds.
(a)
Write the equation for the reaction.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(b)
[1 mark]
Calculate the maximum volume of hydrogen gas produced in
[RAM : Zn, 65 ; 1 mol of gas occupies 24 dm3 at room condition]
(i) Experiment I
[2 marks]
(ii) Experiment II
[2 marks]
(c)
State the experiment that gives the highest rate of hydrogen gas release.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(d)
[2 marks]
Plot a graph of the volume of hydrogen gas against time for Experiment I and
Experiment II on the same axis.
[3 marks]
(e) State one way to increase the rate of reaction of the two experiments.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[1 mark]
149
Section B
[20 marks]
Answer any one question from this section.
The time suggested to complete Section B is 30 minutes.
(c)
The speed of reaction is important in industry and everyday life.
State the five factors affecting the rate of reaction.
[5 marks]
The use of catalyst is increasing in importance in industry.
(i) What are the four essential features of catalyst?
[4 marks]
(ii) Describe the effect of catalysts on the rate of reaction.
[5 marks]
(iii) Give three catalyst with suitable examples,used in the manufacture of chemicals.
[6 marks]
(i) Table 3 shows the proton number of atoms of elements P,Q and R.
Element
Proton number
S
3
T
11
U
17
(a)
Compare the atomic size of atom T and U .Explain your answer.
[ 4 marks]
(b)
S and T burn vigorously in oxygen gas. Compare the reactivity between S and T .Explain your answer.
[ 5 marks]
(c)
Gas U can react with iron to form a brown solid. With the help of a labeled diagram,describe how the
experiment can be carried out in the laboratory. Your description should include the chemical equation
for the reaction.
[ 6 marks]
Describe the location of S in the Periodic Table.
[ 5 marks]
(d)
Section C
[20 marks]
Answer any one question.
The time suggested to answer this section is 30 minutes.
9. Salts may be prepared by the following methods:
Method A: reaction between metal oxide and acid.
Method B: double decomposition involving two solutions of salts.
Rosmah has been asked to prepare lead (II) sulphate and copper (II) sulphate.
(a)
(b)
10.
Select suitable methods to prepare the dry salts. Explain your choice of method for each salt.
Describe a laboratory experiment each to prepare the salts.In your description,include the chemical
equations involved.
[6 marks]
[14 marks]
The properties of compound R are as follows:
∙ Has melting point of 78°C
∙ Colourless solid
∙ Insoluble in water
(a) What type of compound is R? Explain your answer.
[3 marks]
(b) R has a melting point of 78°C. Explain.
[3 marks]
(c)
[3 marks]
Q is an ionic compound. State three differences of the physical properties of Q compared to R
(d ) Describe briefly an experiment to prove that Q can conduct electricity in a molten state but R cannot.
[9 marks]
(e) R cannot conduct electricity in molten or solid state. Explain why.
[ 2 marks]
(h) (a)
150
CHEMISTRY
Kertas 3
1.
A student conducted two experiments and obtained the following results.
Time(min)
0
30
60
90
120
150
180
210
240
270
300
330
Experimen X
Temperature (oC)
61
65
67
71
74
76
80
80
80
83
87
89
Experiment Y
Temperature (oC)
87
84
83
81
80
80
80
76
73
69
66
64
In Experiment X, naphthalene powder is put in a boiling tube and placed in a water
bath. The water is heated until 60oC, then the temperature of naphthalene is recorded
at every 30 seconds interval until the temperature reaches about 90oC. The substance
is stirred gently with the thermometer throughout the heating process.In Experiment
Y,the hot boiling tube is cooled down.
(a)
Write the hypothesis of:
(i) Experiment X:
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[3 marks]
(ii) Experiment Y:
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(b)
During the cooling of naphthalene,explain why the naphthalene must be stirred continuously.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(c)
[3 marks]
[3 marks]
In the space given below,draw the apparatus showing the
(i) heating of naphthalene
[3 marks]
(ii) cooling of naphthalene
[ 3 marks]
(d)
State two important steps involved in this experiment.
(i) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(ii) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[3 marks]
151
(e)
State the three types of variables in Experiment X and Experiment Y.
(i)
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(ii) Responding variable
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(iii) Constant variable:
(f)
Using scale of 1 cm to represent 30 s on the x-axis and 2 cm to represent 10oC on the y-axis, draw the
temperature against time graphs for
(i)
Experiment X
[3 marks]
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
152
(i)
Experiment y
(g)
What conclusion can you draw regarding the melting and freezing points of naphthalene from the graphs?
………………………………………………………………………………………………………
[3 marks]
2. Iron (II) ions can be oxidized to iron by a strong oxidizing agent like chlorine through the transfer of electrons at a distance.
Plan and explain how you would conduct an experiment in the laboratory to test the statement given above.
Your planning should include the following aspects:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Hypothesis
All the variables
List of substances and apparatus
Procedure of the experiment
Tabulation of data
Conclusion
[17 marks]
153
M 2009
SPM
[ 4531/1 ] [ 4531/2 ] [ 4531/3 ]
2009
Physics
PAPER 1
PAPER 2
Section A
Section B
04
05
06
07
08
04
05
06
Introduction to
Physics
3
3
2
3
3
1
1
1
07
08
Forces and
Motion
7
8
9
8
7
3
3
1
1
1
Pressure
8
6
5
7
8
1
1
1
Heat
5
4
3
4
5
1
Light
5
5
5
5
5
1
Waves
7
6
5
7
5
1
Electricity
5
5
3
4
5
04
05
06
Section C
07
08
1
1
04
05
1
1
06
07
08
1
Forces and
Electromagnetism
3
3
4
5
5
Electronics
4
3
4
4
3
Radioactivity
3
3
3
3
3
TOTAL
40
40
40
40
40
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
8
Section A
1
8
Section B
04
05
06
07
08
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
04
05
06
07
1
1
08
Introduction to
Physics
Forces and
Motion
Forces and
Pressure
Heat
1
1
Light
1
Waves
1
Electricity
1
1
1
1
Electromagnetism
1
1
Electronics
Radioactivity
TOTAL
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
PAPER 3
TOPICS
1
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
3
2
2
2
TOPICS
154
PHYSICS
Kertas 1
The following information may be useful. The symbols have their usual meaning.
155
1. The force, F, acting between two electrical charges, Q1 and Q2 , is
given by the equation F = k Q1 . Q2
s
s
Q
C kg A2
D kg A–2
2. Two groups of students are asked to estimate the mass of a
pendulum bob. The results of the two groups are shown in
Diagram 1.
45 g, 60 g, 50 g, 50 g
40 g, 55 g, 70 g, 60 g
Group 1
Group 2
0
v
If the actual mass of the pendulum bob is 55 g, which of the following comments about the two groups’ estimation is correct?
A Group 2 is more accurate but less consistent compared to
Group 1
B Group 1 is more accurate but less consistent compared to
Group 2
C Group 2 is more accurate and more consistent compared to
Group 1
D Group 1 is more accurate and more consistent compared to
Group 2
3 A student carries out an experiment to study the relationship
between the temperature and time of a beaker of water that was
left to cool. He pours some hot water into a beaker and takes the
temperature of the water at regular time interval of 1 minute.
In this experiment, the manipulated variable, the responding
variable and the fixed variable are
Manipulated
variable
Responding
variable
Fixed
variable
Mass of water
Time
Temperature
B
Time
Temperature
Mass of water
C
Temperature
Time
Mass of water
D
Time
Mass of water
Temperature
0
t
R
v
0
Diagram 1
A
P
t
S
0
t
Diagram 3
Which of the graphs are for motion with constant velocity?
A P and R
C Q and R
B P and S
D Q and S
6. Diagram 4 shows block L moving towards a stationary block
M on a smooth surface. After collision the two blocks move
together.
L
L
M
Which physical quantity becomes smaller after the collision?
A mass
B velocity
C momentum
D acceleration
7. Diagram 5 shows a moving lorry carrying sacks of rice.
Diagram 5
The inertia of the lorry will decrease when
What is the length of the train?
A 48.0 m
B 57.6 m
C 115.2 m
D 120.0 m
M
Diagram 4
4 Diagram 2 shows a girl standing on the platform of a train station
watching a train. The train starts from rest and moves with an
acceleration of 0.2 m s–2. The girl observes that the train takes 24
s to move past her.
Diagram 2
t
A the lorry accelerates
B the lorry slows down
C the lorry stops
D some sacks of rice fall off the lorry
The SI unit of k is
A N C2
B N C–2
5. Diagram 3 shows four motion graphs, P, Q, R and S.
156
8
Diagram 6 shows the three forces P, Q and R acting on
three different objects and the acceleration produced.
4 m s–2
2 m s–2
3 m s–2
P
Q
2 kg
11
5 kg
Which diagram correctly shows the addition of a 6 N and
a 8 N force?
A
R
8N
Which of the following statements shows the forces
arranged in ascending order of their magnitudes?
9
10 N
6N
6N
3 kg
Diagram 6
A P, Q, R
B P, R, Q
B
10 N
C
Diagram 7 shows a boy landing with his legs bent after
jumping down from the wall.
D
10 N
C Q, R, P
D R, Q, P
8N
6N
10 N
8N
12
6N
8N
Diagram 9 shows a car accelerating uphill along a
straight road.
Diagram 9
What are the changes in its kinetic energy and
potential energy?
Diagram 7
Kinetic energy
What is the effect of bending his legs on his stopping time
and the impulsive forces acting on him?
A
B
C
D
Stopping time
Impulsive forces
Decreases
Decreases
Increases
Increases
Decreases
Increases
Decreases
Increases
A
B
C
D
13
Potential energy
Decreasing
Decreasing
Increasing
Increasing
Decreasing
Increasing
Decreasing
Increasing
Table 1 shows the results of an experiment to investigate
the relationship between the force and extension of a piece
of rubber band.
Force / N
Length / cm
Extension / cm
Diagram 8
0
9.4
0
TABLE 1
What is the value of x?
A 11.8
B 12.3
10
Diagram 8 shows a stroboscopic photograph of a
ball falling towards the ground. Which of the following
statements describes the motion of the ball?
A
B
C
D
It falls with increasing acceleration
It falls with constant acceleration
It falls with decreasing velocity
It falls with constant speed
0.3
10.6
1.2
C 12.9
D 13.5
0.6
x
2.9
0.9
13.7
4.3
157
14
A, B, and C show 3 identical concrete blocks placed in dif
ferent arrangement on the floor. Which arrangement
exerts the biggest pressure on the floor?
P
P
Q
A
P
B
Diagram 12 shows the piston about to be pushed with the
constant force into a flask with holes.
Hole
Piston
R
Q
R
R
17
Q
C
Water
Flask
15
Diagram 10 shows a container containing water.
Diagram 12
Water
AThe pressure transmitted through the water is
increasing.
B The force exerts a pressure on the surface of the water.
C Water gushes out of the holes in all directions.
D Pressure is transmitted throughout the water.
3.0 m
0.7 m
Diagram 10
18
What is the pressure exerted by the water at X?
[Water density = 1 000 kg m–3]
A 7 000 Pa
B 21 000 Pa
16
Diagram 13 shows three positions of a steel block as it is
dropped into water.
U1, U2 and U3 are the up thrust produced by the water.
U1
Steel block
U2
Water
C 23 000 Pa
D 30 000 Pa
Diagram 11 shows a simple barometer.
Trapped air
U3
Diagram 13
65 cm
Mercury
i
If the atmospheric pressure is 76 cm Hg, calculate the
pressure of the trapped air in the glass tube.
A 11 cm Hg
B 65 cm Hg
C 76 cm Hg
D 141 cm Hg
Which of the following statements is true?
A U1 > U2 > U3
C U1 > U2 = U3
B U1 < U2 < U3
D U1 < U2 = U3
19
Ahmad stands near the rail at a LRT station.
When a fast train passes in front of him, he experiences
a force that pulls him towards the rail. This phenomenon
can be explained by
A Pascal’s principle
B Bernoulli’s principle
C Archimedes’ principle
Which of the following statements is false when the piston
is pushed inwards?
158
20
In Diagram 14, P is in thermal equilibrium with Q and Q
is in thermal equilibrium with R.
Q
An object is placed in front of a convex lens of focal length
15 cm. The image formed is virtual, erect and enlarged.
Which of the following statements about the object
distance, u, is correct?
R
A
B
C
D
Diagram 14
P
If the temperature of P is θP and the temperature of R is θR,
which of the following statements is correct?
A
θ P = θR
B
θ P > θR
C
θ P < θR
21
24
25
u < 15 cm
u = 15 cm
u = 30 cm
15 cm < u < 30 cm
Diagram 15 shows how a ray of light from an object, O,
entering the eye of an5observer after being reflected two
times.
Eye
Four different metals of equal masses, W, X, Y and Z are
of equal mass and initially are at the room temperature
of 25 °C. The heat absorbed, Q, by each metal to achieve
the final temperature, θ, is shown in Table 2.
5 cm
15 cm
Metal
Heat absorbed, Q / J
θ / °C
W
11 300
50
X
7 150
80
Y
29 025
100
Z
22 325
120
Hole
Diagram 15
O
Using the information given in Diagram 15, what is the
distance of the final image of the object O from mirror X
as seen by the observer?
TABLE 2
Which metal has the highest specific heat capacity?
A W
B X
22
C Y
D Z
A
B
C
23
A 5 cm
B 10 cm
26
50g of water at 10 °C is mixed with 100g of water at 30 °C.
The temperature of the mixture is
between 10 °C and 20 °C
between 20 °C and 30 °C
equal to 20 °C
Mirror X
C 15 cm
D 20 cm
A periscope is made from two 45° - 90° - 45° prisms.
Which of the following diagrams correctly represents the
structure of the periscope?
A
Light ray
B
Light ray
An experiment is carried out to investigate the change of
pressure with temperature for a fixed mass of gas in a
conical flask.
Which of the following graphs shows the correct relation
ship between pressure and temperature?
Pressure / kPa
Pressure / kPa
A
B
0
0
Temperature / oC
Pressure / kPa
C
Temperature / oC
Pressure / kPa
C
D
0
Temperature / oC
0
Temperature / oC
Light ray
D
Light ray
159
27
Diagram 16 is a ray diagram showing the image I of an
object O that is formed by a lens.
30
Diagram 19 represents the fringe pattern obtained in a
double-slit experiment using monochromatic light. The
two slits are 0.03 cm apart and the distance from the
double slit plate to the screen is 1.5 m.
Lens
O
I
15 mm
10 cm
Diagram 19
Calculate the wavelength of the monochromatic light
used in the experiment.
Diagram 16
What is the magnification of the image?
A 1.0
C 2.5
B 1.5
D 3.5
A 5.0 x 10–7 m
B 6.0 x 10–7 m
31
28
C 7.0 x 10–7 m
D 8.0 x 10–7 m
Diagram 20 shows sound waves produced by the thunder
in the sky moving towards the sea.
Diagram 17 shows the displacement – time graph of
an oscillating spring.
Cloud
Displacement
0
Time
Diagram 17
Surface of the sea
Diagram 20
The spring is undergoing
A damping
B resonance
29
Which of the following diagrams shows the correct propa
gation of wave in the sea water?
C forced oscillation
D interference
A
B
C
D
Diagram 18 shows plane water waves traveling towards
an L-shaped barrier in a ripple tank.
Diagram 18
Which of the following diagrams shows the
reflected wave pattern?
A
B
32
Which of the following factors affect the pitch of a sound?
A Amplitude
B Frequency
C
D
C Speed
D Wavelength
35 cm
160
33
Diagram 21 shows a boat behind a concrete barrier.
36
Diagram 23 shows an electric circuit where the internal
resistance of the battery is 1 Ω.
20
9V
Boat
A
Concrete barrier
Diagram 21
Diagram 23
When the sea waves approach the barrier, the boat is seen
moving up and down. This is because the sea waves
undergo
A reflection
C diffraction
B refraction
D interference
34
What is the ammeter reading?
A 0.43 A
B 0.45 A
37
C 2.22 A
D 9.00 A
Diagram 24 shows two types of light bulbs.
Diagram 22 shows two different electrical circuits.
When 1 C of charge flows through each circuit,
the energy released in R1 is E1 and the energy released in
R2 is E2.
R1
3V
6V
R2
Diagram 22
Bulb 12 V, 36 W
Which of the following relationships is correct?
A E1 = E2
B E1 = 2E2
35
The normal operating currents for bulb X and bulb Y
are IX and IY respectively.
Which of the following gives the correct comparison
between IX and IY?
C E2 = 2E1
D E2 = 4E1
A
A IX < IY
38
X
Y
D
Y
X
Y
B IX = IY
C IX > IY
Diagram 25 shows the arrangement of apparatus to
investigate the strength of an electromagnet.
B
Y
C
X
Diagram 24
Which of the following arrangements of resistors will
result in the minimum effective resistance between point
X and point Y?
[All the resistors are identical]
X
Bulb Y 240 V, 120W
Soft iron core
Insulated copper wire
A
Pin
Diagram 25
The number of pins attracted to the rod can be increased by
P decreasing the resistance of the rheostat.
Q increasing the number of turns of the coil.
R increasing the thickness of the insulated copper wire.
A P and Q
B P and R
C Q and R
D P, Q, R
161
39
Diagram 26 shows a current carrying conductor in a
permanent magnetic field between two magnets.
In which direction will the conductor move?
B
S
A
41
Diagram 27 shows an ideal transformer used to light
up a bulb at normal brightness.
IP
Conductor carrying current
out of the paper
C
N
240 V
48 W
Diagram 26
D
Diagram 27
Which of the following diagrams shows the biggest
deflection of the pointer on the galvanometer when the
magnet and the solenoid are moved in the direction
shown?
What is the current Ip?
A 0.2 A
C 5.0 A
B 1.2 A
D 8.0 A
42
A
N
A increase the current in the transmission cable.
B reduce power loss during transmission.
C reduce the resistance of the cable.
D supply more power to the users.
S
2 m s–1
Alternating current at very high voltage is used for long
distance transmission of electrical energy so as to
43
Stationary
Diagram 28 shows an electron beam in a cathode-ray tube.
Filament
Cathode
Electron
beam
Anode
B
N
S
Diagram 28
–1
–1
2ms
2ms
Which of the following actions will cause the electron
beam to be deflected?
A Increase the current in the filament
B Apply a magnetic field near the electron beam
C Decrease the distance between the anode and cathode
D Increase the potential difference between the anode and
cathode
C
N
S
2 m s–1
44
Stationary
Diagram 29 shows a logic circuit.
A
B
Diagram 29
D
This circuit is equivalent to a
A
B
N
C
S
2 m s–1
2 m s–1
AND gate
OR gate
C NAND gate
D NOR gate
40
162
45
Diagram 30 shows a circuit that consists of a switch,
a lamp and a diode.
48
49
6 V, 12 W
Diagram 30
When the switch is closed, the lamp does not light up.
Which of the following actions will make the lamp light
up?
A Inserting a rheostat into the circuit
B Changing the battery to a 12 V supply
C Reversing the connection to the lamp
D Reversing the connection to the battery
46
In a radioactive decay sequence, a nuclide 238
92 X decays to
nuclide Y by emitting an α-particle and γ-ray. The new
nuclide Y decays again to nuclide Z by emitting a
β-particle. What is the correct symbol for nuclide Z?
A
235
89
Z
C
234
91
Z
B
234
90
Z
D
238
93
Z
In a fission reaction, 0.09% of the mass of uranium-235 is
changed to nuclear energy. Calculate the energy released
when 1 g of uranium-235 is fissioned in a nuclear reactor.
[ Speed of light, c = 3 x 108 m s-1 ]
A 2.7 x 102 J
B 2.7 x 105 J
50
C 8.1 x 1010 J
D 8.1 x 1015 J
E 8.1 x 1018 J
Diagram 33 shows the arrangement of a radioactive
source and a detector to monitor the thickness of
aluminium sheets in a factory.
Detector
Too Correct Too
thin
thick
Diagram 31 shows a transistor circuit.
3V
Potential divider
3V
0V
Sliding contact
Radioactive source
Diagram 33
Which of the following would be most suitable to be used
as the radioactive source?
Diagram 31
What would be observed if the sliding contact is moved
from the 0 V end to the 3 V end of the potential divider?
A The brightness of the lamp increases
B The brightness of the lamp decreases
C The lamp lights up with a same brightness
47
Aluminum set
Diagram 32 shows the path of particle P moving close
to a nucleus.
Source
A
B
C
D
Radiation emitted
Alpha
Alpha
Beta
Beta
Half-life
5 days
5 years
5 days
5 years
End Of Question Paper
Particle P
Nucleus
Diagram 32
Identify the particle P.
A α-particle
B β-particle
C neutron
D γ-ray
163
PHYSICS
Kertas 2
The following information may be useful. The symbols have their usual meaning.
164
Section A
[60 marks]
Answer all question in this section.
Question 1.
Diagram 1 shows a displacement - time graph of the oscillation of a loaded spring.
Displacement / cm
4
2
Time / s
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
-2
-4
Diagram 1
a)
Base on Diagram 1,
i)
Label the period using the symbol T.
ii)
What is the period of the oscillation?
[1 mark]
.....................................................................................................................................................................
b)
What is meant by amplitude?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
c)
[1 mark]
If the spring is undergoing damping, what will happen to the amplitude of the oscillation?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
Question 2.
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
Diagram 2.1 shows a driver that is driving under a hot sun, sees a pool of water appearing on the road ahead, but the
pool of water disappears as the car approaches it.
Image of the cloud
seen as a pool of water
Diagram 2.1
(a)
Name this natural phenomenon as observed by the driver.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(b)
[1 mark]
State the physics concept that is involved in this phenomenon.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
165
(c)
(i)
How is the density of the cool air compare to the density of the warm air?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(ii)
When light rays propagates from a denser medium to a less dense medium, state what happen to the
direction of the refracted rays.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(iii)
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
Complete Diagram 2.2 to show the formation of the natural phenomenon as shown in Diagram 2.1.
Light from the cloud
Light to driver's eyes
Normal
Normal
Cool air
Warm air
Hot air
Road
Image of the cloud
seen as a pool of water
Diagram 2.2
Question 3
Diagram 3.1 shows a cheetah chasing a deer in a wild world. Given that the mass and velocity of the cheetah
and the deer are 60 kg , 20 ms-1 and 70 kg , 15 ms-1 respectively.
Diagram 3.2 shows the cheetah successfully landed it’s jaws on the deer and both of them are moving with a
same velocity of v ms-1.
15 m s-1
v m s-1
20 m s-1
Diagram 3.1
(a)
Diagram 3.2
Name a physics quantity that relates the mass and velocity.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(b)
State the type of energy that is possessed by the running cheetah.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(c)
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
Calculate the final velocity of the cheetah and the deer.
[2 marks]
(d)
(i)
Name the Physics principle that is involved in the above hunting.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(ii)
[1 mark]
Define the Physics principle in (d)(i).
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
Normal
166
Question 4
Diagram 4.1 shows a SONAR waves is sent by transmitter at the lower part of the boat and the echoes are detected by
hydrophone. Diagram 4.2 shows the trace on the screen of oscilloscope.
Diagram 4.1
(a)
Diagram 4.2
What is meant by wavelength?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(b)
[1 mark]
Sound waves with frequency of 5.8 x 105 Hz are used to determine the depth of the sea. The speed of sound waves
in sea water is 1250 ms-1. The time-base of the oscilloscope is adjusted at 50 ms cm-1. If the time interval between the
transmitting and receiving a pulse of waves is 1.2 s. Calculate
(i)
the depth of the sea.
[2 marks]
(ii) the wavelength of the sound wave.
[2 marks]
(c)
Observe the Diagram 4.1 and 4.2.
(i)
Compare the amplitude of the reflection waves.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(ii)
[1 mark]
Explain your answer in (c) (i)
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
167
Question 5
Diagram 5.1 shows a load placed on an ice block.
Diagram 5.2 shows an ice block without the load.
Load
Diagram 5.1
(a)
Diagram 5.2
What is meant by density?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(b)
Explain why the ice block float in water.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(c)
[1 mark]
What are the forces acting on the ice block?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(d)
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
Base on Diagram 5.1 and Diagram 5.2,
(i)
compare the volume of water displaced.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(ii)
compare the weight of water displaced.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(iii)
[1 mark]
State the relationship between buoyant force and the weight of water displaced.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(v)
[1 mark]
Compare the buoyant force.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(iv)
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
Name the principle of physics involve.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
Ice block
168
Question 6
Diagram 6 shows a series of observation and record made by a student on a melting ice cube
that is put in a metal plate.
The ice starts to melt
Ice
Ais
All the ice has melted
Metal plate
Bekas
Metallogam
Plate
Ice water
Cecair ais
Water
droplet
Water
Titisan
air
Droplet
Metal plate
Metal
Bekas logam
Plate
Mass of ice water = 20 g
Mass of ice = 20 g
Temperature of ice water = 0oC
Temperature of ice = 0oC
Time = 60 s
Time = 0 s
Temperature of the metal plate = 20oC
Water droplets form on the metal plate
Diagram 6
(a)
Name two sources where the ice cube obtained the heat to change into ice water.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(b)
State the change in physical state when the ice cube is melted into ice water.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(c)
(i)
(ii)
[1 mark]
Name the physics quantity that is involved when ice cube change to water at constant temperature.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
Why the temperature is remain constant when ice melts to water?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(d)
[2 mark]
[1 mark]
If the amount of heat absorbed by the ice cube is 6.72 x 10³ J, calculate the specific latent heat of fusion.
[2 marks]
(e)
Why water droplets are formed on the outer surface of the metal plate?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
Question 7
[1 mark]
Diagram 7.1 shows a semiconductor transistor.
Diagram 7.1
(a)
(i)
Name the type of the transistor.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[1 mark]
169
(ii)
(b)
Transistor has three terminals connected to the emitter, base and collector.
Label the emitter, base and collector in Diagram 7.1
[1 mark]
Diagram 7.2 shows a transistor circuit.
3V
3V
Potentiometer
3V
X
0V
Diagram 7.2
When the sliding contact X is at the 0 V end of the potentiometer,
is there any current flow through the base and emitter circuit?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(ii)
[1 mark]
what happened to the transistor and the bulb? Tick in the box.
Transistor
On
Bulb
Off
On
Off
[1 mark]
(iii)
If the sliding contact X were raised from 0 V end to the 3 V end of the potentiometer,
what happened to the bulb? Explain your answer.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(c)
[2 mark]
Diagram 7.3 shows a transistor is used to light up during the day.
LDR
Diagram 7.3
(i)
Suggest a modification to light up the lamp at night.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(ii)
[1 mark]
A student replaced lamp L with a lamp labeled 240 V 24 W in Diagram 7.3. The bulb is not light up.
(a)
Why the lamp is not light up?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(b)
[1 mark]
An electrical component is connected to the output transistor so that the lamp is light up.
Name the electrical component and state the functions.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[2 mark]
(i)
170
Question 8
Diagram 8 shows an electromagnet for a crane. It is used to lift iron scrap in a factory.
Crane
electromagnet
Iron
Diagram 8
Table 8 shows four cranes with their respective properties.
Type of crane
Current /A
Type of core
Number of turn
J
1.0
Soft-Iron
8
K
2.0
Steel
10
L
3.0
Soft-Iron
12
M
4.0
Steel
14
Table 8
(a)
What is meant by electromagnet?
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(b)
[1 mark]
Base on Table 8, state the suitable properties of the crane to lift iron scrap more effectively.
Give reason for the suitability of the properties.
(i)
Current ......................................................................................................................................................
Reason
......................................................................................................................................................
[2 mark]
(ii) Type of core ..............................................................................................................................................
Reason
.......................................................................................................................................................
[2 mark]
(iii) Number of turns .......................................................................................................................................
Reason ........................................................................................................................................................
(c)
Based on your answers in 8(b), determine the most suitable crane in Table 8 to lift iron scrap in a factory.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(d)
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
Base on your choice in 8(c), state the change in the quantity of the iron scrap that can be lifted
when the cylindrical soft iron core is replaced with a U-shaped iron core. Explain your answer
.....................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(e)
[2 mark]
A crane P is used to lift 250 kg of iron scrap to a height of 4m in 5 s.
Determine the output power of the crane P.
[2 marks]
171
Section B
[20 marks]
Diagram 9.1 and Diagram 9.2 show a transparent block made of a material with a different refractive index.
A light ray travel in both blocks with the same incident angle, i.
i = 40°
i = 40°
Diagram 9.1
(a)
(b)
Diagram 9.2
(i)
What is meant by a refractive index?
[1 mark]
(ii)
Using Diagram 9.1 and Diagram 9.2, compare the refractive index, refraction angle and
critical angle between the two blocks.
Base on Diagram 9.1 and Diagram 9.2, relate the refractive index with critical angle.
[5 marks]
(i)
State two conditions under which light ray would undergo total internal reflection.
[2 marks]
(ii)
Diagram 9.3 shows a light ray is incident on a piece of Crown Glass of critical angle 42°.
Draw the light ray to show how a ray emerging from the Crown Glass.
135°
Diagram 9.3
(c)
Diagram 9.4 shows the structure of an optical fibre used in telecommunications.
Inner core
Light ray
Outer cladding
Diagram 9.4
Optical fibres are made of fine strands of glass. Each single glass fibre (inner core) is coated with a thin layer
of another type of glass (outer cladding).You are required to give some suggestions in designing an optical
fibre which can carry more information.
Explain your suggestions base on the following aspects:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
refractive index of the inner and outer glass
the properties of material used for optical fibre
the thickness of the glass
[10 marks]
Question 9.
172
Question 10.
Diagram 10.1 and Diagram 10.2 show the bulbs connection at the fruit stores.
The bulbs and the battery in both the store are identical.
Bulb
Bulb
Bulb
Bulb
Switch
Switch
Battery
Battery
Diagram 10.1
(a)
(b)
(c)
Diagram 10.2
(i)
What is meant by a potential different?
[1 mark]
(ii)
Draw a circuit diagram for each circuit and label the type of circuit.
[4 marks]
Using Diagram 10.1 and 10.2, compare the brightness of the bulbs.
Relate the brightness of the bulb, the potential different and the current flow for
the bulbs to deduce a relevant physics concept.
[5 marks]
Diagram 10.3 shows an electric kettle which is a rated at 240 V, 2 000 W and
connected by a flexible cable to a three-pin-plug.
Electric kettle
Three-pin-plug
Heating element
Flexible cable
Diagram 10.3
Suggest modifications that can be made to the electric kettle in Diagram 10.3 so that
it can boil water faster and has better safety.
[10 marks]
173
Section C
[20 marks]
Question 9.
(a)
What is meant by temperature?
[1 mark]
(b)
Explain how a new thermometer can be calibrated.
[4 marks]
(c)
Diagram 11.1
Diagram 11.1 shows a cooling system of a motorcycle engine.
You as a mechanical engineer is given a task to study characteristics of metal shown in
the Table 11.2 to be used as effective fins in the cooling system of the motorcycle engine.
(d)
Types of
metal
Specific heat capacity,
Jkg-1°C-1
Melting point,
°C
Heat Conductor
Rate of expansion
P
300
1020
Good
Moderate
Q
360
700
Moderate
High
R
450
1600
Good
Moderate
S
900
720
Moderate
High
(i)
State suitable characteristics of metal that is used as fins in the motorcycle engine.
(ii)
Determine the most suitable metal that can be used as fins. Give reasons for your choice.
[10 marks]
(i)
A piece of fin in the engine of a motorcycle with a mass of 0.5 kg made from metal R.
If the temperature increased by 10°C in one hour, how much of energy
being absorbed by the fin.
[3 marks]
If 10 fins identical to the one in (d)(i) are used in the motorcycle engine,
how much energy is lost by the engine in one hour?
[2 marks]
(ii)
PRE-UNIVERSITY Courses explained
Fins
174
Question 12
Diagram 12.1 shows the Dead Sea Scrolls aged 1900 years old.
An archaeologist used radioisotope to estimate age of the ancient artefact.
Diagram 12.1
(a)
(b)
(i)
What is meant by radioisotope?
[1 mark]
(ii)
Carbon-14 is a radioisotope. Explain how Carbon-14 can be used to
estimate the age of a dead plant, which contain carbon.
[3 marks]
(i)
Table 12.2 shows the characteristics of the five radioisotopes, P, Q, R, and T,
that can be used to detect the brain tumour.
Radioisotope
Half-life
Ionising power
Radioactive radiation
P
Q
5.0 minutes
Low
Gamma
8 days
High
Alpha
R
6 hours
Low
Gamma
S
5.27 years
Moderate
Beta
T
7 hours
High
Alpha
Table 12.2
As a medical officer, you are required to determine the most suitable radioisotope that could
be used to inject into the blood of a patient to detect the location of a brain tumour.
Study the characteristics of all five radioisotopes based on the following aspects:
- The Half-life
- The ionising power
- The radioactive radiation
Explain the suitability of the aspects. Justify your choice.
(ii)
(c)
Name the most suitable detector can be used to detect the radioactive radiation from the
body of the patient. Give your reason.
[8 marks]
[3 marks]
In a nuclear reactor, 3.5 x 10-6 g of Uranium is change into energy in 1.5 ms.
Given that the velocity of light, c = 3 x 108 ms-1.
Calculate
(i) the total energy released.
(ii) the power generated by this reaction.
[5 marks]
175
PHYSICS
Kertas 3
A student carries out an experiment to investigate the relationship between the angle of incidence, i and angle of refraction, r of a
glass block. The arrangement of the apparatus is shown in Diagram 1.1. A normal line is traced and the ray box is placed at the
angle of incidence, i.
light ray
normal line
white paper
P
glass block
Q
Diagram 1.1
A fine beam of light from ray box is directed to the glass block at P with angle of incidence, i 20° from the normal line. Traces of
light which leaving the glass block at Q is marked with X. A line from P to Q is drawn. A protractor is used to measure the angle
of refraction, r as shown in Diagram 1.2.
The reading of the protractor, r, is shown in Diagram 1.3.
i
Normal line
P
r
r = ………………
Angle of incidence, i = 20°
Q
Diagram1.2
Diagram1.3
The procedure is repeated with angle of incidence, i = 30°, 40° , 50° and 60°.
The corresponding readings of protractor, r, are shown in Diagram 1.4, 1.5, 1.6 and 1.7 on page 4
Normal line
Normal line
r = ………………
Diagram 1.4
r = ………………
Diagram 1.5
1.
176
Normal line
Normal line
r = ………………
r = ………………
Diagram 1.6
a)
For the experiment described on page 2 and 3, identify;
(i)
Diagram 1.7
The manipulated variable
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(ii)
The responding variable
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(iii)
[1 mark]
The constant variable
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(b)
[1 mark]
[1 mark]
Based on diagram 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 and 1.6 on page 3 and 4
(i)
Record the angle of refraction, r, in the space provided on page 3 and 4
[2 marks]
(ii)
Tabulate your result for all values of r , sin i and sin r for all values of i , in the space below.
[5 marks]
(c)
On the graph paper on page 7, plot a graph of sin r against sin i.
d)
Based on your graph in 1 (c) , state the relationship between i and r .
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[5 marks]
[1 mark]
177
A student carries out an experiment to determine the electromotive force, E and the internal resistance, r of a dry cell. The student
used four resistors with different values of resistance, R and fixed the e.m.f, E of the cell.
The graph of the reciprocal of current,
1
I
1 against resistance, R is shown in Figure 2.
I
Graph 1 against R
I
/A-1
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
1
2
3
4
R/Ω
2.
178
(a)
Based on the graph,
1
(i) state the relationship between and R.
I
.....................................................................................................................................................................
(ii) determine the value of
[1 mark]
, when the R = 0 . Show on the graph, how you determine .
[2 marks]
1
1
(iii) The value of
, when the R = 0 is given by the formula
= 0.4r, where r is the internal resistance of the cell.
I
I
Calculate r.
[2 marks]
(b)
The electromotive force, E, of the cell is given by the formula m =
1 , where m is the gradient of the graph.
E
(i) Calculate the gradient, m, of the graph. Show on the graph how you calculate m.
m = …………………..
[3 marks]
(ii) Determine the value of E.
[2 marks]
(c)
State two precautions to be taken in this experiment.
.....................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................
.....................................................................................................................................................................
[2 mark]
179
Section B
[12 marks]
Diagram 3.1 shows an inverted beaker contains an air trapped is converted and immersed in the water.
Diagram 3.2 shows the volume of air trapped in the beaker decreased when the beaker is pushed down in the water.
Water
Air trapped
Air trapped
Beaker
Beaker
Diagram 3.1
Water
Diagram 3.2
Based on your observation on the volume of air trapped in the beaker;
(a) State one suitable inference,
[1 mark]
(b) State one appropriate hypothesis that could be investigated,
[1 mark]
(c ) With use of apparatus such as a syringe , thick rubber tube and other apparatus,
describe an experiment to investigate the hypothesis stated in 3(b)
In your description, state clearly the following:
(i)
The aim of an experiment
(ii)
The variable in experiment
(iii)
The list of apparatus and materials
(iv)
The arrangement of the apparatus
(v)
The procedure of the experiment.
Describes how to control and measure the manipulated variables and
how to measure the responding variables.
(vi)
The way to tabulate the data
(vii)
The way to analyze the data
[10 marks]
3.
180
4.
Diagram 4.1 and 4.2 show the electric bell which is connected to the similar batteries.
Hammer
Hammer
Coil
Spring
Coil
Spring
Switch
Switch
Figure 4.1
Figure 4.2
When the switch is on, the bell in figure 4.2 ring loudly than the bell in figure 4.1 .
Based on your observation
(a)
State one suitable inference,
[1 mark]
(b)
State one appropriate hypothesis that could be investigated,
[1 mark]
(c )
With use of apparatus such as a insulated copper wire , small iron pins and other apparatus, describe an experiment
to investigate the hypothesis stated in 3(b)
In your description, state clearly the following:
(i)
The aim of an experiment
(ii)
The variable in experiment
(iii)
The list of apparatus and materials
(iv)
The arrangement of the apparatus
(v)
The procedure of the experiment.
Describes how to control and measure the manipulated variables and
how to measure the responding variables.
(vi)
The way to tabulate the data
(vii)
The way to analyze the data
[10 marks]
SKEMA JAWAPAN
2009
S
T
N
E
T
N
O
C
Bahasa Malaysiia
English
Sejarah
matics
Additional Mathe
Mathematics
Science
Biology
an
Prinsip Perakaun
Perdagangan
Ekonomi Asas
nology
h
c
e
T
&
e
c
n
ie
c
S
English for
Chemistry
Physics
182
186
191
188
206
212
226
237
248
255
262
264
274
182
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
Kertas 2 [ 1103/2 ]
Bahasa Malaysia
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
Pendahuluan
Petikan merumuskan/membincangkan kebaikan/ kepentingan/ kesan positif/implikasi positif/ faedah motivasi dalam pengajaran dan
pemelajaran.
Kepentigannya ialah
1. unsur penting yang membolehkan murid melibatkan diri secara aktif
2. menjadikan proses pemelajaran berlaku dalam keadaan yang lebih bermakna dan menyeronokkan.
3. merangsang minat murid dalam setiap pelajaran yang disampaikan/merupakan unsur yang merangsang seseorang untuk bertindak
(suasana pemelajaran, insentif diberikan dalam bentuk markah, gred, penghargaan, tanda bintang, wang, hadiah, ganjaran, pujian
dan sebagainya./motif penggerak menggalakkan murid dalam aktiviti pemelajarannya.
4. kanak-kanak yang baru memasuki sekolah dapat dirangsang untuk menunjukkan hasil kerja yang baik melalui pujian guru/menerima ganjaran yang berbentuk ekstrinsik.
5. motif juga bertindak sebagai pemilih jenis kegiatan yang ingin disertai oleh seseorang/dalam pengajaran dan pembelajaran, (sewaktu
menyelesaikan sesuatu masalah) susunan gerak balas individu yang dilakukan dipilih mengikut minatnya sendiri.
6. pendekatan, kaedah dan teknik, dan alat bantuan mengajar adalah/ (prosedur pemelajaran) mampu menarik perhatian murid untuk
menyertai dan melibatkan diri dalam kegiatan mental.
7. motivasi mempunyai nilai persaingan kerana murid rasa terdorong untuk belajar lebih tekun apabila wujudnya persaingan antara
mereka.
8. guru mampu membangkitkan keinginan untuk maju dan mencapai prestasi yang lebih baik melalui pertandingan prestasi atau
kebolehan.
9. motivasi merupakan teknik peneguhan yang berkesan/menarik perhatian murid dalam masa pengajaran.
10. pujian dan penghargaan yang diberikan mampu menggalakkan murid belajar dengan lebih tekun
11. guru mampu memberikan berbagai-bagai tahap aspirasi dalam kalangan murid dengan mencapai prestasi sejajar dengan kebolehan
mereka
12. pelajar berjaya mencapai atau menguasai pemelajaran
Isi tersiratcara-cara melaksanakannya di sekolah-sekolah.
1. kaunselor memberi pendedahan kaedah mengajar melalui motivasi kepada guru-guru
2. menyediakan bahan rangsangan/set induksi/bahan p&p yang lebih menarik
3. mengaplikasikan secara berterusan
Kesimpulan, semua pihak perlulah menyokong kaedah pengajaran secara motivasi di sekolah-sekolah agar minat murid-murid untuk
belajar lebih terangsang.
2 (a) Petikan Umum
i. Dua perkara penting berkaitan motivasi seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah insentif dan
motif penggerak. Insentif merupakan unsur yang merangsang seseorang untuk bertindak dan dalam
suasana pemelajaran, insentif manakala motif penggerak menggalakkan murid dalam aktiviti
pemelajarannya.
(max 2 isi)
ii.Ciri-ciri yang perlu ada pada seseorang untuk melayakkan dirinya mejadi pembimbing rakan sebaya. ialah
dapat menjadi pendengar yang setia/tidak cepat emosi/boleh menyimpan rahsia/sedia membantu apabila
diperlukan
* sertakan alasan
(max 4 isi)
iii.Maksud pembangkitan minat seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah meningkatkan kecenderungan/
menarik perhatian
183
2 (b) Prosa Moden
i. Persoalan yang bermain dalam fikiran Jo berkenaan kehidupan Daneng ialah sama ada untuk membiarkan
Daneng dan keluarganya terus dibelenggu kemiskinan/membiarkan Daneng memulakan keluarganya
dalam kehidupan miskin. Membiarkan Daneng terjerumus dalam kitaran kemiskinan. Daneng
tidak menikmati apa-apa kemodanan dalam hidup. Hidup miskin seperti bapanya/nenek moyangnya.
(max 3 isi)
- sebagai rakyat yang perihatin dapat membantu dalam membangunan minda mereka.dengan cara
mendekati masyarakat orang asli. Menyediakan kemudahan/memberi pendedahan sistem komunikasi sep
erti internet kepada mereka. Menyediakan peluang pendidikan/pekerjaan yang lebih luas/ke tahap yang
lebih tinggi. Memberi biasiswa (max 2 isi)
(3 isi)
.
iii. Satu pengajaran yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah kita mestilah prihatin akan masalah orang lain.
Contohnya Cikgu Jo yang prihatin akan masalah kemiskinan keluarga Daneng. Dua pengajaran lain
yang terdapat dalam keseluruhan cerpen ialah kita janganlah mengabaikan masyarakat orang
asli kerana mereka juga berhak dilayan seperti orang lain. Kita mestilah berusaha untuk mengubah
nasib kita sekeluarga seperti Daneng yang meneruskan pelajaran untuk memajukan masyarakatnya. Kita
mestilah menghargai alam sekitar. Contohnya Daneng yang amat sayang akan hutan yang terdapat di
kampungnya.
(max 3 isi)
Soalan 2 (c) Petikan Prosa Tradisional
(i) Maksudkan diperamat-amatnya seperti yang terdapat dalam petikan ialah Hang Jebat bersungguhsungguh memerhati/ Hang Jebat melihat dengan teliti
(ii) Sekiranya saya Hang Tuah, tindakan yang akan saya lakukan apabila sultan mengarahkan saya mem
bunuh Hang Jebat ialah bersemuka dengan Hang Jebat untuk mengetahui punca dia bertindak demikian.
Membawa Hang Jebat bersemuka dengan sultan supaya sultan dan Hang Jebat dapat menyelesaikan
masalah ini secara berbincang. Menyuruh Hang Jebat melarikan diri sementara ada peluang. Meminta
Hang Jebat dibicarakan dan hanya dijatuhkan hukuman sekiranya dia bersalah.
(max 3 isi)
(iii) Sebaik sahaja melihat Hang Tuah, Hang Jebat berasa was-was dalam hatinya kerana pada
pengetahuannya Hang Tuah sudah mati dibunuh oleh Bendahara / sekarang Laksamana sudah tidak
ada dalam dunia ini lagi, malah orang yang datang itu kelakuannya seperti Laksamana /siapa yang
datang itu seperti Laksamana sikap dan kelakuannya. Hang Jebat ragu-ragu kerana mungkin
dia bermimpi / kalau mata Hang Jebat bekas tidur ini gerangan, maka jadi salah pemandangan
Hang Jebat.
(max 3 isi)
2 (d) Puisi Moden
i
Keadaan pemandu apabila berada di jalan raya pada lewat petang ialah mereka berasa tidak sabar
dengan keadaan kesesakan jalan raya. Ada sesetengah pemandu yang tunjuk lagak / angkuh /
sombong. Ada pemandu yang bosan dengan gelagat pemandu yang sombong/jalan raya yang
sesak.
(max 3 isi)
ii.
Persoalan-persoalan yang terdapat dalam sajak ini ialah sikap sombong pemandu yang
menunjuk-nunjuk sewaktu memandu di jalan raya. Jalan raya di kota yang sering dilanda masalah
kesesakan lalu lintas. Perasaan tertekan pemandu-pemandu di bandar-bandar besar.
(max 3 isi)
iii.
Beberapa cara untuk mengelakkan daripada pemandu mengambil kesempatan memandu sesuka
hati di jalan raya ialah dengan mengetatkan peraturan lalu lintas/mengenakan denda/hukuman
yang lebih keras/tegas. Meminta bantuan polis trafik mengawal lalu lintas pada waktu-waktu
tertentu. Mengadakan kempen/ceramah keselamatan jalan raya. Mengstruktur kembali laluan yang
kerap kali mengalami kesesakan lalu lintas.
(max 3 isi)
ii. Masyarakat orang asli masih ketinggalan sehingga ke hari ini kerana mereka tinggal terlalu jauh di
pedalaman/tidak mahu(takut) terima perubahan/tidak mahu kehidupan mereka diganggu/diabaikan oleh
pemimpin (max 1 isi)
184
Soalan 3: Pengetahuan dan Kemahiran Bahasa
(30 Markah)
(a)
(b)
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
malapetaka - bencana/kecelakaan/kesengsaraan/kesusahan yang amat sangat
larut malam – dinihari/ sudah jauh malam
tersenyum melirik – senyum sambil menjeling dengan tajam/mengerling
termenung jauh – berfikir panjang/ memikir dalam-dalam/tafakur
kemuncak kejayaan – berjaya dengan cemerlang/ peringkat kejayaan tertinggi
berdebar kencang – jantung berdenyut pantas/cepat/kencang
i.
ii.
Pada pagi itu Shazwanee berasa tidak sihat (ayat tunggal)
“Ibu, hari ini saya rasa pening kepala dan tidak larat ke sekolah”, Shazwanee
mengadu sambil memicit-micit kepalanya. (ayat perbualan)
Tangga dipanjat oleh Shazwanee pelahan-lahan dalam keadaan letih dan
mengantuk (ayat pasif)
iii
(c)
i. belok - blok
ii. pembangunan – bangunan
iii. plan - pelan
iv. dilulus - diluluskan
v. lapuran - laporan
vi. merasa - berasa
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Mereka telah berbincang cara menanam buah-buahan tempatan.
Aqil memotong dahan pokok itu kerana bimbang kanak-kanak akan terlanggar sewaktu pergi
ke sekolah.
Irfan makan seulas durian untuk merasa isi durian yang amat enak itu/ enak sekali itu
(a)
(b)
Bagai menarik rambut dalam tepung – Membuat pekerjaan dengan berhati-hati
Tiada beban batu digalas – orang yang sengaja mencari masalah yang membebankan diri sendiri.
(e)
Soalan 4.
(a)
2 penggunaan teknik plot iaitu: (pilih dua teknik plot sahaja)
Terminal Tiga
- teknik kejutan, contoh: peristiwa Ruzaini lari dari rumah kerana mengikut seorang pendakwah. Ini
adalah kerana watak Ruzaini yang baik dan lembut serta mendakwa dia tidak mungkin terpengaruh
dengan pendakwah itu.
- teknik saspens, contoh: apabila Rimpa akan berjumpa ayahnya yang sekian lama menghilangkan diri.
- teknik imbas kembali, contoh: semasa berada dalam kapal terbang, Rimpa teringatkan Ramaon yang sering
bertengkar dengannya.
Perlumbaan Kedua
- teknik saspens, contoh: semua penonton suspen melihat aksi Tuk Kura yang melantunkan badannya dari
batu ke batu semasa perlumbaan tersebut.
- teknik dialog, contoh: perbualan antara Tuk Kura dengan anak buahnya berkenaan latihan untuk berlumba
dengan Sang Arnab.
- teknik pemeri, contoh: pengarang menggambarkan keadaan tempat berlumba yang berbatu dan di lereng
yang berbukit.
Di Hadapan Pulau
- teknik kejutan, contoh: Rosiah berubah sikap daripada seorang yang sopan kepada seorang yang sanggup
menggadai maruah semata-mata untuk hidup senang.
- teknik saspens, contoh: Aziz bercita-cita untuk ke sebuah pulau kecil menyebabkan pembaca tertanya-tanya
sama ada hasratnya itu tercapai atau tidak.
- teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Tuk Marzuki terkenangkan peristiwa sewaktu dia balik ke Melaka, adikya
Mustaffa berpindah dari kampung.
Bukit Kepong
- teknik saspens, contoh: berlaku pertempuran antara pihak polis dengan komunis di Bukit Kepong,
menyebabkan pembaca tertanya-tanya sama ada pasukan polis akan menang atau tumpas.
- teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Sarjan Jamil terkenangkan anak dan isterinya sebelum pertempuran berlaku
yang akhirnya memyebabkan dirinya terkorban.
- teknik pemeri, contoh: menggambarkan latar belakang Othman yang berasal dari Kedah dan bekerja sebagai
185
penoreh sebelum menyertai polis.
Seteguh Karang
- teknik kejutan, contoh: Anita tiba-tiba melarikan diri kerana berkonflik dengan Kak Maysarah.
- teknik suspen, contoh: Kak Maysarah dimasukkan ke hospital kerana cuba membunuh diri.
- teknik monolog dalaman, contoh: Awanis merungut dalam hatinya kerana Kak Maysarah selalu
bermurung.
Julia
- teknik kejutan, contoh: Jun datang ke tanah perkuburan Islam dengan memakai baju melayu.
- teknik saspens, contoh: pembaca tertanya-tanya akan kemampuan Julia mengendalikan syarikat
yang banyak masalah milik arwah bapanya.
- teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Julia teringat akan dirinya yang pernah hidup secara liar satu ketika dahulu.
Putera Gunung Tahan
- teknik imbas kembali, contoh: perempuan tua teringatkan kembali peristiwa dia melahirkan anak
30 tahun dahulu
- teknik saspens, contoh: pembaca tertanya-tanya apa akan berlaku kepada penduduk puncak Gunung Tahan
apabila dua buah kapal terbang Inggeris muncul secara tiba-tiba.
- teknik dialog, contoh: perbualan antara Putera Bongsu dengan perempuan tua agar berhati-hati dengan
orang Inggeris.
(b)
Persoalan dalam dua buah novel yang anda pelajari
Persoalan kesabaran dalam menghadapi dugaan hidup
- Bukit Kepong – Osman sabar menghadapi kecacatan apabila kakinya dipotong akibat terkena serpihan bom
semasa pertempuran antara pihak polis dengan komunis di Bukit Kepong.
- Konserto Terakhir - Hilmi sabar setiap kali dicaci oleh Datin Salmah kerana perbezaan taraf hidup
antara mereka.
Persoalan taat setia terhadap ibu bapa.
- Bukit Kepong – Osman taat terhadap permintaan ibu dan bapanya dan menurut kata-kata mereka apabila
Osman disuruh berkahwin dengan Limah gadis pilahan mereka sebelum Osman ditempatkan ke Muar
untuk bertugas sebagai anggota polis.
- Konserto Terakhir – hayati taat terhadap ibu bapanya agar di berkahwin dengan Mohsin tunangannya
walaupun Hayati menyintai Hilmi.
Konserto Terakhir
- teknik kejutan, contoh: Hilmi meninggal dunia sebelum sempat mengetahui dia merupakan anak
Datuk Johari
- teknik saspens, contoh: pembaca tertanya-tanya apakah yang akan berlaku terhadap Hilmi apabila
dia dimasukkan ke hospital.
- teknik imbas kembali, contoh: Datuk Johari teringatkan peristiwa dia berkahwin dengan emak Hilmi tetapi
meninggalkannya selepas sehari berkahwin.
186
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 1119/1 ] [ 1119/2 ]
Bahasa Inggeris
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
Paper 1
Question
Section A/1
Answer
Marks
The President,
Student Council,
SMK Perwira,
42500 Banting,
Selangor.
The Principal,
SMK Perwira,
42500 Banting,
Selangor.
35
22 January 2009
Dear Sir,
Complaint about the School Canteen
With reference to the above, I, as the President of the Student Council, would like to complain about
our school canteen. The Student Council conducted a survey recently, and we are very unhappy
with the condition and service provided by the canteen operator.
2. When the students complaint about the food which was not tasty, we visited the
canteen. We bought a plate of fried rice but it was not fresh. We then noticed that the food was not
covered. There were flies sitting on the food and flying in the shelves.
3. Next, we would like to bring up the prices. A few of us had bought the same food but
the canteen operator charged all of us different prices. We wanted to check the actual price but a
price list was not displayed. This means that the canteen operator can charge as she pleases as there
was no price list for the students tom compare the price.
4. Thirdly, I would like to complain about the canteen floor. The floor was dirty. It looked
like had never been swept..The floor was also slippery with with remnants of food strewn all over
and stepped on. Thus the reasons for the constant accidents among students during their recess at
the canteen.
5. The next point is about the environment. It was not a hygienic environment with stray
cats moving among the students’ legs in the eating area, eating the remnants of food strewn under
the tables. Students had also talked about seeing cockroaches and flies in the canteen’s cupboards.
6. Finally, the students were unhappy with the utensils used by the canteen operator.
The styrofoam cups, plates and the plastic spoons were not only brittle but also not environmental
friendly.
7. During our meeting, the Council has a few suggestions for your consideration in this
matter. The food must be fresh, kept warm and covered at all times. She should use plates, cups and
spoons that can be washed and reused. The price list should be prominently displayed. The environment should be improved such that students would feel more comfortable having their recesss in
the canteen.
We hope you will give your consideration to our suggestions and take appropriate action regarding
this matter. Thank you.
Yours faithfully,
______________
(Salizah bt. Ahmad)
President
Student Council.
Section B /1
a)
It was a calm evening. I looked across the lake, enjoying the sight of the ripples splashing
softly across the surface. Seated on the wooden bench, I sighed loudly as I thought of the worries
that were sitting so heavily on my shoulders.
“What’s your problems? Do you want to talk about it?”a starnger’s voice which came from
my left made me start. I looked at the man sitting on the other end of the bench. I had not even been
aware that he had came and sat there. I looked closely at him. The right half of his face was badly
disfigured because of burns. He appeared to be about 60 years old and had a thin oval face and
calm, wise eyes. His right hand dangled uselessly at his side. His deformity aside, I could see kindness and understanding in his expression. I hesitated for a moment and then replied bitterly,”My
father hates me.”
“Hmm....your father must be scolding you all the time, right?” the stranger said
quietly.”He wants you to get better marks in your exam and stop meeting those boys who are
school dropouts,”the stranger said, and I looked at him in shock.
50
“Yeah, he was very angry about my bad grades. I know that I have been a bit naughty, playing
truant with those boys in my school. The form teacher called my father and complained to him.My dad was
furious. He told me that he was going to deprive me of the motorbike he had given me until i get better
grades. He doesn’t love me anymore.” I started crying as I spoke.
He was silent for a while and let me cry. After a few minutes, he started talking.”Let me tell you a
story. I had a son like you, who was rebellious. I tried to advise him but he thought that I did not love him.
One day, he brought his friends to play firecrackers in my house.I told him that it was dangerous but he just
refused to listen. I went out for a short while.The whole house caught fire and my son was trapped in it. His
friends managed to rush out of the house but he was left inside, screaming for help. I rushed into the house
and managed to pulled him out of the burning house. I was glad he was safe,”the stranger said.
“What about you? What happened?” I asked curiously.
He said,”A heavy beam fell on me and I was trapped there. The neighbours came and managed
to put out the fire with pails of water. When they found me, they thought that I was dead. But I loved my
son and didn’t want to die until I had seen him through his education and make sure he had a successful
future.”
“You were ready to sacrifice yourself in the terrible fire for your son ? you must really love your
son,” I said to him in wonder.
“So does every father in this world,”he replied.”They want their children to achieve excellent results and have a bright future. Your father doesn’t know how to advise you anymore. But don’t ever say that
he hates you !”
“I think you are right.He has never scolded me before.It was only after I started mixing with those
bad hats and getting low grades that he started to scold me. I think that I should thank you for showing me
the right path. I’ll go and apologise to him and promise him I’ll be good,” I said.
“Go and make your father happy. And remember, I’ll be here every day around this time. Come
and talk to me if you have any problems,”the stranger said.
“I don’t even know your name,” I exclaimed in embarrassment.
“Lokman. Call me Uncle Man, that’s what everyone here calls me,” he answered.
And that was how Uncle Man began to play an important part in my life. He was always there,
rain or shine on the bench by the lake. He would listen to my problems and advise me. I faced many trials
and tribulations in my life but all those became small challenges after I talked to Uncle Man. Today, I am a
successful professional, and I have two men to thank for my success – my father and Uncle Man.
b)
With the introduction of the internet, the world has become a smaller place. Buying and selling
items through the internet can be done in seconds. At the click of the mouse and in the blink of an eye,
billions of dollars are exchanged via banks, from country to country. In the face of such excitement, one
wonders whether the conventional method of shopping will continue for long.
I feel that although internet shopping is slowly becoming popular, it cannot take over the conventional method of shopping. Firstly, human beings are complex creatures. It is very difficult to satisfy them.
They need to look at products, and feel and try them before they decided to buy. They will go frm one shop
to another to compare prices, and ask for opinions before they finally decide on a product to buy. This cannot be done through internet shopping. When the goods are delivered, you have to accept them whether you
like them or not.
Internet shopping does not allow for easy refunds and repairs. When you look at a product on
the internet, you do not know how efficiently it will function. If you discover it does not work when you
received it, you will have to go through a tedious process to return it. If you have bought the product from a
shop, it would be easier for you to have it repaired or replaced or to get a refund.
Furthermore, when you go internet shopping, you do not know how reliable your seller is. You
do not know where he works, what he looks like, whether he can be trusted or whether such a company
really exists. The conventional method of shopping does not give room for such doubts. The seller is there in
person to persuade you to buy a product and to stand guarantee for the quality of the product.
Internet shopping also encourage credit card fraud. Since you normally have to pay through
credit cards, unscrupulous people can hack into website, get access to your account number and use your
credit card. You also run the risk of not getting your product even after paying for it.
The traditional method of shopping allows families to get together for an outing and enjoy a meal later on.
It encourages family unity and family harmony. Internet shopping, on the other hand, can be a lonely affair.
The shopper has to sit in front of a silent tube and wait for the products to flash on the screen.
In conclusion, I believe that internet shopping will not replace the traditional method of shopping.
c)
An invention that has brought positive changes to our lives is the television. First, it helps us in
acquiring knowledge. Many programs are of great educational value. They give lessons on geography, history, science, literature and fine arts in a pleasant and entertaining way. Watching these programs keeps us
intellectually occupied. They also impart knowledge to us beyond the classroom. We use our senses of sight
as well as hearing when we are watching television. That is why television is widely used in teaching in
universities, colleges and schools.
Another important point is that it saves money and time. If we had to go to the cinema each day,
it would cost us a lot of money. Time is also wasted in getting ready and traveling to the cinema. If we have
a television set at home, we can view programs in comfort. We can also choose the programs that we like.
Very often, we get live telecasts of important events. Thus, we can update our knowledge and information
on world affairs.
Watching television is a healthy form of entertainment for all. To our tired parents, it offers easy
relaxation. They can forget their worries when they watch a good musical program, drama or a comedy. After a few hours of serious study, nothing is more relaxing to the student than watching a television program.
He would then be less tired and can study much better after that.
187
188
Finally, the television is a social asset. Members of a family sit together to watch
a program. This helps to bring them together. When members of the family sit together, exchange views and
comments, they are not only learning but also improving family ties. Watching television is less harmful
than loitering in the streets or associating with bad company. The advantages of watching television definitely outweigh the disadvantages.
d)
Zainal looked up from his work. His head was throbbing and his eyes were beginning to water.
Surprised to hear the cry of a baby, he stood up and walked to his window.
He could see Siva, his neighbour’s baby in a pram under a tree just outside his house. He thought
it was funny the baby being left alone. Just as he was turning away from the window, Zainal saw a strange
looking woman grabbing the handle of the pram and slowly pushing the pram away.
Zainal’s eyes widened in amazement. He had never seen the woman before. She was stockily built
and her face was heavily done up. Refusing to take any chances, Zainal called out to the woman from his
window. “Stop....stop..... What do you think you’re doing?” But she paid no attention and continued to push
the pram.
Zainal was sure she was a kidnapper. He had to save the baby from the clutches of the evil woman.
Zainal ran downstairs and dashed out of his front door. He ran after the woman waving his hands wildly,
signaling her to stop.
The woman turned around and looked at Zainal in fear. She began to push the pram faster. Zainal
too increased his speed determinedly. He soon caught up with the ‘kidnapper’ and grabbed her arm to make
her stop.
The angry and frightened woman tried to push Zainal away and hit him several times with an
umbrella.
Zainal caught hold of the umbrella and shouted at the woman, “Stop…stop…it…, you kidnapper
!”
The lady stopped hitting Zainal and asked, “Who you are calling a kidnapper ?”
“You….of course….Why have you taken this baby from his home?” accused Zainal.
“But this is my baby…., she is mine. I have not kidnapped anyone’s baby,” she insisted.
The word ‘liar’ was at the tip of Zainal’s tongue when the baby began to cry loudly. Zainal looked
into the pram. Dumbfounded, Zainal stared at the fair roundface baby with two slits for her eyes. She certainly wasn’t Siva. She was a picture of the woman standing in front. There is no mistaking whose baby she
was.
Zainal then realized how hasty and silly he had acted. He apologized to the woman and tried to
explain about the confusion, but the woman glared at him angrily. His face red with embarrassment, he
turned away and quickly walked back to his own house.
e) Advertising is a lucrative business. It is public promotion and deals with the publicizing of a new product, service or idea. The main purpose of advertising is to persuade consumers to purchase a product or
service, while providing information about it at the same time. Another purpose is of course, to promote the
new product or service in order to boost sales. In short, advertising creates demand for a product.
Advertising is mainly carried out through print and electronic media. Print media range from
brochures and posters to billboards, magazines and newspapers. Electronic advertising, on the other hand,
includes radio, television and the internet. It often employs the use of catchy jingles and tunes to persuade ,
attract and tempt the consumers.
Advertising preys on our vanity. We all desire to be admired and accepted, whether socially,
physically, intellectually or professionally. We desire prestige and status, and think we can achieve it simply
by using product carrying a renowned brand like Calvin Klein or Versage. Advertisements have the power
to influence our thoughts and emotions, and lure us into buying a product or service we may have no need
for. They are successful because we, consumers, are gullible and vulnerable to the sales gimmicks and
strategies used by marketers. We succumbed easily to irresistable offers like ‘Buy one, get one free’ and ‘Free
gifts’. Consequently, we end up purchasing a product or service.
Advertisements work because they usually present misleading and untruthly information to create
a sense of desire for the product in a consumer. Ultimately, we have the right to choose what we do or do
not want. As businesses become increasingly competitive, advertisements will become more aggressive by
the day. We, therefore, need to be rational and exercise our rights as consumers and not let marketers take
control of our lives through advertising.
189
Paper 2
Answers Section A (15 marks)
Answer
1
B
2
A
3
B
4
D
5
C
6
D
7
A
8
D
9
A
10
D
11
C
12
A
13
D
14
C
15
A
Answers section B
Question Answer
16
Intelihealth
17
RM 78.95
18
Asian Health Traditions
19
Traditional Chinese Medicine
20
RM 56.95
21
five
22
Body Well-being
23
Asian Health Traditions
24
Chinese Medicine
25
Traditional Chinese Medicine
Marks
10
Questions
190
Answer Section C
Question Answer
a. The blood supply carries oxygen which is helpful in relaxing muscles and relieving cramps and
spasms which are oxygen starved.
2
b. stop
1
27
apparent
1
28
a. To examine the effects of magnets on post polio patients.
1
b. At least 4 weeks
1
a. experimental subjects/patients
1
b. Subjects who had received the treatment had less pain.
1
a. 94 patients
1
b. 6 months
1
Magnetic therapy is a form of treatment used in healing diseases. Magnets increase the blood
flow which helps flush lactic acid and other inflammatory agents in the body. This eases pain and
inflammation. The blood supply carries oxygen which relaxes muscles and relieves cramps and spasms.
Magnets help to loosen muscles in spasms and deliver oxygen necessary to terminate the spasms. People
with chronic back pain have found relief by sleeping on magnetic mattresses or magnetic seat cushions.
Tendon or ligament problems heal faster when wrapped in magnetic bandages. In some hospitals,
powerful electromagnets are used to speed healing of broken bones. Regular use of magnets can even
help prevent asthma and relieve headaches.
( 106 words)
15
29
30
Marks
26
31
Answer Section D
Question Answer
Marks
32
a) a wet atmosphere
b) wear pajamas/read poetry/watch mother prepares for bed/wait for father to return..
c) their family respected and worship their ancestors
1
2
2
33
a) The fact that she had no luxuries and was poor.
b) distressed suffered
c) she was self-centred and grumpy/moody
d.i) being married to a poor man
ii) her desires to be rich
1
1
1
1
1
34
There are many events in ‘The Pearl’ but one important event is the discovery of the pearl itself by
Kino. Kino and Juana with their sick child, Coyotito, make many trips to go pearl fishing and this trip
is particularly special in the search for the pearl that would make a difference in their financial situation. The pearl they actually found causes the story to take a different turn in their life.
This discovery of the pearl affects the lives of kino and Juana as it reflects their hopes,
dreams and desires. But it is interesting to note that this same discovery of the pearl affects the
thoughts and actions of the greedy doctor, the priest, the pearl buyers and the trackers. Even their
neighbours in the village imagine what they would do if they had the pearl.
The pearl should have brought financial security for the family and a bright future for Coyotito but what happens is that greed grips everyone and their personalities change. A happy home is
destroyed. The family is threatened by wicked men who would not hesitate to kill and Coyotito was
the fatal victim.That is the tragedy that the discovery of the pearl brings.
15
191
M 2009
2009
[ 1249/1 ] [ 1249/2 ]
Sejarah
Soalan
Kertas 1
Ulang
kaji
Questions
Answer
Questions
Answer
1
D
21
D
2
A
22
D
3
D
23
B
4
B
24
C
5
D
25
A
6
B
26
C
7
D
27
C
8
D
28
D
9
C
29
B
10
C
30
C
11
A
31
A
12
A
32
D
13
C
33
A
14
A
34
A
15
A
35
16
C
36
C
17
D
37
A
18
A
38
A
19
B
39
D
20
B
40
A
41
C
42
C
43
A
Kertas 2
Soalan
Butiran
Markah
1(a)
F1- Mohenjo Daro
F2- Harappa
(b)
F1- Bandar dikelilingi oleh tembok
F2- Terbahagi kepada dua bahagian
F3- Bahagian utama – pusat pentadbiran/keagamaan/tempat mandi awam / tempat penyimpanan hasil
pertanian
F4- Bahagian kedua – kawasan perumahan
F5- Disusun berasaskan blok-blok berbentuk segi empat
F6- Dipisahkan oleh satu rangkaian jalan raya yang lurus dan bersambung antara satu sama lain
F7- Setiap bandar mempunyai sistem kumbahan yang terancang
F8- Bandar- bandar ini juga dihubungi dengan sungai yang berfungsi sebagai jalan perhubungan
F9- Menggunakan batu bata daripada tanah liat yang melalui proses pembakaran dengan suhu yang
tinggi untuk membina rumah
Maks
Kepandaian penduduk menyesuaikan diri dengan alam sekitar
Peningkatan penghasilan pertanian
Pertambahan jumlah penduduk
1
1
Maks 2M
(c)
F1F2F3-
(d)
F1- Pengetahuan tinggi dalam ilmu geometri
F2- Matematik
F3- Kesenian
F4- Teknologi pembakaran batu bata
F5- Pengetahuan yang diperoleh hasil hubungan antara tamadun Indus dengan tamadun Mesopotamia
dan Mesir
Maks
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3M
1
1
1
Maks 1M
1
1
1
1
1
2M
SPM
192
(e)
F1- Hubungan dengan tamadun lain membolehkan kedua-dua pihak memperoleh manfaat
F2- Berlaku pertukaran teknologi
F3- Menerima pengaruh dari luar yang disesuaikan dengan keadaan dan suasana tempatan
F4- Peningkatan kemahiran
F5- Peningkatan dalam aspek seni bina
F6- Keamanan dan kedamaian merupakan tunjang kekuatan sesebuah bangsa untuk mencapai kemajuan
dan kecemerlangan
F7- Sesebuah masyarakat tidak akan mencapai kemajuan tanpa membuat hubungan dengan
negara/ pihak luar
F8- Sesebuah masyarakat tidak akan mencapai kemajuan tanpa bertukar pandangan dengan pihak luar
Maks
1
1
1
1
1
(i) Tahap Pertama
F1- Damsyik
1
(ii) Tahap Kedua
F2- Cordova
1
2M
(b)
F1- Muawiyah bin Abu Sufyan
1
1M
(c)
F1 - sistem khalifah
F2 - sistem hijabah
F3 - sistem wazarah
F4 - sistem urus setia
F5 - penubuhan empat buah jabatan
1
1
1
1
1
2M
(d)
F1 - kharaj / cukai tanah
F2- jizyah / cukai perlindungan
F3- zakat
F4- usyur / cukai 1/10 hasil pertanian
F5- ghanimah /harta rampasan perang
1
1
1
1
1
2M
(e)
F1- kebijaksanaan pemerintah menubuhkan banyak universiti/IPTA/IPTS
F2 - membina banyak sekolah rendah/menengah/sekolah bestari
F3 - melaksanakan pembaharuan pendidikan/bidang IT/ICT
F4 - berpandangan jauh/wawasan/Falsafah Pendidikan Kebangsaan
F5 - pendidikan percuma
F6 - pemberian skim pinjaman buku teks
F7 - memberi biasiswa untuk melanjutkan pelajaran/PTPN
F8 - mewajibkan pendidikan
F9 - memperkenalkan subjek baru/teknikal/vokasional/pertanian/KHB
F10 -pencapaian semakin meningkat pada setiap tahun
[mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3M
3(a)
F1 - Kuasa pemerintahan dibahagi kepada tiga cabang
F2 - Badan perundangan, badan pelaksana dan badan kehakiman
F3 - Ketiga-tiga badan harus dipegang oleh pihak berasingan
F4 - Mengelakkan pembolotan kuasa
1
1
1
1
1
2M
(b)
F1- berumur sekurang-kurangnya 30 tahun
F2 - mewakili setiap negeri
F3 - memegang jawatan bagi tempoh tiga tahun
F4 - individu yang telah memberi sumbangan cemerlang dalam bidang-bidang tertentu dan mewakili
orang asli
1
1
1
1
2M
(c)
F1 - menggubal dasar-dasar kerajaan
F2 - merancang program pembangunan ekonomi dan sosial
F3 - menyelaras program pembangunan ekonom dan sosial
1
1
1
2M
(d)
F1 - kuasa mendengar serta menentukan perkara sivil dan jenayah
F2 - menentukan kesahihan undang-undang yang dibuat oleh badan perundangan dan pihak badan
pelaksana
F3 - mentafsir perlembagaan persekutuan dan perlembagaan negeri
F4 - mentafsir undang-undang
F5 - mengisytiharkan undang-undang bertulis Kerajaan Persekutuan atau Kerajaan Negeri
F6 - mengisytiharkan sesuatu tindakan kerajaan tidak sah di sisi undang-undang
1
F1 - membuat keputusan dengan adil/saksama
F2 - melicinkan perjalanan undang-undang/dilindungi daripada pengaruh politik
F3 – menjamin perbicaraan yang adil/telus
F4 – membuat keputusan tanpa tekanan pihak tertentu/parti politik yang dianggotai
1
1
1
2M
2 (a)
(e)
1
1
1
2M
1
1
1
1
1
2M
4(a)
F1- Komanwel Negara bekas jajahan yang merdeka
F2- terdiri daripada 54 buah negara maju dan sedang membangun
1
1
1M
(b)
F1 - Untuk membina semangat setia kawan
F2 - Mewujudkan kerjasama dalam semua bidang
F3 - Memelihara keamanan dan kedaulatan sesebuah negara
1
1
1
2M
(c)
F1- Kerjasama pertahanan di kalangan Negara-negara komanwel
F2- Dapat membincangkan hal-hal kepentingan bersama
F3- Mesyuarat CHOGM di Malaysia telah mengisytiharkan Deklarasi Langkawi
F4- Dapat bersuara menentang dasar apartheid di Afrika Selatan
F5- Eksport Malaysia ke Britian dikenakan cukai yang rendah
F6- Rancangan Colombo menyediakan bantuan teknikal dan biasiswa dalam bidang pendidikan
F7- Malaysia berjaya menganjurkan Sukan Komanwel 1998
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3M
(d)
F1 - membantu pelihara keamanan
F2 - menyekat perjuangan Parti Komunis Malaya
F3 - berjanji membantu jika diserang musuh semasa berkonfrontasi dengan Indonesia
F4 - eksport Malaysia ke negara-negara Komanwel dikenakan cukai yang rendah
F5 - bantuan teknikal dan biasiswa melalui Rancangan Colombo
F6 - menjadi tuan rumah Sukan Komanwel
1
1
1
1
1
1
2M
(e)
F1 - berbaik-baik dengan semua negara
F2 - menjamin keselamatan rakyat dan negara
F3 - memelihara kepentingan nasional
F4 - mengekalkan kedaulatan negara
F5 - menggalakkan pembangunan ekonomi
F6 - keamanan sejagat melalui kerjasama antarabangsa
F7 - menjadi warga global yang bertnggungjwab
F8 - memupuk kesejahteraan dunia
[mana-mana jawapan yang relevan]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2M
5(a)
Faktor penyebaran agama Islam di Asia Tenggara
F1Perdagangan
H1a- dijalankan oleh pedagang Arab
H1b- pusat tumpuan pedagang Islam
H1c- perkampungan pedagang Islam
H1d- aktiviti dakwah Islamiah
H1e- bersifat terbuka
H1e- Sifat mahmudah
H1f- hubungan baik dengan pemerintah tempatan
H1g- peranan syahbandar
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F2H2aH2bH2c-
Perkahwinan
perkahwinan siasah
perkahwinan politik
perkahwinan biasa
1
1
1
1
F3H3aH3bH3c-
Pengislaman raja dan golongan bangsawan
golongan berpengaruh
Melaka – Megat Iskandar Syah
Pasai – Raja Malik Al-Zahir
1
1
1
1
F4 –
H4aH4bH4cH4dH4eH4fH4gH4h-
Kelahiran kerajaan Islam
Peluasan jajahan takluk
Peranan Tun Perak
Kerajaan Johor-Riau
Pulau Jawa
Peranan Acheh
Pattani
Brunei
Champa
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F5 –
H5aH5bH5cH5dH5e-
Peranan pusat kebudayaan
Perlak/Samudera Pasai/Melaka/Acheh/Riau
Kitab al-dur Manzum
Gaya tulisan Arab
Karya Muhammad Ali Hanafiah/Hikayat Amir Hamzah/Hikayat Nabi Bercukur
Ulama Acheh Hamzah Fansuri/Syeikh Nuruddin Al-Raniri/Syeikh Samsuddin Al-Sumaterani/
Abdul Rauf Singkel
H5e- Karya Tuhfat al-Nafis/Peringatan Sejarah Johor
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
193
194
(b)
F6 – Peranan mubaligh
H6a- Mubaligh Melaka/Pasai/Acheh/Jawa
H6b- Peranan Wali Songo
1
1
1
F7–
H7aH7bH7c-
1
1
1
1
8M
Keistimewaan Islam
mencakupi semua bidang kehidupan
menyanjung keadilan/akhlak/kebahagian dunia akhirat
berfikir secara rasional
Kesan pengaruh Islam di Asia Tenggara
F1- Institusi pemerintahan beraja diganti oleh institusi kesultanan
F2- Diwarisi daripada sistem pemerintahan Islam Kerajaan Abbasiyah dan
F3- Kerajaan Turki Uthmaniyah
F4- Institusi kesultanan diperkenalkan
F5- Sultan sebagai ketua negara dan mufti sebagai penasihat sultan dalam hal ehwal negara dan pentadbiran negara.
F6 - Wujud pegawai dan petugas
C6a- Kadi, khatib, pemungut zakat,
C6b- Penyelia baitulmal dan penjaga harta wakaf.
F7- Gelaran sultan digunakan untuk mengukuhkan kedudukan kerajaan Islam di Alam Melayu
F8- Menjamin kewibawaan raja
F9- Memupuk semangat persaudaraan di kalangan umat Islam.
F10- Dalam Hukum Kanun Melaka, raja Melaka digelar Khalifatul Mukminin
F11- Pemimpin orang mukmin dan zillulah fil’ alam bermaksud bayangan allah di alam ini.
F12- Islam menjadi agama rasmi di Melaka, Acheh dan Brunei.
F13- Dalam kerajaan Islam, sultan dalah khalifah allah/wakil allah di bumi
F14 - Mereka hendaklah memerintah dengan adil.
F 15 - Nama negeri berasaskan Islam
C15 a – Cth: Acheh Darus Salam.
F16- Nama raja menggunakan nama Islam
F17- Undang-undang syariah dilaksanakan.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F2- Sistem pendidikan
H2a- Mementingkan ilmu
H2b- Perlak/Acheh/Pasai/Pattani/Sem. Tanah Melayu
H2c- Pusat penterjemahan karya agama
H2d- Pendidikan di Acheh
H2e- Acheh digelar Serambi Makkah
H2f- Perkembangan di di rantau Asia Tenggara
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F1C1aC1bC1c .
F2C2aF3C3aC3bC3cF4C4aF5C5a-
Islam menekan kepentingan ilmu untuk masyarakat
Institusi pendidikan formal di Asia Tenggara
Istana/pondok/madrasah/surau di wujudkan..
Dayah Bukit Ce Breek pada abad ke-9M
1
1
1
Munculnya pusat terjemahan karya agama menjadi rujukan kerajaan Islam
Melaka muncul sebagai pusat terjemahan terkemuka di rantau Asia Tenggara.
Wujudnya sistem pendidikan pondok secara meluas di Asia Tenggara.
Pendidikan pondok berkembang di Pattani, Acheh dan Jawa dan di Melaka
Ilmu dipelajari di rumah ulama, masjid dan surau dan istana
pusat pendidikan formal untuk golongan bangsawan.
Menjadi tumpuan pelajar dari luar
Pada abad ke 16 hingga 17 Acheh menjadi tumpuan orang islam hingga digelar serambi Makkah.
Peluang pendidikan yang sama kepada golongan wanita
Wanita digalakkan belajar di dayah dan berpeluang memegang jawatan pentadbiran.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F3– Bahasa dan kesusasteraan
H3a- Mutu bahasa dan kesusasteraan Melayu ditingkatkan
H3b- Penulisan jawi
H3c- Penggunaan banyak perkataan Arab
H3d- Bahasa Melayu sebagai lingua franca
H3e- Melahirkan sasterawan tempatan Tun Seri Lanang/Shamsudin Al Sumaterani dan Abdul Raof Singkel
H3f- Aktiviti penterjemahan Hikayat Perang Badar/Hikayat Nur Muhammad/Hikayat Bulan terbelah/
Hikayat Nabi Wafat
H3g- Cerita Panji dalam bahasa Melayu
1
1
1
1
1
1
F4– Cara hidup
H4a- asimilsasi
H4b- Cara hidup Islam
H4c- Nilai-nilai akhlak Islam
H4d- Sifat tolong menolong/hormat menghormati/bekerjasama
H4e- Amalan gotong royong
1
1
1
1
1
1
F5– Kesenian
H5a- Seni khat/seni bina/seni ukir/dipengaruhi oleh kesenian Islam
1
1
195
F1- Institusi Baitul Mal diperkenalkan.
H1a- Baitul Mal berfungsi sebagai perbendaharaan negara
H1b- Sumber diperoleh dari zakat dan sedekah.
F2- Islam menggalakkan umatnya rajin bekerja
H2a- Mencari rezeki yang halal/berjimat cermat.
F3- Amalan riba/penindasan dan penipuan dilarang.
F4- Budaya berjimat cermat disarankan oleh Islam
F5- Usaha yang bersungguh-sungguh tanpa mengenal putus asa.
(c)
Pengajaran perjuangan jihad
F1- berani menentang penjajahan
C1a- penentangan di Acheh
F2- mempertahankan agama merupakan kewajipan umat Islam
C2a- ulama di Acheh
F3– memberi semangat kepada rakyat untuk menentang penjajahan tanpa rasa takut
C3a- penentangan di Jawa
F4- menentang kemiskinan juga suatu jihad
F5– berusaha untuk mendapatkan kehidupan yang lebih baik
F6– berkorban untuk agama/bangsa/negara
( terima mana-mana yang munasabah)
6(a)
F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8-
Kepesatan pembangunan sektor pertanian dan perlombongan
Kekurangan tenaga buruh tempatan
Galakan kerajaan British
Faktor yang terdapat di negara asal
Penghijrahan mereka tidak ditentang oleh orang Melayu
Wujud hubungan tradisi antara India dengan Tanah Melayu
Kemakmuran di Tanah Melayu
Kestabilan politik di Tanah Melayu
(b)
Kemasukan Buruh Cina
F1- Melalui sistem Tiket Kredit
H1a- Bakal imigran dikumpulkan oleh Kheh-tau (ketua)
H1b- Imigran (Sin Kheh) ini diletakkan bawah pengawasan nakhoda kapal atau agensi buruh yang dibayar
oleh majikan
H1c- Golongan Sin Kheh perlu membuat perjanjian untuk menjelaskan hutang secara bekerja dengan majikan
untuk tempoh tertentu
H1d-Mereka dibekalkan dengan tiket ke pelabuhan yang dituju
H1e- Tiba di pelabuhan, mereka diambil oleh pemborong buruh yang akan mendapatkan majikan untuk
mereka
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8M
1
1
1
1
1
F2- Melalui sistem Pengambilan Kakitangan
H2a- Majikan menghantar pegawainya ke China untuk mendapatkan buruh
H2b- Segala perbelanjaan dan tambang dibiayai oleh majikan
H2c- Pegawai yang dihantar mengiringi buruh tersebut hingga mereka sampai ke tempat majikan.
1
1
1
1
F3- Melalui sistem Pengambilan Rumah Kongsi
H3a- Pengambilan buruh dilakukan oleh pegawai di Negara China yang dilantik oleh sesebuah rumah kongsi
H3b- Pegawai tersebut membiayai perbelanjaan buruh sehingga mereka sampai di rumah kongsi
1
1
1
Kemasukan Buruh India
F4- Melalui sistem Buruh Bebas
H4a-Buruh India datang sendiri ke Tanah Melayu dengan biayaan masing-masing
1
1
F5- Melalui sistem Kontrak
H5a- Majikan akan membiayai tambang mereka ke Tanah Melayu
H5b-Buruh akan bekerja dengan majikan untuk jangka masa tertentu dengan bayaran minimum.
1
1
1
F6- Melalui sistem Kangani
H6a- Seseorang kangani / tandil / ketua / mandur diberi lesen dan dihantar pulang ke India untuk mencari
tenaga buruh
H6b-Kangani diberi wang untuk perbelanjaan buruh ke Tanah Melayu
Maks
1
1
1
6M
H5b- Seni khat pada batu nesan
H5c- Tulisan abjad Arab dan Jawi mengandungi ayat al-Quran
H5d- Cth: batu nisan Malik Ibrahim/naina Hisham al-Din
H5e- Merakamkan ayat-ayat suci al-Quran/hadis/catatan
H5f- Pengaruh seni khat pada batu bersurat dan bilah mata keris
H5g- Ukiran kayu
H5h- Pengaruh pada seni bina/bangunan masjid/kubah/mimbar/mihrab/menara azan
196
(c)
7(a)
(b)
Cara generasi pada hari ini mengekalkan kedaulatan negara
F1– memiliki ilmu pengetahuan
F2– memiliki kemahiran/kepakaran dalam bidang teknologi
F3– mempunyai perasaan cinta akan tanah air
F4– sedia berkorban untuk negara
F5– sedia mempertahankan tanah air
F6– memupuk perpaduan kaum
F7– sentiasa berusaha untuk untuk mencapai kemajuan
F – Memajukan ekonomi negara
[ Mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6M
F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8-
Kedudukan Asia Tenggara yang strategik terletak antara China dan India
Kedudukan ini menarik minat barat kerana penguasaan tersebut dapat menjamin pasaran yang luas
Asia Tenggara juga kaya dengan bahan mentah
Perindustrian di Eropah menyebabkan mereka memerlukanBahan mentah
Mereka memerlukan pasaran yang baru
penggunaan kapal wap membolehkan membolehkan muatan yang lebih banyak dan cepat
pembukaan terusan Suez memendekkan perjalanan, selamat dan menjimatkan masa
Penciptaan telegraf memudahkan perhubungan antara pegawai dengan tanah jajahan dengan lebih cepat
dan berkesan
F9- Persaingan antara kuasa kuasa barat menjadikan Asia Tenggga sasaran mereka
F10- Semakin luas jajahan mereka semakin tinggi sanjungan dan melambangkan kekuatan dan kekayaan
F11- Slogan beban orang putih yang digunakan oleh British dan Belanda mendakwa mereka lebih maju dan
bertamadun
F12-Bagi Perancis mereka bertanggungjawab untuk menyebar dan mentamadunkan orang timur
F13-Mubaligh Kristian berpendapat mereka bertanggungjawab menyebarkan agama Kristian Kepada penduduk
tanah jajahan
Kesan kedatanan kuasa imperialis
F1- Penubuhan kerajaan pusat hasil penyatuan wilayah- wilayah di tanah jajahan
F2- Perlantikan Gabenor Jeneral sebagai ketua pentadbir di tanah jajahan
F3- Pelaksanaaan pentadbiran melalui biro ( jabatan )
C3a-seperti jabatan kesihatan, perhutanan dan pelajaran
F4- Perlantikan pegawai barat sebagai ketua biro
F5- Pengenalan undang –undang barat dan sistem kehakiman barat
F6- Sistem pemerintahan tradisional merosot
F7- Institusi raja tersingkir dan jawatan pembesar tradisional peringkat pusat terhapus
F8- Pengaruh golongan agama merosot
F9- Fungsi raja sebagai penaung sami Buddha telah diambil alih oleh undang
F10- Memperkenalkan sistem pungutan cukai
F11- Pembahagian pentadbiran kepada pusat
F12- Muncul golongan baru
F13- Terdiri daripada pentadbir yang empunyai kedudukan dalam birokrasi moden
F14- Berdasarkan tahap pendidikan mereka
F15- Pengenalan sistem Residen
F16- Penasihat yang diletakkan di bawah pengawasan Gabenor Negeri – Negeri Selat
Semangat setia negara
Sanggup berkorban untuk bangsa
Sifat bekerjasama
Sikap tolong menolong antara pemimpin dengan pengikut
Sifat berdisiplin
Gigih berusaha
Melengkapkan diri dengan ilmu pengetahuan yang baik
Kekurangan ilmu menyebabkan perjuangan gagal
Penggunaan senjata moden penting dalam Perjuangan
(Mana-mana isi yang munasabah)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6M
(c)
F1F2F3F4F5F6F7F8F9-
8(a)
Persamaan Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor (1895) dengan Undang-undang Tubuh Negeri Terengganu (1911).
Maks
Undang – undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor
F1- Menjadi negeri Melayu pertama yang mempunyai perlembagaan bertulis.
F2- Johor mempunyai perlembagaan bertulis yang dikenali sebagai Undang-undang Tubuh Kerajaan Johor.
F3- Berunsur demokrasi dan pemerintahan Raja berpelembagaan.
F4- Mengiktiraf orang Melayu sebagai rakyatnya.
F5- Agama Islam sebagai agama rasmi
F6- Mengukuhkan keturunan Sultan sebagai pewaris takhta
F7- Berbangsa Melayu, lelaki, beragama Islam
F8 - Raja berhak memilih Menteri Besar
F9 - Naib Menteri Besar ditentukan oleh Jemaah Menteri dengan perkenan Sultan
F10- Memperuntukkan dua badan pemerintah iaitu Majlis Mesyuarat Negeri dan Jemaah menteri
F11- Pentadbiran negeri dilarang sama sekali drp diserahkan kepada orang lain.
F12- Pegawai-pegawai yang dilantik mestilah taat setia kepada raja dan kerajaan Johor
Undang undang Tubuh Kerajaan Trengganu
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8M
197
(b)
(c)
9 (a)
Kedudukan yang istimewa kepada agama Islam
Pemerintahan bercorak Raja Beperlembagaan
Pemerintah mestilah beragama Islam, bangsa Melayu dan waris sultan
Sultan dibantu oleh Majlis Mesyuarat Kerajaan
Menteri yang menganggotai Mesyuarat Kerajaan mestilah beragama Islam, Melayu dan rakyat negeri
Mengakui taat setia kepada sultan dan kerajaan
Majlis Mesyuarat Kerajaan yang diketuai oleh Menteri Besar dilantik oleh Sultan
Jemaah Menteri berhak melantik Naib Menteri Besar
Waris Sultan dan Menteri dilarang menyerahkan negara kepada kuasa lain
Bidang kuasa Yang DiPertuan Besar, Undang, Lembaga dan
Buapak dalam sistem pemerintahan di Negeri Sembilan.
F- Yamtuan Besar ialah pemerintah tertinggi tetapi tidak berhak melantik pembesar
F2- Undang ialah ketua pentadbiran peringkat ”Luak” (daerah)
F3- Terdapat 4 Undang Luak iaitu Sg. Ujong, Rembau, Jelebu dan Johol
F4- Berhak memutuskan pelantikan Yang DiPertuan Besar/ Yamtuan Besar
F5- Lembaga ialah ketua suku anggota masyarakat
F6- bertanggungjawab terhadap suku masing-masing
F7- Berkuasa memilih individu untuk jawatan Undang
F8- Buapak ialah ketua Perut (setiap Perut dianggotai oleh Anak Buah)
F9- Menjadi tempat rujukan bagi setiap masalah khususnya mengenai adat
F1 – Melicinkan pentadbiran
F2 – Rakyat memilih pemimpin
F3 – Mewujudkan keamanan/aman makmur
F4 – Menjamin kerajaan yang adil
F5 – Mewujudkan perpaduan kaum
F6 – Meningkatkan ekonomi negara
F7 – Mengamalkan kebebasan memilih kerajaan yang bertanungjawab
F8 – Rakyat bebas bersuara
[ Mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah ]
Usaha memartabatkan bahasa kebangsaan
F1- Termaktub dalam Perkara 152 Perlembagaan Persekutuan Tanah Melayu 1957
F2- Bahasa Melayu sebagai bahasa kebangsaan
H2a-Memartabatkan bahasa kebangsaan
H2b-Untuk menjamin perpaduan rakyat di Tanah Melayu
F3- Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka (DBP) ditubuhkan pada 1956
H3a-Usaha memajukan bahasa Melayu
F4- Pelancaran ‘Minggu Bahasa’ dan ‘Bulan Bahasa’ menggalakkan penggunaan bahasa Melayu.
H4a-Slogan ‘Bahasa Jiwa Bangsa’
F5- Penubuhan sekolah menengah Melayu sebagai bahasa pengantar
C5a-Sekolah Alam Shah, Sekoalh Sri Puteri dan Sekolah Sultan Abdul Halim
F6- Akta Bahasa Kebangsaan diluluskan pada 1967
F7- Tahun 1970, bahasa pengantar di sekolah rendah Inggeris telah ditukarkan kepada bahasa kebangsaan secara
berperingkat-peringkat
F8- Penubuhan Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia, 1977 membuktikan bahasa Melayu mampu menjadi bahasa ilmu
F9- Tahun 1982, bahasa Melayu menjadi bahasa pengantar di semua sekolah menggantikan bahasa Inggeris.
F10- Tahun 1990, bahasa Melayu digunakan di mahkamah
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8M
(b)
F1- Lahir daripada gagasan Kongres Kebudayaan Kebangsaan
F2- Menjadi panduan dalam membentuk dan mengekalkan identiti negara Malaysia
F3- Bertujuan memperkukuh perpaduan melalui kebudayaan
F4- Memupuk dan memelihara keperibadian kebangsaan
F5- Memperkaya dan mempertingkat kualiti kehidupan dari aspek kemanusiaan
F6- Memperkaya dan mempertingkat kualiti kehidupan dari aspek kerohanian
F7- Mempertingkat kualiti kehidupan seimbang dengan pembangunan sosioekonomi
F8- Tiga prinsip utama Dasar Kebudayaan Kebangsaan
H8a-Kebudayaan rakyat asal rantau Melayu sebagai tunjang
H8b-Unsur-unsur kebudayaan lain yang wajar dan sesuai boleh diterima
H8c- Islam sebagai unsur yang terpenting
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6M
(c)
F1- Penyertaan dalam sukan tanpa mengira ideologi
F2- Dapat menyemarakkan semangat patriotik dalam kalangan rakyat
F3- Tidak menghadkan penyertaan kepada sesuatu kaum
F4- Memberi peluang seluas-luasnya bagi mereka yang berminat
F5- Di sekolah, sukan merupakan aktiviti sekolah yang sangat digalakkan
F6- Penubuhan Majlis Sukan Sekolah-Sekolah Malaysia (MSSM)
F7- MSSM ditubuhkan di peringkat daerah, negeri dan kebangsaan
F8- Temasya Sukan Malaysia (SUKMA) diadakan dua tahun sekali
F9- SUKMA dapat mengeratkan perpaduan antara kaum
F10- SUKMA dapat mengeratkan hubungan antara negeri
F11-Dapat memupuk perpaduan dalam kalangan pemain, penonton dan penggiat sukan
(Mana-mana jawapan yang munasabah diterima)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6M
F13F14F15F16F17F18F19F20F21-
198
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
NO
1
[ 3472/1 ] [ 3472/2 ]
Additional Mathematic Soala
n Ul a n
gkaji
SOLUTION
(a) Many-to-one
B mark
NO
1
2
SOLUTION
x=
(b){1, 3, 5, 7 }
1
y-3
2
g(y) = 6
B mark
1
( y -2 3 ) - 1
2
g(x) = 3x - 10
3
(3)
(h - 4)
= -1
3
2k
OR
= -6
3
1
(2)
3
(a) h = 0
1
1
(b) f ’ (x) =
x-2
1
k=2
2
4
-
h = 7 or k = -9
h = 7 and k = -9
(3)
5
7
(a) f(x) = 4 - (x - 1)²
1
(b) (i) p = -1
q=3
1
1
(ii) r = 3
1
(4)
(2x8)2x+1 = 4
or 2 2x+1 =
2²
2
4x + 2 = 1 or 2x-1 = -6x-1
x=- 1
4
9
6
8
3 (2x+1)
or
log5 = 875
log5 = 35
100
4
log5 35 - log5 4
log5 7 + log5 5 - 2 log5 2
n + 1 - 2m
1
3
(3)
15x² + 26x - 80 ≥ 0 or
(4x+1+9-x)(4x+1-9-x) ≥ 0
1
(3x+10)(5x-8) ≥ 0 or graph
2
x ≤ - 10 , x ≥ 8
3
5
3
(3)
log2 y = 3 log2 x
log2 8
or log2 8 = 3
1
y
log2 x = 1
2
2
y = 2x
3
(3)
1
2
10
2
3
4
3
(3)
(a) PQ : y = -x + 6
Q (5,1)
1
2
1
(10)(5)
2
(B)
1
25 unit²
2
(4)
(4)
11
PA = 2 PB
√(x - 3)² + (y-6)²
= 2 √ (x - 1)² + (y + 2)²
3x² + 3y² - 2x + 28y - 25 = 0
1
12
2
3
(4+6d) - (4+d) = 10
1
d=2
2
(a) p + q = 5i - j
= -5
(b) |p + q| = 26
0.980i - 0.1961j
1
2
1
2
(4)
or
1 = 1
and
p
2
p = 2, q = -4
14
16
q
= -2
p
2
q = -2
p
3
4
(a) x = ¼
4
x
x = -1
1
(2) S∞ =
1
4
1+¼
= 16
5
(2)
15
1
()
1 1
=
p 2
(4)
13
1 q 1 1
= +
y p p x
Sin 2x = 0.5
2x = 30° , 150°
x = 15° , 75°
2
2
(4)
1
2
3
(3)
199
(a) -12 (2x - 3)ˉ³
or
12
- (2x - 3)³
18
21
[
(
]
)(
(b) (0,-4)
1
20
1
25
(a) 1
8
(b) 1
8
2
2
(4)
6-4
1
2 unit²
2
1
(2)
0.0477
1
1.668
2
(2)
(a) 3
1
(b) 1, 3, 6, 6, 7
1 + 9 + 36 + 36 + 49 - 23 ²
5
5
1
2
( )
3
1
1
(2)
22
3
(4)
= 5.04
(3)
23
or gradient = 6
2
3
4
(4)
1
)=5
2
y = 6x - 4
2
(4)
1 (10)(10) cos 60° or
2
1
π
(10)(10)
2
3
25 or 52.3599
52.3599 - 25
54.72
kx² + 2x ²
-1
2
4k + 4 - k - 2
2
2
- 2
3
1
k = 6
(b) δ y = - 12 or
δx
δ = - 0.02
= 0.24
19
(a) 2 (-3) + k = 0
1
24
(a) 720
1
(b) 5 x 2 x 4!
240
or
48 x 5
TOTAL
80 MARKS
1
2
(3)
17
200
Additional Mathematics Paper 2
No
SOLUTIONS
1
x = 2 - 2y
y=2-x
2
or
or
1 +
2
x
2-x
2
(2y - 1)(5y - 4) = 0
or
(x - 1)(5x - 2)
or
( )
1
5
1
1
(a) (x - t)² - t² + 4t
- t² + 4t = 3
(t - 3)(t - 1) = 0
t = 3, t = 1
1
1
1
1
(b) f(x) = x² - 6x + 12
Total
Marks
1
= 5
x=1 , 2
5
1
,
4
y=
2 5
or
Sub
marks
1
1
+ 2 =5
(2 - 2y)
y
y=1 , 4
2 5
x=1 , 2
5
2
Marks
or
4
f(x) = (x - 3)² + 3
y
6
12
x
0
3
x
(a) 64 (0.5)6
Shape
1
Points
1
2
1
1
2
(3,3)
70 (0.5)6
The three sides are : 1, 1, 35
32
(b) The first three perimeters : 198, 99, 49.5
or
1
r = 198 = 49.5 = 0.5
99
99
1
(c) S∞ =
198
1 - 0.5
= 396 unit²
4
2
6
1
2
1
(a) 2 sin x cos x
2 cos² x - 1 + 1
1
sin x = tan x
cos x
(b)
y
1
2
3
x
0
π
2π
Shape
2 cycles
reflection
1
1
1
Equation
Straight
1
1
8
6
1
sin 2x
cos 2x + 1
=
3x
π
Number of solution = 4
or
y = 3x
π
1
201
5
(a)
25 . 5
1
1
2
1
3
(b)
Frequency
Cummulative frequency
0.5 - 10.5
4
4
10. 5 – 20.5
10
14
20.5 – 30.5
13
27
30.5 - 40.5
10
37
40.5 – 50.5
3
40
[
m = 20.5 + 20 -14
13
= 25.12
] 10
(c)
8
Class boundry
x
f
fx
fx²
0.5 - 10.5
5.5
4
22
112
10. 5 – 20.5
15.5
10
155
2402.5
20.5 – 30.5
25.5
13
331.5
8453.25
30.5 - 40.5
35.5
10
355
12602.5
40.5 – 50.5
45.5
3
136.5
6210.75
40
1000
29781
mean = 1000
40
1
[ ]
Variance = 29781 - 1000 ²
40
40
= 119.53
6
1,1
1
(a) i) OR = OP + PR
= 5x + m OQ
= 5x + 10my
ii) OR = 1 OS
n
= 1 (OP + PS) ,
n
1
1
PS = 2 PQ
5
= 2/5 (-5x + 10y)
~
~
= 4y - 2x
~ ~
+ 4y - 2x)
= 1 (5x
~ ~ ~
n
+ 4y)
= 1 (3x
~ ~
n
= 3x + 4y
n~ n~
(b) Comparing the coefficient : 3 = 5 , 4 = 10m
n
n
n=3
5
m=2
3
4
4
1
1
7
1
1
1
3
Class boundry
202
7
(a) A (3,3)
m Tangent = dy = 2x
dx
1
:• m Normal
At A (3,3) m Tangent = 6,
Equation of normal : y - 3 = -1 (x-3)
6
x + 6y = 21
(b) Area of the triangle = ½ (3)(3) or
OR area under the curve :
3
2
1
= -1
6
4
1
1
3
0
x dx
[
x² - 2x dx = x³ - x²
3
3
]
1
2
3
Area of the shaded region = 9 - 4
2 3
= 19 unit²
6
(c) Volume = π 2 (x² - 2x)² dx
=π
0
2
1
1
x4 - 4x³ + 4x²dx
1
0
=π
[
x5 - x4 + 4x³
5
3
]
2
1
3
0
= 16 π unit³
15
8
10
1
(a)
x²
0.01
0.04
0.09
0.16
0.25
0.36
1
1
y
0.50
0.46
0.4
0.30
0.19
0.35
1
1
y
Correct
axes
0.50
1
0.45
0.40
6 points
correctly
plotted
0.35
1
0.30
Line of
best fit
0.25
0.20
10
0.15
0.10
0.05
0
1
0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40
(b) i) 1 = 1 x² + r
y
p
p
1 = gradient = -1.347
p
p = -0.7424
ii) r = c = 0.52
p
r = -0.386
x²
1
1
1
1
1
203
(a) cos ө = 9
10
APC = 0.451 rad
9 cm
APB = 0.902 radian
(b) i)
OR
ii)
OR
OR
OR
10
1
ө
10 cm
2
1
AOC = 1.804 radian
1
Lenght of arc ADC , S1 = 10 x 1.804
Lenght of arc ABC , S2 = 18 x 0.902
1
Perimeter = S1 +S2
Perimeter = 34.28
1
1
POA = 2.24 radian
Area of the circle, A1 = 3.142 x 10²
Area of sector APC, A2 = ½ (18)² (0.902)
Area of sector AOP, A3 = ½ (10)² (2.24)
Area of triangle AOP, A4 = ½ (10)(10) sin 2.24 rad
1
Area of the shaded region : A1 - A2 - 2(A3 - A4)
= 22.508 cm²
1
1
(a) m FH = ½ , m EG = -2
10
8
1
1
3
Equation of EG; y - 3 = -2(x-3)
y = -2x + 9
1
1
(b) -2x + 9 = -1
1
2
G = (5,-1)
1
(c) Area = 1 |(0 + 10 + 18) - (-5 + -6 + 6)|
2
= 23 unit²
2
(d) RE = RF
RE = √(x - 3)² + (y - 3)²
or
RF = √x² + (y + 1)²
6x - 8y + 17 = 0
11
1
2
1
1
1
3
1
(a) i) p = 1 , q = 6
7
7
1 - 5C0 1 0° 6 5 - 5C1 1 ¹ 6
7
7
7
7
= 0.1517
() ()
()()
1
4
( )( )
ii) variance = 2490 1 6
7 7
variance = 3304.90
(b) i) 155 - 160 or
175 - 160
√225
√225
p(-0.2 < z < 1)
1 - 0.4207 - 0.1587 or equivalent
0.4206
1
1
5
1
1
10
1
1
1
5
ii) p (X > m) = 0.12
m - 160
= 1.175
√225
m = 142.38
12
(a) (3t+1)(t-3) = 0
t =3s
10
1
1
1
1
2
9
204
(b) v
3
Shape
1
t
0
3
2
All
points
1
-32
3
(c)
0
=
|
[3t + 8t²2 - 3t³3 ] + | [3t + 8t²2 - 3t³3 ] |
3 + 8t - 3t²dt +
|
5
3
3 + 8t - 3t²dt
1
3
0
1
= 46 msˉ¹
10
1
(d) v is maximum when dv = 0 , 8 - 6t = 0
P
dt
t=4s
3
vQ = (6t-6)dt = 6t² - 6t + c
2
t = 0 , v = -7 , c = -7
when t = 4 , v = 3 4 - 6 4 - 7
3
3
3
= - 29 ms ˉ¹
3
(a) x = 1.00 x 100 or y x 100 = 150 or 0.40 x 100 = z
0.8
0.40
80
() ()
13
3
3
1
1
3
1
1
1
4
x = 125,
y = 0.6,
z = 0.5
(b) i) 125(4) + 140m + 150(5) + 80(3) = 129.45
18
m=6
ii)
14
1
1
1
10
1
4
P2007
x 100 = 129.45
2306
P2007 = 2985.12
1
1
(c) 129.45 x 140 x 100
100
100
= 181.23
1
(a) i)
1
2
1
AC
= 10
Sin 110°
Sin35°
AC = 16.38 cm
1
4
ii) AD² = 18² + 16.38² - 2(18)(16.38) Cos 40°
AD = 11.86 cm
(b) i)
1
1
E
DEC is obtuse
1
D
ii)
10
C
Sin DEC = Sin 40°
18
11.86
DEC = 102.69°,
DEC = 37.31°
Area of triangle EDC = ½ (18)(11.86) sin 37.31°
= 64.70 cm²
1
6
1
1
1
1
205
(a) y ≤ 2x
1
x + y ≤ 900
1
25x + 50y ≥ 20000
1
3
(b)
y
Any line
correct
1
900
800
All line 3
correct
1
700
600
correct
region
1
500
400
3
300
200
100
0
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
(c) i) 480 (ie at (160,320)).
ii)
(300,600)
25(300)+50(600)
= RM 37500
x
1
1
1
1
4
10
15
206
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 1449/1 ] [ 1449/2 ]
Mathematic
Soalan
Ulang
Paper 1
QUESTION
ANSWER
QUESTION
kaji
ANSWER
1
B
21
D
2
D
22
D
3
C
23
B
4
C
24
B
5
B
25
B
6
D
26
C
7
B
27
B
8
B
28
C
9
D
29
A
10
B
30
C
11
C
31
C
12
D
32
A
13
C
33
C
14
B
34
B
15
C
35
C
16
D
36
B
17
B
37
A
18
B
38
D
19
A
39
C
20
C
40
D
Paper 2
Section A
No
Marking Scheme
1
i)
Marks
ii)
A
A
B
C
2
3
(i) 1 M
B
(ii) 2 M
C
2x²-x-21=0
(2x-7) (x+3)=0
1M
1M
x= 7 , or -3
2
1 M 1M
2m – 4n = 8
–n = 1
n = –1
m=2
3
n= 1 m-2
2
1
2 m=1
m=2
n=-1
2
1
2
m
-3
( )( )( )
() ( )( )
-1
n =-2
m= 2
n=-1
m
n
-1
1
2
=
7
2
3
7
2
2
1M
1M
1M
1M
4
4
207
HAC
1M
tan <HAC = 5
15
2M
HAC = 18° 26’
5.
6.
7.
1M
a) True
1M
b) KLMN has not two parallel sides
1M
c) 2n² + 5, n = 1, 2, 3, 4
2M
1 x4x7x7
2
1 x7x7x6
3
1
1
2 x4x7x7+ 3 x7x7x6
1M
196
1M
= -2
5
4
1M
1M
a) mQR = mPS = –2
y+11
x-2
4
1M
or -11 = -2(2)+ c
5
1M
y = -2x - 7
1M
b) 0 = -2x - 7
x=- 7
2
1M
1M
8.
6
a) P =
1
2 x 1 - (-3)x4
= 1
14
b)
( 1-4
3
2
1
( -4
)
3
2
) ( 65 )
x= 3
2
y = -1
x
=
y
2
)
1M
1M
( 24 -31 ) ( xy )= ( 65 )
( yx )= 141 ( 1-4
3
1M
1M
1M
3
2
-1
1M
( )( )
Note: accept for 1 M
10.
a) 16
b)
c)
11
25-0
22-30
= - 25
8
(u+16) + 1 (u+25) x 6=303
2
u=12
4 x 8
13 15
32
=
195
a)
b)
1M
6
1M
1M
2M
1M
1M
1M
( 169 x 158 )+ ( 167 x 156 )
2M
= 19
40
1M
6
4.
208
12
a) k = 11
m = 9.11
1M
1M
b) Uniform scales -3 ≤x≤3 and -4≤y≤30
All 9 points plotted correctly .
Smooth curve and passed all 9 correct points .
1M
2M
1M
12
Refer to the graph.
13
14
c)
x = 8.1 ± 0.1
y = -2.8 ± 0.5
1M
1M
d)
y = 2x + 8
Straight line y = 2x + 8 drawn
x = -2.5 ± 0.1 , 0.1 ± 0.1 , 2.4 ± 0.5
1M
1M
2M
a) (i)
(ii)
1M
2M
(1 , 9)
(9 , 1)
b) (i) K : rotation 90°clockwise by the centre (6, 1))
(ii) J : enlargement at centre P or (7,3) and scale factor 2
3M
3M
c) A+87 = 2² x A
= 29cm²
2M
1M
a)
12
12
Time(minutes)
(i)
Frequency
(ii)
Midpoints
(iii)
35 – 39
3
37
40 – 44
6
42
45 – 49
4
47
50 – 54
7
52
55 – 59
9
57
60 – 64
5
62
65 – 69
4
67
70 - 74
2
72
(i) all class interval correct
(ii) all frequencies correct
(iii)all midpoints correct
1M
1M
1M
b) (i) 55 – 59
(ii)
3(37)+6(42)+4(47)+7(52)+9(57)+5(62)+4(67)+2(72)
3+6+4+7+9+5+4+2
53.75
1M
c)
•
•
•
•
1M
1M
Uniform scale on the x-axis and on the y – axis
Mid – points, class interval or lower/upper boundary on horizontal axis
8 bars drawn corecctly
histogram completely drawn correctly
2M
1M
2M
1M
histogram – refer to the graph.
15
12
H/G
L/K
5cm
7cm
6cm
D/C
Correct shape with hexagon AEHILD.
Correct mesurement ± 0.2.
I/J
6cm
A/B
1M
2M
209
b)
K/C
4cm
G/J F/B
2cm
5cm
L/D
H/I E/A
Correct shape with rectangle ABCD and semicircle CD.
Straight line GH and semicircle CD by using compasses.
Correct mesurement 0.2.
J
C/B
2cm
4cm
K1 G/F
5cm
L
D/A H
16
H/E
Coreect shape with 3 rectangles.
Dotted line JH.
The length of the sides must be in correct proportion
Correct mesurement ± 0.2
1M
1M
1M
2M
a)
1M1M
P
R
Q
(b) (67°N , 115°E)
2M
(c) (90 - 67) x 2
(90 - 67) x 2 x 60
2760 n.m.
1M
1M
1M
(d)(i) cos 67o
180 60 cos 67°
4219.9*
1M
1M
1M
(e)
4219.9+67x2x60
1500
8.17 hours or 8 hr 10 min
9
a)
=
b)
=
1M
1M
12
c)
P1
P1
Q2
210
Graph for Question 12
30
25
20
15
10
5
-3
-2
-1
1
2
3
211
Graph for Question 14
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
34.5
39.5
44.5
49.5
54.5
59.5
64.5
69.5
74.5
212
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 1511/1 ] [ 1511/2 ]
Science
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
PAPER 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
D
B
C
B
B
C
B
D
A
C
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
D
A
A
D
A
D
D
B
C
B
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
A
B
C
A
C
D
C
D
D
A
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
B
B
A
D
C
C
C
D
D
C
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
B
B
A
D
A
B
A
B
A
C
PAPER 2
Question
Answer
Marks
∑
Marks
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Total
5
SECTION A
1(a)
Able to write the observation correctly
Sample answer
1. The number of bubbles in test tube Y is more than test tube X
2. The number of bubbles in test tube X is less than test tube Y
Able to write the inference for the observation correctly
Sample answer
(b)
1. Metal Y is more reactive than metal X
2. Metal X is less reactive than metal Y
Able to predict the position of copper correctly
Sample answer
(c)
1. Lower than the position of zinc
Able to state the responding variable correctly
Sample answer
(d)
1. Reactivity of metal with the acid
2. The number of bubbles given out
Able to give the operational definition of reactivity of metal correctly
Sample answer
(e)
1. Reactivity of metal is the number of bubbles
given out (by the metal when it reacts with
the acid.)
2. Reactivity of metal is shown by the number
of bubbles released when the metal reacts
with acid.
213
Question
2 (a)
Answer
Able to write the inference for the observation correctly
Sample answer
Marks
∑
Marks
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
Total
5
(b)(i)
Able to state the manipulated variable correctly
Sample answer
1. pH value of the solution
2. The condition of the solution
3. Properties of the solution
(b)(ii)
Able to state the constant variable correctly
Sample answer
1. Type of bacteria
2. Volume of nutrient broth
3. Temperature (of incubation)
4. Time (of incubation)
(c)
Able to tick (√ )the correct properties of solutions correctly
Properties of solution
(Sifat larutan)
Test tube
(Tabung uji)
Acidic
(Asid)
X
Y
Z
Alkaline
(alkali)
Neutral
(neutral)
√
√
√
(i) All 3 correct tick (_/), two marks
(ii) 2 correct tick (_/),
one mark.
1. Soap/alkali is not suitable for bacterial growth
2. Lime juice/acid is slightly suitable for bacterial growth
3. Distilled water is most suitable for bacterial growth
214
Question
3(a)
Answer
Able to draw the graph of velocity against time correctly
Marks
∑
Marks
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Total
5
Notes: 1. Transfer of all points correct - 1 mark
2. Smooth curve
- 1 mark
(b)
Able to give the relationship of time and velocity correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
(c)
When the time increases the velocity also increases.
The time is directly proportional to velocity
Able to state the velocity of the toy car at 2.5 s accurately
Answer
7 (ms-1)
(d)
Able to show the relationship between manipulated variable and
the responding variable correctly.
Sample answer
1. When the time increases the velocity increases
2. The velocity increases with the time
215
Question
4(a)
Answer
Able to measure the height of precipitation correctly
Sample answer
P:
Q:
R:
(b)
0.4
0.8
1.2
Marks
∑
Marks
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Total
5
(All measurement must be correct)
Able to locate the most polluted area correctly
Sample answer
(c)
Able to state the operational definition of water pollution correctly
Sample answer
1. Water pollution is the presence of precipitation in the water
2. Water pollution is the presence of solid particles in the water
(d)(i)
Able to state the manipulated variable in the investigation correctly.
Sample answer
1.
2.
(d)(ii)
Area
Place where water sample was taken.
Able to state responding variable in the investigation correctly
Sample answer
1. Height of precipitation
1. R
2. Where the sample had the highest precipitate
216
Question
Answer
Marks
∑
Marks
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Total
6
SECTION B
5(a)
Able to label parts Y and Z in Diagram 4 accurately
Answer
Y : Diaphragm
Z: Film
(b)(i)
Able to name the part in the eye which have the same function
with Z accurately
Answer
Retina
(b)(ii)
Able to state the function of part Y correctly
Sample answer
1. To control the size of aperture in the camera
(c)(i)
Able to state one characteristic of image formed by the camera
correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
3.
(c)(ii)
Real
Inverted
Smaller then the object
Able to state one optical instrument that forms the same image
characteristics with the camera correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
Telescope
Binocular
217
Question
6(a)(i)
Answer
Able to name process P accurately
Answer
Marks
∑
Marks
1
Fertilisation
Able to state the number of chromosomes in R correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
(b)(i)
1
2
46
23 pairs
Able to name process Q accurately
Answer
1
Mitosis
(b)(ii)
Able to state one importance of process Q correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
3.
(c)(i)
1
2
To make new cells
To repair damage cells
To replace dead / worn out cells
Able to recognise the type of twins shown in Diagram 5 accurately
Answer
1
Non identical twins
(c)(ii)
Able to explain how the identical twins formed correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
1
2
Total
6
Formed when two ovum were fertilised by two sperm
Fertilisation of two ovum by two sperm at the same time
(a)(ii)
218
Question
7(a)
Answer
Able to state the reasons why human beings need calories correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
(b)
∑
Marks
1
1
2
2
To do work
To carry out all the process of life
Able to state two factors which affect the calorie requirement
correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Marks
Type of work
Gander
Body size
State of health
Age group
Physical activities
The surrounding temperature
[Any two]
(c)(i)
Able to identify the individual that need the highest calorie requirement accurately
Answer
1
Labourer
(c)(ii)
Able to explain why the individual need highest calorie requirement correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
(d)
2
1
1
Total
6
Because their type of work require
Because they need a lot of energy when they do their work
Able to give reason why teenager need more calorie than the old
man correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
3.
1
A teenager is more active than old man
A teenager do more work than old man
A teenager burn more calorie than old man
219
Question
8(a)
Answer
Able to state why the food need to be processed correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
3.
(b)(i)
Marks
∑
Marks
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Total
6
To prevent from decay
To prevent from spoilt
To make the food last longer
Able to name the method used to process the food accurately
Answer
(b)(ii)
Able to explain the method for preparation of food correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
(c)(i)
Food is placed in can and heated to a high temperature
Food is placed in can and heated to 120 oC
Able to name the method used to process the food accurately
Answer
Pasteurization
(c)(ii)
Able to explain the method for preparation of food correctly
Sample answer
1. The food is heated at 65 oC for 30 min than cools immediately
2. The food is heated at 72 oC for 15 sec than cools immediately
(d)
Able to locate where the information is obtained correctly
Sample answer
At the label of the can
Canning
220
Question
9(a)
Answer
Able to choose the terms accurately
Answer
Marks
∑
Marks
2
2
1
1
Amplitude
Wave length
(b)
Able to state one characteristic of the wave correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
3.
(c)(i)
Have specific amplitude
Have specific wave length
Have specific frequency
Able to locate the radio wave accurately
Answer
1
R
(c)(ii)
Able to locate the x-ray accurately
Answer
1
2
1
1
Total
6
P
(d)
Able to give reason why radio wave is suitable for communication correctly
Sample answer
1.
Can travel very fast / at the speed of light
2.
Can travel through vacuum
3.
Can be modulated with sound wave
4.
Can broadcast music/picture
221
Answer
Marks
∑
Marks
Able to show the relationship between manipulated variable and
the responding variable correctly
Sample answer
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
Question
SECTION C
10(a)
(b)(i)
Able to write the aim of the experiment correctly
Sample answer
1. To investigate the elasticity of vulcanised and non vulcanised rubber.
2. To study the elasticity of vulcanised and non vulcanised rubber
(b)(ii)
Able to identify the variables correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
type of rubber
vulcanised rubber and non vulcanised rubber
Responding variable
1.
2.
3.
The elasticity of the rubber
Ability to return to its former length after stretching
The length of the rubber after hanging with the weight
Constant variable
1.
2.
3.
(b)(iii)
Length of the rubber before stretching
The mass of the weight / 200g weight
Time
[Any two variable]
Able to list the functional apparatus and materials to be used in
the experiment correctly
Sample answer
Vulcanised rubber, non-vulcanised rubber, weight with a mass of
200g, 2 clips, a stop watch, a retort stand and meter ruler
1. Vulcanised rubber is more elastic than non vulcanised rubber
2. Vulcanised rubber is less elastic than non vulcanised rubber
222
Question
(b)(iv)
Answer
Able to write the procedure for the experiment correctly
Sample answer
Marks
∑
Marks
4
4
1
1
Total
10
1. Clip both end of the vulcanised rubber // Diagram
2. One clip is used to hang the vulcanised to a retort stand and at
another end place 200 g weight
3. After 30 minutes take out both clip
4. Measure the length of the vulcanised rubber // record the length of
the vulcanised rubber
5. Repeat procedure 1 to 4 for non vulcanised rubber
[Any four procedure]
(b)(v)
Able to draw the table correctly
Sample answer
Type of rubber
The elasticity of the rubber //
The length of the rubber after
hanging
Vulcanised
rubber
Non vulcanised
rubber
Question
11(a)
Answer
Able to state four differences between nervous coordination and
hormonal coordination correctly
Sample answer
Nervous Coordination
Hormonal Coordination
1
Information in form of impulse
Information in the form of hormone
2
Information is carried
through neurone
Information is carried the flow of
blood
3
Speed of information is faster
// Speed of response is faster
Speed of information is slow //
Speed of response is slow
4
The effect will last for a short
period of time
The effect will last for a long
period of time
5
The target organ is one part of
the body // certain muscles
/ glands
The target organs are many parts
of the body
Marks
∑
Marks
4
4
1
1
2
2
1
1
[Any four]
(b)
Able to identify the information from Diagram 11 correctly
Sample answer
1.
The thyroid gland, the pancreas and the ovaries are the
example of endocrine glands
Able to identify the common characteristics of the organ in Diagram 11 correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
3.
The glands has no duct // ductless glands
The glands secrete hormone
The hormone secreted into blood stream
[Any two]
Able to state other example of endocrine glands and reason correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
3.
Pituitary
Adrenal
Testes
Reason: because has no duct and secrete hormone into the blood
223
224
Question
(b)(iv)
Answer
Able to state non example of endocrine glands and reasons correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
Marks
∑
Marks
1
1
1
1
Total
10
4
4
Sweat gland
Saliva gland
Reason: The gland has duct and do no secrete hormone
(b)(v)
Able to state the actual concept of endocrine glands correctly
Sample answer
1. Endocrine glands are glands which has no duct which secrete
hormone into blood stream.
2. Endocrine glands are ductless glands that produce hormone
3. Endocrine glands are ductless glands that secrete hormone
12(a)
Able to state four differences between metal and non metal
correctly
Sample answer
Metal
Non metal
1
Malleable
Non malleable
2
Shiny surface
Dull surface
3
Ductile
Brittle
4
Good electrical conductors
Bad electrical conductors
5
Good thermal conductors
Bad thermal conductors
Any four
(b)
Able to identify the problem correctly
Sample answer
1.
2.
1
Water from the pipe is cloudy and yellowish
Pipe water is cloudy and yellowish after rain
Able to make clarification of the problem correctly
Sample answer
1. The water was contaminated with solid particles, sand and soil
1
225
Question
Answer
Able to suggest the method of solving the problem correctly
Sample answer
Marks
∑
Marks
3
Filtration
Precipitation
1. Collect the water into a container
2. Let the suspended solid particles, sand and soil in the water precipitate to the bottom of the container
3. Collect clean water on the top of the container
Able to evaluate the method used to solve the problem correctly
Sample answer
1
6
Total
10
1. By using the suggested method Nora will get clean water for her
consumption
2. Nora will get clean water if she filter the water
3. Nora will get clean water if she let the suspended particles to
precipitate
1. Used process of filtration
2. Using any type of filter
3. The filtered / clean water will pass through the filter
4. Suspended particles / solid particles, sand and soil will be block by
the filter.
[Any three]
226
PM 2009
PM
SPM
[ 4551/1 ] [ 4551/2 ] [ 4551/3 ]
2009
Biology
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
Paper 1
No
Answer
No
Answer
1
D
26
D
2
C
27
C
3
A
28
C
4
B
29
D
5
C
30
B
6
B
31
A
7
B
32
C
8
A
33
D
9
A
34
B
10
C
35
B
11
D
36
C
12
D
37
C
13
A
38
C
14
A
39
B
15
C
40
D
16
C
41
B
17
A
42
B
18
A
43
C
19
C
44
B
20
C
45
B
21
D
46
A
22
C
47
D
23
C
48
C
24
C
49
B
25
C
50
C
Paper 2
Section A
No.
Marking criteria
Marks
-Plant cell
-Because it has a fixed shape/ large vacuole
1
1
2
b)
A- Chloroplast , B – Plasma membrane , C – Cytoplasm,
F – Vacuole
4
4
c)
D – Controls the activities of the cell
E – Generates energy in form of ATP for the cellular activities.
G – Supports and protects the cell. It also gives the fixed
shape.
1
1
1
3
-Mesophyll palisade
-Absorbs sunlight for photosynthesis/to make food
1
1
2
-No chloroplast/chlorophyll to absorb sunlight
- to make food through photosynthesis
1
1
2
1a)
d)(i)
ii)
Total
13
2a)
A - Pore protein
B - Carrier protein
Y - Phospholipid
1
1
1
3
b)(i)
-Molecules which are very minute such as small molecules and ions
1
1
(ii)
-Small molecules and ions move across the pore between the protein
-by simple diffusion
-The molecules are at higher concentration outside the cell
-cause the molecules to be pushed into the cells through the pore
1
1
1
1
Any 3
-The root hairs of a plant contain cell sap which usually has a higher
osmotic pressure compared to soil water.
-As a result, water from the soil will move into the vacuole of the root
hair through the plasma membrane by osmosis.
1
c)
3a)(i)
(ii)
1
2
Total
9
A : Meiosis
B : Mitosis
1
1
2
A : Meiosis is important in producing gametes
B : Mitosis is important in replacing dead/damaged cells//asexual
reproduction//increasing the number of cells (growth)
1
1
2
1
1
b)
Interphase
W
c)
or
or
or
Cell A
Note : The number of chromosomes, n = 2
The type (colour) of chromosomes
1
1
Cell B
Note : The number of chromosomes, 2n = 4
The type (colour) of chromosomes
1
1
-Structure S is a spindle fibre
-If structure S fails to be formed, the chromosomes cannot be pulled to
the opposite poles
-This causes the reproductive cells to have either extra/less number of chromosomes.
1
-Cloning
-Problem :
1
1
1
4
3
d)
• Costly // expensive
• All clones have same resistant towards diseases / environmental factors
Any 1
2
Total
14
e)
227
228
W : Ultrafiltration
X : Reabsorption
Y : Secretion
1
1
1
b)
Red blood cells
Plasma proteins
1
1
c)
From W to X where
F1-Glomerular filtrate become more concentrated
E1-Reabsorption of water into the blood capillaries by osmosis
F2-Glomerular filtrate does not contain glucose and amino acids
E2-because all of them are reabsorbed by active transport into the
blood capillaries
4a)
From X to Y,
F3-Glomerular filtrate has a higher concentration of urea
E3-Urea not reabsorbed from filtrate but water is reabsorbed from filtrate
F4-Glomerular filtrate low in salt
E4-Reabsorption of sodium and chloride ions into blood capillaries
d)
F1-Conc. of urea in blood plasma is 0.3g/dm3 which is same as in
glomerular filtrate
E1-Ultrafiltration in Bowman’s capsule
E2-High pressure of blood forces out fluid from blood plasma which
contains urea and other solute into the Bowman’s capsule
F2-Conc. of urea in urine is 18g/dm3 which is much higher than in the
glomerular filtrate
E3-Active secretion of urea from the blood into glomerular filtrate at
distal convolated tubule and collecting duct
3
2
1
1
1
1
Any
1F & 1E
2
1
1
1
1
Any
1F & 1E
1
2
1
1
1
1
Any
2F & 2E
4
Total
13
-Monthly reproductive cycle controlled by hormones
-Consists of follicle development, ovulation, thickening of
endometrium and menstruation.
1
1
2
(ii)
-Follicle Stimulating Hormone/FSH
-To stimulate the formation of follicles in the ovary
1
1
(b)
F1-Undersecretion of hormone P inhibits B from the pituitary gland
F2-Ovulation is delayed/does not occur
F3-Oversecretion of hormone P stimulates secretion of hormone B
F4-Ovulation occur earlier
F1 & F2
Or
F3 & F4
2
1
1
1
1
2
5a(i)
c (i)
2
-Able to draw a degenerated corpus luteum/H
- Structure H has shrunken /become smaller in size
(ii)
Hormone Q : Progesterone
Structure H : Corpus luteum
(iii)
•
•
16th - 22nd day : H is formed, hormone Q is secreted, endometrium thickens
23rd - 28th day : H degenerated, the level of hormone Q declines resulting in menstruation
1
1
2
Total
11
229
Paper 2
Section B
6(a)
Marking criteria
Marks
Adaptive features of structure M :
-Has thin epithelial wall of gill filaments to facilitate diffusion of gases.
-Many plate like projections (lamella) at gill filaments to increase the total surface area for diffusion
-A network of blood capillaries in the gill filaments to facilitate diffusion and transportation of the
gases.
Adaptive features of structure N :
-thin alveolar wall which helps in the diffusion of gases,
-the wall of the alveolus is moist whereby respiratory gases can dissolve in it,
-the alveolus is well supplied by blood capillaries to facilitate diffusion and transportation of the
gases.
-many alveoli to increase total surface area for diffusion
Differences between respiratory systems
(b)
Cockroach
Fish
Human
1. Exchange of gases occur
at the tracheole directly
with the body cells
at the gill filaments
at the alveolus
2
2.The respiratory organ is
the tracheole system
which branches out to
increase the total surface
area for diffusion
2. The respiratory organ is
the gill which consists of
many gill filaments to
increase the total surface
area for diffusion
2. The respiratory organ is
the lungs which of many
alveoli to increase the
total surface area for
diffusion
2
3. Does not require blood
capillary to transport the
oxygen to the body cells
3. Require blood capillary to
transport the oxygen from
the gill filaments to the
body cells
3. Require blood capillary
to transport the oxygen
from the alveolus to the
body cells
2
4. Breathing mechanism
involves the contraction
and relaxation of
muscles in the body
wall to enable the air to
flow in and out of the
tracheal system
involves the flow of water
through the mouth, over
the gills and out through
the operculum
involves the flow of air
in and out of the lungs
through action of the
intercostals muscles and
the diaphragm muscles
2
5. Air enters and leaves the
tracheal system through
the spiracles
5. Water containing
dissolved oxygen enters
into the buccal cavity and
leaves through the
operculum
5. Air enters and leaves the
respiratory system
through the nasal cavity
2
Any 2
Any 2
4
Marks
10
(c)
-The athlete wears a track suit so that there is no sudden decrease in temperature in his muscles
-A sudden decrease in temperature will cause the accumulation of lactic acid and muscles pain/cramp
-He draws a deep breath several times to oxidize lactic acid that has been accumulated
-and pays back the oxygen debt
-He walks freely so that the muscles takes time to oxidize 1/6 of lactic acid to carbon dioxide, water
and energy
-and 5/6 of the lactic acid is converted back to glucose.
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
Total
20
No.
230
7(a)
b)(i)
(ii)
(c)
The ability of the body to resist an infection of pathogen/disease
- by producing a specific antibody
1
1
-Is obtained after a person recovers from an infection such as chicken pox
-When a person is exposed to a pathogen , the antigens of the pathogen stimulate an immune response
1
1
-The immune system produces antibodies in response to the antigens.
-After the person recovers from infection, the person is immune to the pathogen because the
lymphocytes remain in the body.
1
1
-Is obtained through immunization or vaccination
-Vaccine contains weakened, dead or non-virulent forms of pathogen that is not harmful to the person
receiving it.
-The vaccine is injected before the person gets infected.
-Once the vaccine is injection into a person it stimulates the body to produce antibodies capable of
binding to the antigen.
-Therefore , if a live pathogen invades the body, it is able to eliminate the pathogen immediately
because already has the antibodies against the pathogen.
- So, the body has acquired immunity through vaccination.
1
1
-Our blood has clotting agent to help the wound to recover.
-When there is a wound, the platelets in the blood will stick rapidly to the collagen fibres in the tissues
-and releases clotting factors to make the platelet sticky.
-The sticky platelet can temporarily stop the blood loss.
-The clumped platelets, the damaged cells and clotting factors in the plasma forms activator
-called as thromboplastins,
-together with calcium ions and vitamin K convert prothrombin to thrombin
-Later thrombin catalysts the conversion of the soluble protein fibrinogen in blood plasma
- into insoluble fibrin.
-The fibrin is a fibrous protein which aggregates to form a mesh of long threads over the wound,
-trapping red blood cells and sealing the wound.
-The resulting blood clot hardens when exposed to air to form a scab.
4
1
1
1
1
Any 4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Any 10
Total
8 (a)
(b)
The food will be digested after five hours.
-The process starts in the mouth where the rice which contains carbohydrate will be digested to form
maltose by the enzyme amylase.
-Then, with the help of the tongue and saliva the food forms bolus which will move along the
oesophagus through peristalsis.
-Then the chicken will be digested in the stomach where the enzyme pepsin will be secreted by the
gastric glands.
-Pepsin will digest the protein in the chicken into peptone and polypeptide
-Then the food will remain in the stomach for three to four hours and forms a semi-solid food called
chyme.
-Then chyme moves from the stomach into the duodenum where the fats from the fried chicken will
be digested .
-The pancreatic juice containing enzyme lipase will hydrolyse the fats into glycerol and fatty acids.
-Further digestion of the starch from the rice will be done by enzyme amlyase.
-Enzyme trypsin will hydrolyse peptone and polypeptide into peptides. -Finally, the food will move to
the small intestine where enzyme maltase will hydrolyse the maltose into glucose.
-Enzyme erepsin / peptidase will hydrolyse peptide into amino acids
-and enzyme lipase hydrolyses fats into glycerol and fatty acids.
-Zarina eats regularly, gastric juice will be secreted at fixed times to carry out digestion perfectly.
-while for Kavitha, there is excess of gastric juice produced in the empty stomach
- The hydrochloric acid in the gastric juice will act on the stomach wall and corrode the wall of the
stomach
- causing gastritis.
- Zarina’s system receives the optimum amount of water while Kavitha is short on her intake of water.
- In Zarina’s system, the biochemical processes are occuring at an optimal level while for Kavitha,
there is an imbalance of water which affect the biochemical reactions.
- The osmotic blood pressure increases
- and can cause crenation of the erythrocytes.
- This will affect the transportation of oxygen to the body cells.
- Zarina is in a healthy state while Kavitha has a high risk of getting cardiovascular diseases such as
atherosclerosis, high blood pressure and heart diseases
- because of excess cholesterol and saturated fats in the fast food which will deposited on the wall of
the arteries and blocked the blood vessels.
- Fast food contain less vitamin C which can cause scurvy.
- Fast food has less calcium and phosphorus which can cause osteoporosis and rickets.
- High content of salt in the junk food can cause high blood pressure.
- Excess carbohydrates and fats in the fast food can lead to obesity
2
4
10
20
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Max 10
1
1
1
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Max 10
10
Total
20
231
9(a)
Characteristics
Father
(CC)
Mother (cc)
Child (Cc)
Curly hair
Straight hair
Curly hair
1
Keys : C : Curly hair
c : Straight hair
Parent
Male
Gamete
CC
X
Female
3
cc
1st Generation
c
C
Cc
c
Cc
Cc
Cc
All Curly hair
Parent
Male
X
Female
Cc
Cc
3
C
2nd Generation
c
CC
Curly hair (CC & Cc)
C
Cc
:
Straight hair(cc)
3
:
Cc
c
cc
1
-From the above cross, the hair characteristic is determined by a pair of allele, C which represents the
dominant trait, curly hair and c
which represent the recessive trait, straight hair.
-In the formation of gamete, the pair of allele, will segregate during
meiosis I
-and only one of each pair of alleles can be present in a single gamete.
-Mendel’s First Law explains the Law of Segregation, that is one gene
characteristics is carried by one allele in every gamete
-and forms a monohybrid in the genotype ratio of 3:1 in the second
generation.
(b)
-Haemophilia is a sex-linked disease that can be transmitted from parent to offspring
-This characteristic is carried by a recessive allele located on the X chromosome
-The patient lacks blood clotting factors, resulting in excessive blood loss.
-The allele for haemophilia is written as Xh
-and the allele for normal blood clotting is written as XH.
-Haemophilia can occur in men because men only need one recessive gene on X chromosome (XHY)
to cause haemophilia.
-The Y chromosome carries no allele.
-A woman who has a family pedigree of haemophilia does not necessarily has it because she can still
exist in the heterozygous form(XH Xh )
-She is a carrier for the next generation.
-Two recessive genes are needed to show the haemophilic characteristic.
-She will only be haemophiliac if her genotype is homozygous recessive. (Xh Xh ).
-The inheritance of haemophilia can be avoided by making sure that every marriage of the
grandchildren (third generation) does not involve carriers or haemophilic individuals
-Eventually after generations by elimination, the recessive genes will disappear.
1
1
1
1
1
Max 10
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Max 10
10
Total
20
C
232
Paper 3
No.
Mark Scheme
Score
1 (a)(i) Able to state two different observations correctly.
Sample answers
1. The time taken for water sample Z to decolourise is the longest, that is 57 minutes.
2. The time taken for water sample W to decolourise is the shortest, that is 10 minutes.
3
Able to state one observations correctly and one – two inaccurate observations
Sample answers
1. The time taken for water sample Z to decolourise is the longest.
2. The time taken for water sample W to decolourise is the shortest
2
Able to state one observations correctly and one – two observations at idea level
Sample answer
1. The time taken for water samples to decolourise changes
1
No response or incorrect response
0
No.
1
(a)(ii)
Mark Scheme
3
Able to make one inferences correctly and one – two inaccurate inferences
Sample answers
1. Water sample Z has more dissolved oxygen.
2. Water sample W has less dissolved oxygen.
2
Able to state one inferences correctly and one – two inferences at idea level
Sample answer
1. Water samples have dissolved oxygen
1
0
No.
1(b)
Score
Able to make two inferences correctly.
Sample answers
1. Water sample Z has the highest concentration of dissolved oxygen.
2. Water sample W has the lowest concentration of dissolved oxygen
Mark Scheme
Able to record all 4 readings for the time taken for water sample to decolourise correctly
Sample answers
Sample water
Time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise
(minutes)
W
X
Y
Z
10
23
42
57
Score
3
Able to record 3 readings for the time taken for water sample to decolourise correctly
2
Able to record 2-1 readings for the time taken for water sample to decolourise correctly
1
0
233
No.
1 (c)
Mark Scheme
Score
Able to state all 3 variables and the 3 methods to handle the variable
Sample answers
Variable
3
Method to handle the variable
Source of water sample
Collect water samples from different sources
Responding variable
Record the time taken for the methylene blue solution to
decolourise using a stopwatch
Time taken for the methylene blue
solution to decolourise
Volume of water sample // Volume
/ concentration of methylene blue
solution
Able to state 2 of any variables and methods to handle the variable
2
Able to state 1of any variables and methods to handle the variable
1
0
No.
1 (d)
Fix the volume of water samples //
Fix the volume /concentration of methylene blue solution
Mark Scheme
Score
Able to make a hypothesis relating the manipulated variable and the responding variable correctly.
Sample answer
3
The shortest time taken for the decolourisation of the methylene blue solution indicates that the water sample is
most polluted
Able to make a hypothesis relating the manipulated variable and the responding variable incorrectly.
Sample answer
2
The source of water sample influence the time taken for the decolourisation of the methylene blue solution
Able to make a hypothesis relating the manipulated variable and the responding variable at idea level.
Sample answer
1
The time taken for the decolourisation of the water samples changes
No.
1 (e)(i)
0
Mark Scheme
Score
Able to construct a table correctly according with following aspect.
1. Able to state the 2 titles – 1 mark
2. Able to record all the data correctly – 2 marks
Sample answer
Water sample
Time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise
(minutes)
W
X
Y
Z
10
23
42
57
3
Any two correct.
2
Any one correct
1
0
Constant variable
234
No.
1 (e)
(ii)
Mark Scheme
Able to interpret data and explain with the following aspect :
1. Able to state the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise
2. Able to state the content of dissolved oxygen
3. Able to state the relationship between the time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise with the
content of dissolved oxygen
Sample answer
Score
3
The time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise will be short if the water sample has a low content
of dissolved oxygen
Able to interpret data and with 2 aspects.
2
Able to interpret data and with 1 aspect.
1
0
No.
1 (f)(i)
Mark Scheme
Able to predict the outcome of the experiment correctly.
1. Correct prediction
2. Reason
3. Effect
Sample answer
Score
3
The time taken will be long, probably more than 57 minutes because the river is less contaminated with sewage
or agriculture runoff
Able to interpret data and with 2 aspects
2
1
0
No.
Mark Scheme
1 (f)(ii) Able to interpret data and explain with the following aspect :
content of dissolved oxygen
2. Able to state the relationship between the content of dissolved oxygen with the level of water pollution
level of water pollution
Score
3
Sample answer
The higher the level of water pollution, the lower the content of dissolved oxygen in the water, so the shorter the
time taken for the methylene blue solution to decolourise
2
1
0
No.
1 (g)
Mark Scheme
Score
Able to define operationally biochemical oxygen demand of the water sample based on the result of the experiment.
1. The time needed
2. To decolourise 1 ml of 0.1% methylene blue solution
3. In each water sample
Sample answer
Biochemical oxygen demand in the water sample is the time needed to decolourise 1 ml of 0.1% methylene blue
solution in each water sample
3
2
1
0
235
1 (h)
Mark Scheme
Score
Able to arrange orderly the level of pollution for the water samples.
Sample answer
Level of water pollution
Water sample
Most polluted
W
X
Y
Z
Least polluted
3
Able to arrange with 3 correctly
2
Able to arrange with 2 correctly
1
0
Question 2
Construct
Sample answers
Objective
To study the effect of changes in air movement on the rate of transpiration of a plant.
Problem
statement
Able to relate P1, P2 and H in a question form
Note on scoring
Tick
What are the effects of the movement of air on the rate of transpiration of a plant?
01
How does the movement of air affect the rate of transpiration of a plant?
P1= manipulated
variable
P2= Responding
variable
H= Question
3
What are the effects of the movement of air on a plant?
How does the movement of air affect the plant?
2
The movement of air affects the plant
1
Tick
Hypothesis
The faster the movement of air, the greater/higher the rate of transpiration of a plant.
02
P1= manipulated
variable
P2= Responding
variable
H= Relationship
3
The movement of air influences the rate of transpiration of a plant.
2
The rate of transpiration depends on the environment factors.
1
Tick
Variables
Manipulated : Air movement
Responding : The distance traveled by air bubble in 5 minutes/rate of transpiration
Apparatus
and
materials
05
All three variables
correct
Constant : Surrounding temperature / light intensity/ relative humidity/ type and size of plant
used/ time
Tick
Apparatus (A)
Potometer, beakers, knife, basin, stopwatch
Leafy shoot should be
in the material list.
Materials (M)
Leafy shoot, colour water, vaseline
3/more A+ 3M= 3m
2A + 3 M =2m
3A + 2 M=2m
1/2A + 1/2M = 1m
If leafy shoot is missing, A&M =0m
Tick
Technique
Able to state the operating responding variable correctly, using suitable apparatus.
B1 = 1m
Measure and record the distance traveled by the air bubble in potometer in 5 minutes using a
ruler// Calculate the rate of transpiration using the formula : Distance traveled by air
bubble÷time (cm/min)
Tick
No.
236
Procedure
04
K1 : Preparation of material and apparatus (any 3)
1. Setup as shown in diagram with any 3 labels in diagram
2. Leafy shoot chose and cut the shoot end in water
3. Insert cut stem in potometer
4. Adjust and mark the initial position of the air bubble
All 5 K = 3m
3 to 4 K = 2m
2K = 1m
1K = 0m
K2 : Operating fixed variable (any 1)
1. Type / length of leafy shoot
2. Light intensity / temperature of the surrounding
K3 : Operating responding variable
Measure the distance traveled by the air bubble in 5 minutes for each condition of air movement
K4 : Operating manipulated variable
Carry out the experiment in the condition of slow, fast moving fan and in still air
K5 : Precaution of the experiment
The joint end of the stem and apparatus is smeared with vaseline to ensure no water leakage and
the apparatus is airtight
Recording
data/ result
Able to construct a table to record all data with the following aspects
1. 3 title with correct units (Condition of air movement, distance traveled by the air bubble in 5
minutes and the rate of transpiration)
2. No data is required
Condition of air/Speed
Distance traveled by air
Rate of transpiration :
of fan
bubble in 5 min
Distance traveled by air bubble
(cm)
÷5min(cm/min)
1K only = tick
B2 =1m
tick
Still air (Fan speed 0)
Slow moving air (Fan
speed 1)
Fast moving air (Fan
speed 3)
Conclusion
Same as hypothesis above
Planning
experiment
7-9 ticks = 3m
4-6 ticks = 2m
1-3 ticks = 1m
03
tick
237
M 2009
SPM
2009
[ 3756/1 ] [ 3756/2 ]
Prinsip Perakaunan
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
1
D
21
C
2
A
22
B
3
B
23
B
4
D
24
C
5
A
25
D
6
A
26
D
7
B
27
B
8
C
28
B
9
A
29
B
10
B
30
D
11
B
31
D
12
C
32
A
13
D
33
C
14
D
34
B
15
D
35
D
16
B
36
A
17
A
37
B
18
C
38
A
19
C
39
A
20
A
40
B
KERTAS 2
1(a)
JURNAL AM
Tarikh
2009
Mac 1
22
Butir
Fol
Debit
RM
Tunai
Bank
Stok
Kenderaan
Lee Trading
Modal
2 000
15 000
17 000
20 000
(Baki aset, liabiliti dan ekuiti pemilik pada
tarikh ini)
60 000
Perabot
Alima Enterprise
(Membeli perabot secara kredit)
Kredit
RM
5 500
48 500
60 000
1 450
1 450
KERTAS 1
238
JURNAL JUALAN
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
Jumlah
RM
2009
Mac 2 Perniagaan Alfa
5 My Cake House
11 My Cake House
558
4 500
540
kt
760
Fol
Jumlah
31 Akaun Jualan
JURNAL BELIAN
Tarikh
Butir
RM
2009
Mac 17 Lee Trading
760
dt
760
Fol
Jumlah
kt
RM
31 Akaun Belian
JURNAL PULANGAN BELIAN
Tarikh
Butir
2009
Mac 21 Lee Trading
140
140
31 Akaun Pulangan Belian
dt
BUKU TUNAI
Tarikh
Butir
2009
Mac 1 Baki
Fol
b/b
Disk.
RM
Tunai
RM
2000
23 Perniagaan
Alfa
Bank
RM
15 000
306
25 Jualan
552
Kt
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
Disk.
RM
2009
Mac 13 Ambilan
Tunai
RM
250
15 Lee Trading
3 200
26 Lee Trading
106
2 850
30 Gaji
31 Baki
Apr 1 Baki
b/b
2 522
15 306
2 272
8 506
Bank
RM
750
h/b
106
2 272
8 506
2 522
15 306
239
1(b)
Akaun Stok
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
Jumlah
Mac 1
Baki
b/b
RM
17 000
Apr
Baki
b/b
17 000
1
Tarikh
Mac
31
Butir
Fol
Baki
h/b
Butir
Fol
Baki
h/b
Butir
Fol
Baki
h/b
Jumlah
RM
17 000
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
Jumlah
Mac 1
Baki
b/b
RM
20 000
Apr
Baki
b/b
20 000
1
Tarikh
Mac
31
Jumlah
RM
20 000
My Cake House
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
Jumlah
RM
4 500
Mac 5 Jualan
11 Jualan
Tarikh
Mac
31
1 Baki
RM
5040
540
5 040
Apr
Jumlah
b/b
5040
5 040
Akaun Modal
Tarikh
Mac 31
Butir
Baki
Fol
h/b
Jumlah
RM
48 500
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
1
Baki
b/b
RM
48 500
April 1
Baki
b/b
48 500
Butir
Fol
Baki
h/b
Mac
Jumlah
Akaun Perabot
Tarikh
Butir
Mac 22
Alima Enterprise
Apr
Baki
1
Fol
Jumlah
RM
1450
b/b
1450
Tarikh
Mac
31
Jumlah
RM
1450
Akaun Kenderaan
240
Alima Enterprise
Tarikh
Mac 31
Butir
Baki
Fol
h/b
Jumlah
RM
14 50
Tarikh
Mac
Butir
22
Fol
RM
14 50
Perabot
April 1
Jumlah
Baki
b/b
Butir
Fol
Baki
h/b
Butir
Fol
14 50
Akaun Belian
Tarikh
Butir
Mac 31
Pelbagai
Pemiutang
Apr
Baki
1
Fol
Jumlah
RM
760
b/b
Tarikh
Mac
31
Jumlah
RM
760
760
Akaun Diskaun Diterima
Tarikh
Mac 31
Butir
Baki
Fol
h/b
Jumlah
RM
106
Tarikh
Mac
31
Pelbagai
Pemiutang
Apr
1
Baki
Jumlah
RM
106
b/b
106
Lee Trading
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
Jumlah
RM
3 200
104
Mac 15 Bank
21 Pulangan
belian
26 Bank
Diskaun Diterima
Tarikh
Mac
1
17
Butir
Fol
Baki
Belian
b/b
Jumlah
RM
5 500
760
2 850
106
6 260
6 260
Perniagaan Alfa
Tarikh
Mac 2
Butir
Fol
Jumlah
RM
558
Jualan
558
Apr
1
Baki
b/b
252
Tarikh
Mac
Butir
23
31
Bank
Baki
Fol
h/b
Jumlah
RM
306
252
558
241
Akaun Jualan
Butir
Fol
Mac 31 Baki
h/b
Jumlah
Tarikh
RM
6 120
Mac 25
31
Butir
Fol
Jumlah
RM
522
5 598
Tunai
Pelbagai
Penghutang
6 120
6 120
Apr 1
Baki
b/b
6 120
Akaun Pulangan Belian
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
Mac 31 Baki
h/b
Jumlah
Tarikh
RM
104
Mac 31
Butir
Fol
RM
104
Pelbagai
Pemiutang
Apr 1
Baki
Jumlah
b/b
104
Akaun Ambilan
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
Tarikh
RM
250
Mac 13 Tunai
Apr 1
Jumlah
Baki
b/b
Mac 31
Butir
Fol
Baki
h/b
Butir
Fol
Baki
h/b
Jumlah
RM
250
250
Akaun Gaji
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
RM
750
Mac 30 Bank
Apr 1
Jumlah
Baki
b/b
750
Tarikh
Mac 31
Jumlah
RM
750
Tarikh
242
1(c)
Mutiara Bakery
Imbangan Duga Pada 31 Mac 2009
Debit
RM
Tunai
Bank
Stok
Kenderaan
My Cake House
Modal
Perabot
Alima Enterprise
Belian
Diskaun diterima
Perniagaan Alfa
Jualan
Pulangan belian
Ambilan
Gaji
Kredit
RM
2 272
8 506
17 000
20 000
5 040
48 500
1 450
1 450
760
106
252
6 120
104
250
750
56 280
56 280
243
2(a)
Perniagaan Gina Sdn Bhd
Penyata Pendapatan Bagi Tahun Berakhir 31 Julai 2009
RM
Jualan
Tolak : Kos Jualan
Stok awal
Belian
(-) Pulangan belian
RM
RM
72 500
16 750
49 440
522
Kos barang untuk dijual
(-) Stok akhir
48918
65 668
17 430
Kos jualan
Untung kasar
(+) Hasil
Hutang lapuk terpulih
Pengurangan peruntukan hutang ragu
565
86
651
24913
(-) Belanja
Kadar bayaran
Insurans
Gaji
Susut nilai kenderaan
2437
550
6650
3500
Untung bersih
13137
11 776
Perniagaan Gina Sdn Bhd
Kunci Kira-kira Pada 31 Julai 2009
RM
ASET BUKAN SEMASA
Kenderaan
(-) Peruntukan susut nilai kenderaan
35 000
8 750
Perabot
ASET SEMASA
Bank
Penghutang
(-) Peruntukan hutang ragu
Insurans terdahulu
Tunai
Stok
RM
RM
26 250
6 200
32 450
9 977
8 450
169
8 281
50
1 222
17 430
36 960
Tolak : LIABILITI SEMASA
Pemiutang
Model Kerja
EKUITI PEMILIK
Modal 1 Ogos 2008
(+) Untung bersih
(-) Ambilan
LIABILITI BUKAN SEMASA
Pinjaman bank
4 857
32 103
64 553
48 850
11 776
60 626
1 073
59 553
5000
64 553
48 238
24 262
244
3(a)
Akaun Kawalan Penghutang
Tarikh
Butir
Fol
2008
Jan 30 Baki
Dis 31 Jualan
b/b
Jumlah
RM
1 100
6 270
Tarikh
Dis
Butir
2008
31
Fol
Bank
Baki
h/b
7 370
Apr 1
Baki b/b
Jumlah
RM
6 600
770
7 370
770
(b)
Akaun Kawalan Pemiutang
Tarikh
Dis
Butir
2008
31
Bank
Baki
Fol
h/b
Jumlah
RM
4 200
1 650
Tarikh
Butir
2008
Jan 30 Baki
Dis 31 Belian
Fol
b/b
5 850
Jumlah
RM
3 100
2 750
5 850
Apr 1
Baki b/b
1650
(c)
Kelab Sukan Dan Rekreasi Sentosa
Akaun Perdagangan Kafetaria bagi tahun berakhir 31 Disember 2008
RM
Stok 1 Januari 2008
Belian
1 600
2 750
Tolak: Stok 31 Disember 2008
4 350
1 360
Upah kafetaria
2 990
700
Untung kafetaria
3 690
2 580
6 270
RM
Jualan
6 270
6 270
245
4(a)
Akaun Realisasi
RM
25 000
18 050
4 650
800
RM
2009
Apr 30
Modal Ranjit
Bank
Rugi realisasi:
Modal Ranjit
Modal Ronnie
48 500
32 440
4 468
8 694
2 898
48 500
(b)
Akaun Bank
RM
2009
Apr 30 Baki b/b
Realisasi
Modal Ranjit
2 300
4 468
6 134
RM
2009
Apr 30 Belanja realisasi
Modal Ronnie
12 902
800
12102
12 902
(c)
Akaun Modal Ranjit
RM
2009
Apr 30 Realisasi
Rugi realisasi
32 440
8 694
RM
2009
Apr
1 Baki b/b
30 Bank
41 134
35 000
6 134
41 134
(d)
Akaun Modal Ronnie
RM
2009
Apr 30 Rugi realisasi
Bank
2 898
12 102
15 000
RM
2009
Apr
30 Baki b/b
15 000
15 000
2009
Apr 30 Alatan
Stok
Penghutang
Belanja realisasi
246
5(a)
Akaun Bank(ruangan bank sahaja)
RM
2009
Jan 31 Baki b/b
Dividen
Kedai Rajes
(kesilapan)
7 355
315
27
RM
2009
Jan 31 Caj bank
Baki h/b
15
7 682
7 697
Feb
1
Baki b/b
7 697
7 682
(b)
Penyata Penyesuaian Bank pada 31 Januari 2009
Baki debit di Buku Tunai (selepas dikemas kini)
Tambah : Cek Belum Dikemukakan
Gaji (no cek 071)
RM
7 682
460
8 142
Tolak : Deposit Belum Dikreditkan
Jualan
Baki kredit di Penyata Bank
960
7 182
(c)
1)
Butir yang telah direkodkan oleh perniagaan tetapi belum direkodkan oleh bank iaitu deposit belum
dikreditkan dan cek belum dikemukakan.
2)
Butir yang telah direkodkan oleh bank tetapi belum direkodkan oleh perniagaan
(kutipan oleh bank, caj bank, hasil faedah atas simpanan tetap, buku cek)
3)
Kesilapan merekod yang dibuat sama ada oleh pihak bank atau perniagaan
4)
Cek tak laku iaitu cek yang tidak diterima oleh pihak bank untuk penjelasan
* pilih mana-mana 2
247
i)
Margin untung bersih = 9000 x 100 = 23.7%
38 000
ii)
Margin untung kasar = 12 000 x 100 = 31.6%
38 000
iii)
Nisbah semasa = 4200 = 2.8
1500
iv)
Nisbah cepat = 2000/1500 = 1.3
v)
Pulangan modal = 9000/40000 = 22.5%
vi)
Tokokan = 12 000/26 000 = 46.2%
1)
2)
3)
4)
Mengetahui kadar keuntungan atas jualan
Mengetahui kadar pulangan atas modal yang telah dilaburkan
Mengetahui kedudukan aset berbanding liabiliti yang perlu dilangsaikan
Mengetahui kecekapan pengurusan mengendalikan perniagaan
(b)
6 (a)
248
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 3755/1 ] [ 3755/2 ]
Perdagangan
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
KERTAS 1
1
C
11
A
21
C
31
B
2
D
12
A
22
C
32
D
3
B
13
B
23
B
33
B
4
D
14
D
24
A
34
B
5
A
15
C
25
D
35
B
6
B
16
C
26
B
36
D
7
D
17
D
27
B
37
B
8
A
18
A
28
B
38
C
9
A
19
C
29
A
39
D
10
C
20
B
30
C
40
C
No soalan
(b)
Jawapan
Perbezaan keperluan dan kehendak
Keperluan
Kehendak
F1-Keperluan asas manusia ialah makanan, pakaian,
tempat tinggal dan udara
F2-Merupakan tuntutan semulajadi manusia
F3-Wajib dipenuhi manusia untuk terus hidup
F4-Keperluan manusia sama dan tetap walaupun taraf
hidup berubah
F1-Kehendak manusia meliputi semua perkara yang
membolehkan manusia hidup selesa
F2-Merupakan sesuatu yang dipelajari daripada
pengalaman hidup dan persekitarannya
F3-Merupakan pelengkap kehidupan manusia
F4-Kehendak manusia berbeza mengikut taraf hidup
Tiga jenis nilai faedah:
F1-Nilai faedah bentuk
H1-Mengubah bentuk sesuatu keluaran kepada yang lebih berguna
C1-Kayu diubah manjadi perabot
F2-Nilai faedah tempat
H2-Memindah barang ke tempat yang mempunyai permintaan
C2-Ikan dari laut ditangkap dan dihantar ke pasar untuk dijual
F3-Nilai faedah masa
H3-Menyimpan barang sehingga diperlukan
C3-Gandum berlebihan disimpan untuk permintaan luar musim
F4-Nilai faedah milikan
H4-Pertukaran milik daripada seseorang kepada orang lain yang memerlukannya
C4-Pengeluar kasut menjual kasut kepada pengguna
(c)
Kelebihan mengamalkan pengkhususan dalam pengeluaran:
F1- Kemahiran pekerja meningkat kerana pengulangan kerja setiap hari
F2- Daya pengeluaran dan kualiti produk meningkat
F3-Masa dan kos latihan dapat dijimatkan
F4-Membolehkan penggunaan mesin dalam pengeluaran
F5-Menggalakkan pengeluaran secara besar-besaran
F6-Menikmati ekonomi bidangan/pengurangan kos pengeluaran seunit
F7-Pekerja mengkhusus dalam bidang yang sesuai dengan minat dan bakat
F8-Mewujudkan pelbagai peluang pekerjaan
(d)
Perbankan dan promosi membantu peniaga melancarkan perniagaan:
Perbankan
F1- Memberi kemudahan simpanan
C1- dalam bentuk akaun simpanan/akaun semasa/simpanan tetap
F2- Kemudahan penerimaan dan pembayaran
C2- pindahan kredit/cek/debit terus
F3- kemudahan pembiayaan
C3- pinjaman/overdraf
Promosi
F1-Memperkenalkan keluaran baru
F2-Memujuk dan memperngaruhi pelanggan untuk membeli sesuatu keluaran
F3- Mengekalkan permintaan barang lama
F4- Meningkatkan jualan dan keuntungan
F5-Meningkatkan imej sesuatu produk
1 (a)
249
250
2(a)
(i)
Jumlah faedah yang perlu dibayar
Jumlah hutang = Harga barang – pendahuluan
= RM1800 – 300 = RM1500
Jumlah bayaran ansuran = RM67.50 x 24 bulan = RM1620
Jumlah faedah = RM1620 – RM 1500 = RM120
(ii)
Kadar faedah setahun
Jumlah faedah setahun= RM120/2 = RM60
Kadar faedah setahun = (60/1500) x 100 = 4%
(b)
(c)
Kebaikan jualan berikut kepada peniaga:
(i)
Bayaran tertunda
F1-Meningkatkan jualan barang tertentu seperti perabot/alat elektrik
F2-Keuntungan meningkat hasil pertambahan nilai jualan
F3-Memperoleh pendapatan tambahan hasil faedah dikenakan
F4-Mewujudkan kesetiaan pelanggan dengan pemberian kredit
(ii)
Jualan prabayar
F1- Risiko hutang lapuk dapat dielakkan
F2- Aliran tunai diperoleh dengan cepat
Fungsi pemborong kepada peruncit
F1- Membekalkan beraneka jenis barang
H1-Peruncit tidak perlu mendapatkan barang daripada pelbagai pengeluar
F2- Memberi kemudahan kredit
H2-Peruncit dapat menangguhkan bayaran sehingga barang dijual
F3-Menghantar barang kepada peruncit
H3-menjimatkan kos kerana peruncit tidak perlu menyediakan pengangkutan
F4-menyimpan stok yang mencukupi
H4-Membolehkan peruncit mendapat bekalan yang berterusan
F5- Memberi maklumat dan nasihat
H5-Maklumat barang baru dari pengeluar disampaikan kepada peruncit
(d)
Jenis pemborong:
(i)
Jober para
(ii)
Peranan jober para:
F1- Membekalkan pelbagai jenis barang kepada peruncit
F2-Bertanggungjawab memperagakan barang secara rapi dan kemas
di atas rak yang disediakan oleh peruncit
F3-Barang dimiliki oleh pemborong jobber para
F4- Peruncit hanya dikenakan bayaran bagi barang yang telah dijual
F5-Pemborong jobber para mengadakan promosi untuk melariskan jualan
(e)
Penjual mengirim nota debit kepada pembeli
F1-Pembeli dikenakan angkutan bayaran
F2- Barang yang dihantar kepada pembeli tidak dicatatkan dalam invois
F3-Pembeli dikenakan caj kerana gagal membayar dalam tempoh kredit
F4-Pembeli gagal memulangkan bekas kosong yang belumdikenakan bayaran
F5-Bayaran serahan atau cukai jualan tertinggal dalam invois
F6-Harga dalam invois kurang daripada harga dalam senarai harga
3(a)
251
Faktor wujud perniagaan antarabangsa:
F1- Perbezaan negara dalam sumber alam semulajadi
H1-Kesuburan tanah tanih/iklim/bentuk muka bumi tidak sama
F2-Perbezaan kos pengeluaran
H2- Setiap negera menumpukan bidang yang menjimatkan kos
F3- Perbezaan antara negara dalam tingkat teknologi
H3-Teknik pemprosesan kelapa sawit di Malaysia lebih maju
F4-Hubungan antarabangsa
H4- Malaysia dan New Zealand menjalinkan kerjasama perdagangan
Halangan perniagaan antarabangsa
F1- Prosedur kastam dan pelbagai sekatan perniagaan
H1-Terdapat pelbagai borang kastam yang perlu diisi dengan tepat dan betul
F2-Penggunaan mata wang yang berlainan
H2- Keadaan turun naik dalam kadar pertukaran mata wang akan menjejaskan keuntungan
F3-Penggunaan bahasa yang berlainan
H3- Mewujudkan masalah komunikasi antara pengimport dengan pengeksport
F4-Risiko yang tinggi
H4-Jarak yang jauh meninggikan kekerapan berlakunya risiko kerosakan/kecurian
F5-Cara pembayaran yang berbeza
H5- Penggunaan bil perintah bayar dan kredit berdokumen merumitkan pembayaran
F6- Keadaan politik
H6-Politik yang tidak stabil tidak dapat menjamin urusan jual beli yang selamat
F7- Masalah sukatan dan timbangan
H7-Menyulitkan perjalanan perniagaan kerana sistem timbangan yang tidak selaras
F8- Dokumentasi yang rumit
H8- Terdapat pelbagai dokumen dan pihak yang terlibat dalam urusan perniagaan antarabangsa
F9- Standard dan syarat import berbeza
H9- Setiap negara mengenakan syarat berbeza terhadap barang yang diimport
F10-Kesukaran mendapat maklumat
H10- Pasaran luar negara luas/ cita rasa dan budaya penduduk berbeza
(c)
Sumbangan Industri kecil Sederhana (IKS) kepada
(i)
Masyarakat
F1- Memberi peluang kepada masyarakat untuk menceburi sektor perindustrian
F2-Memberi peluang kepada usahawan menggunakan kebolehan, daya cipta dan kreativiti
F3-Mewujudkan banyak peluang pekerjaan sama ada mahir atau kurang mahir
F4-Memenuhi keperluan dan kehendak masyarakat melalui ciptaan keluaran baru
(ii)
Negara
F1- Mengurangkan pengangguran melalui kaedah intensif buruh
F2- Dapat meningkatkan jumlah tabungan dalam ekonomi negara
F3- Pengagihan pendapatan negara melalui tawaran upah yang lebih tinggi
F4- Menyediakan pelbagai kemahiran kepada pekerja melalui latihan dan pengalaman
F5- Hubungjalin dengan firma besar dan antarabangsa dapat mengukuhkan struktur asas industri negara
F6- Pengurangan barang import melalui pengeluaran barang tempatan
(b)
252
4(a)
Kelebihan memulakan perniagaan secara francais:
F1- boleh dimulakan segera
F2- peniaga yang tida pengalaman mendapat bimbingan daripada francaisor
F3- risiko kegagalan rendah
F4 – menjalankan perniagaan yang telah dikenali
F5- francaisor mengadakan promosi
F6 – mulakan sendiri mengambil masa
F7- mulakan sendiri memerlukan pengalaman dan pengetahuan
F8- mulakan sendiri perlu lokasi yang strategik
(b)
Aspek dalam pengurusan stok
F1- Mendapatkan bekalan stok pada syarat yang paling baik
F2- Menyemak stok dari pembekal agar tidak rosak/ simpanan stok agar tidak hilang
F3- Merekod maklumat stok dengan tepat dan terperinci
F4- Menyimpan stok dalam gudang/stor agar selamat dan terlindung/mencukupi
F5- Barang disusun dengan rapi dan menarik di atas rak agar mudah dicari/diambil
(c)
Perbezaan Syarikat Sendirian Berhad dan Syarikat Awam Berhad
(d)
Syarikat Sendirian Berhad
Syarikat Awam Berhad
F1- Pemilik antara 2-50 orang
F2- Syer dijual kepada sekumpulan orang yang dikenali
F3-Didaftarkan dengan perkataan Sdn Bhd pada namanya
F4- Penyata kewangan tidak perlu diumum kepada orang
ramai
F1- Pemilik minimum 2 dan tiada had maksimum
F2- syer dijual kepada orang ramai di kaunter bursa saham
F3- Didaftarkan dengan Berhad pada namanya
F4- Penyata kewangan perlu diumumkan kepada orang
ramai
Cara pembelian yang sesuai.
F1- melalui syarikat pajakan
H1-peniaga menggunakan mesin tanpa mengeluarkan modal yang banyak
H2- Aliran tunai tidak terjejas kerana sewa mesin dibayar secara ansuran bulanan
H3-Mesin boleh digunakan untuk mencari pendapatan
H4- Pendapatan dari mesin digunakan untuk membayar sewa kepada syarikat pajakan
H5-Peniaga tidak perlu menyimpan mesin yang usang atau rosak setelah tempoh pajakan tamat
H6-Sewa pajakan merupakan belanja kendalian yang dibenarkan untuk pelepasan cukai
5(a)
(i)
253
Pampasan yang akan diterima:
RM150 000
Prinsip yang digunakan:
F1- Sumbangan
F2- Jika aset diinsuranskan dengan beberapa insurer , insurer akan menyumbangkan bahagian masing-masing untuk
menggantikan kerugian sebenar yang dialami
F3- Pampasan bukan untuk memberikan keuntungan kepada insured
(ii)
Faktor yang dipertimbangkan dalam pengiraan premium insurans hayat:
F1- Jenis Insurans- Premium insurans hayat endowmen lebih tinggi
F2- Umur Insured- Premium lebih tinggi, jika usia semakin meningkat
F3- Pekerjaan – Pekerjaan berisiko tinggi dikenakan premium lebih tinggi
F4- Kesihatan – Premium lebih tinggi kepada individu yang kurang sihat
F5- Jantina- Perempuan dikenakan premium lebih rendah kerana jangka hayat lebih panjang
Perkhidmatan Pos Malaysia Berhad:
(i)
F1- Datapos
H1- Perkhidmatan pengagihan dokumen dalam kuantiti besar seperti penyata bulanan
H2- Dalam bentuk pakej percetakan, penyelitan, pembungkusan, penampalan alamat, pengeposan dan penghantaran
dokumen
H3- Maklumat dapat disampaikan dengan cepat
(c)
(ii)
F1- Peti surat
H1- Boleh disewa untuk satu tempoh tertentu / tempoh peraduan
H2- Mel boleh diambil pada atau selepas waktu pejabat
H3- Kiriman dijamin keselamatannya
(iii)
F1- Kiriman wang domestik
H1- Boleh dibeli disemua pejabat pos atau pejabat pos mini
H2- Selamat kerana nama penerima dituliskan pada kiriman wang
H3- Dikenakan komisen mengikut kadar yang ditetapkan
Pengangkutan membantu perniagaan Syarikat Ikan Segar Sendirian Berhad:
F1- Mengelakkan lebihan dan kurangan barang di pasaran dengan menyelaraskan permintaan dan penawaran
F2- Membantu meluaskan pasaran /meningkatkan keuntungan
F3- Menggalakkan pengeluaran secara besar-besaran/ menjimatkan kos/menurunkan harga barang
F4-Mengurangkan kos penyimpanan stok / modal tidak terikat dalam bentuk stok
F5- Mempelbagaikan pilihan pengguna
F6- Membantu pertumbuhan ekonomi dan pembangunan negara
F7- Mengelakkan pembaziran/ elak barang hilang kesegaran
(d)
Membeli dengan bijak:
F1- Menentukan jenis barang dan perkhidmatan yang hendak dibeli dengan menyediakan senarai
F2- Menentukan sebab dan rasional untuk membeli sama ada untuk keperluan atau terpengaruh dengan iklan
F3- Menentukan masa membeli seperti pada waktu jualan murah
F4-Memastikan tempat untuk membeli dengan berkunjung ke tempat berdekatan yang menyediakan pelbagai jenis barang
F5- Mengetahui teknik membeli dengan mendapat maklumat tentang barang yang dibeli dari segi harga, kualiti,
keselamatan,jaminan
(b)
254
6(a)
F1- Inden tertutup
H1- Memberi nama pengeluar tertentu untuk memesan barang
H2- Pengeksport/ejennya harus mendapatkan bekalan barang daripada pengeluar yang ditetapkan dalam inden itu
(b)
Gudang berbon
Kelebihan gudang berbon
F1-Digunakan untuk menyimpan barang yang dikenakan cukai tetapi cukainya masih belum dijelaskan
F2-Peniaga dibenarkan masuk ke dalam gudang untuk menjalankan kerja-kerja akhir
F3- Membantu kerajaan mengutip cukai dengan lebih teratur/ mencegah pemilik lari dari membayar cukai
F4- Pemilik boleh mencari pasaran dengan menangguhkan bayaran cukai
F5- Barang boleh dijual secara sedikit dan beban cukai dialih kepada pembeli
F6- Barang dalam bon boleh dicagarkan kepada bank untuk mendapatkan pinjaman
(c)
Bank perdagangan membantu:
Kemudahan overdraf:
F1- pendahuluan oleh pihak bank kepada pelanggan yang mempunyai akaun semasa
F2-pemegang akaun semasa boleh mengeluarkan wang melebihi baki simpanannya
F3-mesti memohon overdraf daripada bank
F4- overdraf merupakan pinjaman jangka pendek/ sesuai untuk perbelanjaan perniagaan
F5-Kadar faedah dikenakan ke atas jumlah overdraf yang digunakan
F6- Peniaga boleh memasukkan hasil jualan untuk mengurangkan baki overdraf
(d)
(i)
MATRADE
F1- Agensi di bawah Kementerian Perdagangan Antarabangsa dan Industri
F2- Membantu peniaga mempromosikan dan memasarkan barang keluaran Malaysia
ke pasaran antarabangsa
F3- Mengadakan pertunjukan dan pameran perdagangan antarabangsa/misi perdagangan/pameran barangan Malaysia
F4- menjalankan kajian perdagangan untuk meninjau daya saing barang eksport negara di pasaran baru atau sedia ada
F5- Memberi khidmat nasihat mengenai perdagangan /bengkel untuk meningkatkan pengetahuan pengeksport Malaysia
mengenai pasaran antarabangsa
(ii)
Prosedur eksport:
F1- Mencari pasaran dengan menjalankan penyelidikan pasaran
F2- Penerimaan inden dan melaksanakan arahan inden
F3-Menempah ruang kargo dalam kapal atau kapal terbang
F4- Menghantar barang ke pelabuhan
F5- Menguruskan pelbagai prosedur kastam
F6-Menyediakan dokumen berkaitan yang diperlukan
F7-Memuatkan barang ke dalam kapal
F8- Menuntut bayaran daripada pengimport
255
M 2009
SPM
2009
[ 3757/1 ] [ 3757/2 ]
Ekonomi Asas
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
D
B
C
D
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
C
B
A
D
A
B
D
B
C
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
A
C
C
A
D
C
B
C
B
A
C
A
B
C
A
D
A
D
A
D
KERTAS 1
256
KERTAS 2
BAHAGIAN A
1.a) Firma/Swasta
- kekurangan faktor pengeluaran/buruh/modal/tanah
- membuat pilihan
- output/projek yang memberi keuntungan maksimum
- berlaku kos lepas
- output/projek kedua terbaik
Kerajaan
- kekurangan sumber hasil/hasil cukai
- membuat pilihan
- projek pembangunan yang memberi kebajikan maksimum
- berlaku kos lepas
- projek pembangunan yang kedua terbaik
b)
i) Sistem ekonomi campuran
ii) Cara masalah asas ekonomi diselesaikan
* Apa yang hendak dikeluarkan
Barang swasta - ditentukan oleh pengguna dan pengeluar
- pengguna bebas memilih
- pengeluar bebas bersaing
Barang awam - kerajaan yang menentukan
*Berapa yang hendak dikeluarkan
Barang swasta - ditentukan oleh mekanisme harga
- kuasa permintaan dan penawaran
Barang awam - kerajaan menentukan jumlah dikeluarkan
berdasarkan bancian
*Bagaimana hendak dikeluarkan
Barang swasta - ditentukan oleh kuasa pasaran faktor
- intensif buruh atau modal untuk memaksimumkan
keuntungan
Barang awam - ditentukan oleh kerajaan
- bertujuan untuk memaksimumkan kebajikan masyarakat
*Untuk siapa dikeluarkan
Barang swasta - berasaskan corak agihan pendapatan
- golongan yang mampu akan mendapat lebih barang
Barang awam – ditetapkan oleh kerajaan
- untuk semua golongan dalam masyarakat tanpa mengira taraf
c)
Jenis-jenis pendapatan individu
Upah - ganjaran kepada buruh yang menyumbang tenaga fizikal atau mental dalam aktiviti pengeluaran
- segala pendapatan yang diperoleh oleh pekerja seperti gaji, elaun, bonus
Faedah - ganjaran kepada pemilik modal wang
- faedah diperoleh kerana terpaksa menangguhkan risiko penggunaan wang
Sewa - ganjaran kepada faktor pengeluaran tanah
Untung - ganjaran kepada usahawan yang menanggung risiko yang tidak dapat diinsuranskan
- usahawan menyelaraskan buruh, tanah dan modal dalam proses pengeluaran
Dividen - faedah yang diperoleh kerana menabung dalam sistem perbankan Islam, pelaburan dalam unit saham
Bayaran pindahan - bayaran kepada individu yang tidak memberi sumbangan dalam pengeluaran
- pencen, hadiah, biasiswa, bantuan kewangan
257
2 a) i)
Harga (RM)
D
30
20
0
D
20
40
60
Kuantiti (unit)
ii)
-
Rajah menunjukkan keluk permintaan yang mencerun ke bawah dari kiri ke kanan
ia menunjukkan hubungan negatif antara harga dan kuantiti diminta
semakin tinggi harga, semakin kurang kuantiti diminta/ sebaliknya semakin rendah harga, semakin banyak kuantiti diminta
apabila harga barang meningkat dari RM30 ke RM40, kuantiti diminta berkurang dari 40 unit kepada 20 unit.
apabila harga turun dari RM30 kepada RM 20, kuantiti meningkat dari 40 unit kepada 60 unit.
b)
Citarasa - kegemaran terhadap motosikal skuter telah meingkat mengikut trend semasa
Harga barang lain/ pengganti/penggenap - kenaikan harga barang pengganti seperti kereta meningkat menyebabkan pengguna
beralih kepada skuter - harga barang penggenap seperti alat ganti yang murah menyebabkan pengguna berminat untuk membeli
motosikal jenis skuter
Jangkaan masa hadapan - harga skuter di jangka naik pada masa hadapan, maka pengguna membeli sekarang untuk mengelak
kenaikan harga
Pendapatan individu - pengguna memperoleh peningkatan pendapatan seperti kenaikan gaji menyebabkan permintaan terhadap
skuter turut meningkat
Dasar kerajaan –-penurunan kadar cukai oleh kerajaan menyebabkan pendapatan boleh guna individu meningkat.- permintaan akan
meningkat
c)
i) Barang A
4/20 = 0.25
Barang B
120/30 = 4
Barang C
35/35 = 1
ii) Barang A
- tidak anjal
- nilai pekali keanjalan harga permintaan kurang daripada 1
- bila harga naik 1%, kuantiti diminta turun 0.25%
- peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta lebih kecil dari peratus perubahan harga
Barang B
- anjal
- nilai pekali keanjalan harga permintaan lebih daripada 1
- bila harga naik 1%, kuantiti diminta turun 4%
- peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta lebih besar daripada peratus perubahan harga
Barang C
- Anjal uniti/ anjal 1
- Nilai pekali keanjalan harga penawaran sama dengan 1
- Bila harga naik 1%, kuantiti diminta juga turun 1%
- Peratus peruhan harga sama dengan peratus perubahan kuantiti diminta
10
258
3.a) i)
Pasaran Barang
Perbelanjaan
Penggunaan
Barang
Perkhidmatan
Sektor
SektorIsiIsiRumah
Rumah
( Encik Joni)
( E ik J i)
Sektor
Firma
Sektor
Firma
(Syarikat Proton)
(S ik t P t )
Faktor
Pengeluaran
Pasaran Faktor
Ganjaran
Faktor Pengeluaran
Aliran Pusingan Pendapatan Ekonomi Dua Sektor
Aliran Fizikal
ii)
Aspek
Aliran Fizikal
Aliran Wang
Pengertian
Aliran faktor pengeluaran dan barang
Aliran pendapatan faktor-faktor pengeluaran dan
perbelanjaan isi rumah
Komponen
Buruh, tanah, modal, usahawan
Upah, sewa, faedah dan untung
Arah Aliran
Bermula dari isi rumah ke sektor firma dan
seterusnya kepada isi rumah
Bermula dari firma ke sektor isi rumah dan kembali
kepada firma
Isi rumah membekalkan faktor pengeluaran
kepada firma untuk proses pengeluaran
Firma membekalkan barang dan perkhidmatan
kepada isi rumah bagi memenuhi keperluan dan
kehendak manusia
Firma membayar harga faktor pengeluaran dalam
bentuk wang.
Isi rumah membelanjakan pendapatan untuk
membeli barang dan perkhidmatan.
Fungsi
b) -
Aliran Wang
Keadaan di X dan Y dikatakan berlaku ketidakseimbangan pasaran buruh
dalam pasaran buruh di X, kuantiti permintaan buruh ialah 10 orang manakala kuantiti buruh ditawarkan ialah 50 orang.
wujud lebihan penawaran buruh seramai 40 orang.
Kadar upah akan menurun dari RM60
Kuantiti buruh yang ditawarkan oleh isi rumah akan berkurangan
Kuantiti buruh yang diminta oleh firma akan bertambah
Proses akan berterusan sehingga mencapai keseimbangan pada titik E di mana permintaan sama dengan penawaran buruh
Keadaan pasaran buruh di Y ialah berlaku lebihan kuantiti permintaan buruh
Pada tingkat upah RM20, kuantiti permintaan buruh ialah 50 orang dan kuantiti penawaran buruh ialah 10 orang
Wujud lebihan permintaan buruh seramai 40 orang
Tingkat upah akan naik dari RM20
Permintaan buruh akan jatuh dan penawaran buruh akan meningkat
Proses akan berterusan sehingga mencapai keseimbangan
4. a) Langkah-langkah yang perlu diambil oleh Bank Pusat bagi mengatasi masalah kemelesetan ekonomi:
Menurunkan kadar rizab tunai dan rizab berkanun
rizab tunai merupakan sejumlah wang tunai yang disimpan oleh bank perdagangan berdasarkan jumlah deposit yang diterima
daripada orang ramai
rizab berkanun ialah simpanan wajib bank perdagangan di bank pusat berdasarkan jumlah deposit di bank perdagangan
semasa kemelesetan, Bank Negara akan menurunkan nisbah rizab tunai dan nisbah rizab berkanun
kemampuan bank perdagangan memberi pinjaman akan meningkat
jumlah penawaran wang dalam pasaran akan bertambah
permintaan terhadap barang dan perkhidmatan akan meningkat
harga barang akan naik
ekonomi akan kembali stabil
259
Menurunkan kadar faedah
semasa kemelesetan, Bank Pusat akan mengarahkan bank-bank perdagangan untuk menurunkan kadar faedah pinjaman
menggalakkan orang ramai membuat pinjaman
permintaan terhadap barang dan perkhidmatan akan meningkat
harga akan naik
kemelesetan akan dapat dipulihkan
Melonggarkan syarat sewa beli
menaikkan jumlah pinjaman maksimum
memanjangkan tempoh bayaran balik
menggalakkan permintaan orang ramai terhadap pembelian barang tahan lama/rumah/kereta secara sewa beli
pembelian meningkat, ekonomi kembali pulih
b) Wang dapat mengatasi maslah dalam sistem barter melalui fungsinya sebagai:
Alat perantaraan pertukaran
wang dapat mengatasi masalah kehendak serentak
wang membolehkan seseorang mendapatkan barang dan perkhidmatan dengan menggunakan wang
sistem barter memerlukan kehendak yang serentak
Unit ukuran nilai
wang memberi ukuran seragam bagi nilai barang dalam sebutan harga
contoh: sepasang kasut berharga RM50.00
dalam sistem barter sukar menentukan nilai sesuatu barang
Alat bayaran tertunda
sifat wang yang mempunyai nilai yang stabil membolehkannya digunakan sebagai alat bayaran tertunda dan digunakan dalam
tempoh yang lebih lama
individu membeli wang sekarang dan membayar pada masa hadapan
sistem barter, bayaran tertunda tidak dapat dijalankan kerana komoditi tidak tahan lama dan nilainya tidak stabil
Alat simpanan nilai
wang bersifat tahan lama
wang boleh disimpan untuk kegunaan masa hadapan
komoditi dalam sistem barter tidak tahan lama, tidak boleh jadi alat simpanan nilai
c) Cukai langsung
dibayar secara langsung oleh individu atau institusi berkenaan
beban cukai langsung tidak boleh dipindahkan kepada pihak lain
contoh: cukai pendapatan perseorangan, cukai pendapatan syarikat ,cukai pintu
Cukai tidak langsung
cukai yang dikenakan ke atas barangan dan dibayar secara tidak langsung oleh pengguna
beban cukai tidak langsung boleh dipindahkan sebahagian atau kesemua oleh pihak yang membayar kepada pihak lain
pihak pengguna akan menanggung kesemua atau sebahagian beban cukai semasa membeli barang
contoh: duti import, duti eksport, duti eksais
5 a) Butir-butir akaun semasa
Akaun dagangan
merekodkan eksport dan import nampak
Akaun perkhidmatan
Merekodkan eksport dan import tidak nampak
Akaun pindahan
Merekodkan bayaran pindahan yang dilakukan dan diterima oleh kerajaan dan swasta
Akaun pendapatan
Merekodkan penerimaan dan pembayaran pendapatan dari dan ke luar negara
Membeli surat jaminan kerajaan
peredaran wang dalam pasaran akan meningkat
kuasa beli pengguna kembali meningkat
pertambahan permintaan barang dan perkhidmatan
ekonomi kembali stabil
260
b)
c.
Perdagangan dalam negeri
Perdagangan antarabangsa
- Pasaran terhad
- Tidak melepasi sempadan negara
- Tidak tertakluk kepada sekatan
- Menggunakan satu mata wang
- Jarak dekat
- Faktor pengeluaran bebas bergerak
- Menggunakan bahasa yang sama
- Pasaran luas
- Melepasi sempadan negara
- Tertakluk kepada pelbagai sekatan
- Menggunakan banyak mata wang asing
- Jarak jauh
- Pergerakan faktor pengeluaran tertakluk kepada peraturan
- Menggunakan bahasa yang berbeza
i) Syarikat Bonia membuka cawangan di Arab Saudi
- pengimport dari Arab Saudi perlu membayar dalam RM
- permintaan RM akan bertambah
- kadar tukaran asing Malaysia akan meningkat
ii) Rakyat Malaysia minum kopi keluaran negara Indonesia
- pengimport di Malaysia perlu membayar dalam rupiah
- penawaran RM akan bertambah
- kadar tukaran asing Malaysia akan menurun
iii) Malaysia sebagai tuan rumah Le Tour de Langkawi
- bilangan pelancong asing akan bertambah
- permintaan RM akan bertambah
- kadar tukaran asing Malaysia akan meningkat
d)
Membiayai import
- pengimport tempatan perlu menukar mata wang tempatan kepada mata wang negara pengkesport untuk membayar barang
yang diimport
Membayar balik pinjaman luar negara
hutang negara dalam bentuk mata wang negara asing
negara perlu membayar kembali hutang dalam mata wang negara pemberi pinjaman
Membuat pelaburan luar negara
pelabur-pelabur tempatan memerlukan mata wang asing untuk membuat pelaburan di luar negara
Mempertahankan nilai mata wang
mata wang asing dapat mempertahankan nilai mata wang negara
261
BAHAGIAN B
1. a) Sebab-sebab Cik Ariana bertukar kerja
Upah wang
- syarikat pengeluar pakaian menawarkan gaji lebih tinggi
Faedah sampingan
- syarikat menawarkan beberapa faedah sampingan yang tidak ditawarkan di tempat lama
Prospek pekerjaan
- syarikat baru memberi lebih peluang untuk naik ke peringkat yang lebih tinggi seperti kenaikan pangkat
b) i) Skim perbankan konvensional
- menjalankan perniagaan bermotifkan keuntungan
- tertakluk di bawah Akta Bank dan Institusi Kewangan 1989
- mengenakan faedah ke atas pinjaman yang dibuat
Skim perbankan Islam
- memberi perkhidmatan urus niaga berlandaskan prinsip dan hukum syarak
- tertakluk di bawah Akta Bank Islam 1983
- tidak mengamalkan riba, berdasarkan nilai keadilan,kejujuran dan kerjasama
ii) Mudharabah (perkongsian keuntungan)
- perkongsian keuntungan antara pemberi pinjaman (penyimpan) dengan pengusaha
- pihak bank menjadi orang tengah mengeluarkan pinjaman kepada pelabur(peminjam)
- keuntungan akan dikongsi bersama mengikut nisbah yang dipersetujui antara pihak bank, penyimpan dan peminjam
Musyarakah (perkongsian menjalankan perniagaan)
- perjanjian perkongsian (usahasama) antara pihak bank dengan peminjam bagi menjalankan sesuatu projek perniagaan
- kedua-dua pihak menyumbang modal
- bersama-sama berkongsi untung dan rugi
c)
Harga pakaian dari Amerika Syarikat
USD 1 = RM 3.60
USD 50 000 = RM 180 000
Harga pakaian dari Jerman
€ 1 = RM 4.30
€ 25 000 = RM107 500
d
i)
Kuota
Duti import
ii)
Import dikurangkan
- penawaran RM akan berkurangan
- kadar pertukaran Ringgit Malaysia akan meningkat
Pengalaman dan kemahiran
- pengalaman dan kemahiran yang ada menjanjikan peluang yang lebih luas kepada Cik Ariana
262
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 6355/1 ] [ 6355/2 ]
EST
Soalan
Ulang
PAPER 1
SECTION A
Part 1.
Nutrients
1 Essential
2 Non-essential
Source
3 • Must be obtained from food
• Must be obtained from food sources
• Food
(accept any one)
4 • Manufactured in the body
Lack of Nutrients
Body
5 • Becomes weak
• Less able to fight infections
• Becomes weak and less able to fight infections
(accept any one)
Brain
6 • May become sluggish
• May become sluggish and react slowly
(accept any one)
Heart
7 • Ceases to pump properly
• Ceases to pump properly and death occurs
(accept any one)
CAUSES OF NUTRIENT DEFICIENCIES
8
9
10
• Inadequate intake of major nutrients
• Eating food that lack critical vitamins and minerals
• Lack of a variety of food
• Not having enough food
(accept any three)
**Answers 1 and 2 can be presented in any order BUT they must correspond with answers 3 and 4.
Part 2.
1. An infection of the blood that is carried from person to person by mosquitoes
2. Protozoan of the genus Plasmodium
3. P vivax
4. P ovale
5. P malariae
6. P falciparum
7. High fever
8. Headache
9. Nausea
10. Sweating
kaji
263
SECTION B
Task:
Task is considered fulfilled if the student achieves the following:
Must satisfy the genre requirement ( letter/ report / speech etc )
content point(s) used
elaboration(s) done
comparison(s) made
BANDS
MARK RANGE
A+
Excellent
29-30
A
Excellent
24-28
B
Competent
19-23
C
Satisfactory
13-18
D
Modest
07-12
E
Weak
01-06
* Award 1 mark for the following:
=inclusion of memorized material
=total lifting of question
PAPER 2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
B
C
B
D
C
B
A
C
D
B
C
D
C
B
D
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
A
B
C
D
D
A
D
D
B
D
C
A
B
D
D
CRITERIA
• Fulfils all the criteria for band A below
• Uses appropriate tone and terminology.
• Accurate language.
• Excellent organisation of ideas
• Complete realization of the task(s) set
• Elaborates all the content points well
• Considerable relevant detailed information
• Analyses by comparing differences and similarities effectively
• Justifies viewpoints effectively
• Language is accurate with a few first draft slips
• Complete realization of the task(s) set
• Elaborates all content points
• Detailed supporting information
• analyses by comparing differences and similarities reasonably well
• justifies viewpoints reasonably well
• language is accurate with some minor errors (spelling, slang punctuation, etc)
• reasonable/partial achievement of the task(s) set
• Some content points elaborated
• Adequate supporting information
• analyses by comparing differences and similarities satisfactorily
• justifies viewpoints satisfactorily
• language is largely accurate with minor errors and some serious errors (SVA,
tenses, prepositions, etc)
• inadequate attempt at the task(s) set
• elaboration is minimal
• Inadequate supporting information
• attempts to analyse differences and similarities
• attempts to justify viewpoints
• language is largely inaccurate with frequent errors
(only some patches of clarity)
• limited attempt at the task(s) set
• Mere mention of content points
• no attempt to analyse and/or justify viewpoints
• language is distorted
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
264
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 45411 ] [ 4541/2 ] [ 4541/3 ]
Chemistry
Soalan
PAPER 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
B
B
C
C
D
D
C
B
C
B
A
C
C
B
A
C
B
A
C
B
A
B
A
D
C
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
D
C
D
B
A
A
B
A
D
A
C
D
C
B
D
C
B
B
D
D
D
B
A
C
C
Ulang
kaji
265
PAPER 2
SECTION A
(d)
(e)
(f)
2.(a)
(b)
(c)(i)
(c)(ii)
(c)(iii)
(d)(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(e)
3.(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)(i)
(ii)
(h)
Answer
Zn + 2HCl
ZnCl2
Yellow powder changes to grey solid.
To avoid the hot lead metal from being oxidised to form lead
(II) oxide again.
Element
Mass/g
Number of moles
Ratio of moles
Pb
35.65-25.30=10.35
10.35÷207=0.05
1
Empirical
Formula: PbO
O
36.45-35.65=0.8
0.8÷16=0.05
1
To ensure that all the lead (II) oxide has been reduced to lead
completely
Allow the hydrogen gas to flow through the apparatus for an
interval of time before heating.Continue the flow of hydrogen
gas after heating until the hot deposited is cooled.
Ethanol
Oxidation
Ethene gas
The purple solution of potassium manganate (VII) is
discoloured.
Porcelain chips
C2H4 + H2O
C2H5OH
Esterification
C2H5OH + CH3COOH
CH3COOC2H5 + H2O
1. Ethanoic acid (compound C) reacts with metal carbonates
to form salts,carbon dioxide and water.
2. Ethanoic acid reacts with bases to form salts and water.
Compound D have sweet odour.
Zinc carbonate
ZnO + CO2
ZnCO3
Zinc nitrate
Nitrogen dioxide,
Oxygen
2ZnO + 4NO2 +O2
2Zn(NO3)
ZnO + 2HCl
ZnCl2 + H2O
A white precipitate is produced
The white precipitate dissolves.
The solution obtained in (f) contains zinc ions (Zn2+)
Mark
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 10m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total:10m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total:10m
Question
1.(a)
(b)
(c)
266
4.(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
5. (a)
(b)
(c)
(d)(i)
(ii)
(e)(i)
(ii)
(f)(i)
(ii)
6. (a)
(b)(i)
Cu
Cathode:Cu2+ + 2e
Anode : 2Cl
Cl2 + 2e
1. Pinkish brown solid ,copper is deposited at the copper
electrode.
2. Green copper (II) chloride solution fades and decolourises.
Neutral.
Cu2+ ions and Cl- ions are discharged at the electrodes.The resulting
solution contains H+ and OH- ions which are water molecules.
Thus,it is neutral.
The colourless solution of potassium iodide turns brown.
2Cl- + I2
Cl2 + 2IOH- ions, being more concentrated than Cl- ions, are
selectively discharged at the anode to produce oxygen gas
and water molecule.
Use a glowing wooden splinter.
Oxygen gas relights the glowing wooden splinter.
Dilute sulphuric acid
0 to +2
Zinc foil
because zinc is more electropositive than copper
Copper foil becomes thicker.
Zinc foil becomes thinner.
Zinc foil.
Copper (II) ion
Zn
Zn2+ + 2e
Cu
Cu2+ + 2e
ZnSO4 + H2
Zn + H2SO4
Number of moles of H2SO4 that reacts
= 50 x 0.2
1000
= 0.01 mol
From the equation in (a),
1mol of sulphuric acid that reacts will release 24dm3 of
Hydrogen gas at room condition.
-Therefore
If 0.01mol of sulphuric acid reacts the volume of hydrogen
released
= 0.01 x 24
= 2.4dm3
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total:10m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 10m
1m
1m
1m
1m
267
(c)
(d)
Number of mol H2SO4 that reacts
=50x0.1
1000
=0.005 mol
From the equation in (a), 1 mol of sulphuric acid that reacts
will released 24 dm3 of hydrogen gas at room condition.
Therefore,
If 0.005 mol of sulphuric acid reacts the volume of hydrogen
gas released.
=0.005 mol x 24 dm3
=0.12 dm3.
Experiment 1
Because the concentration of sulphuric acid used is higher.
Volume of hydrogen gas/cm3
240
1m
1m
1m
1m
Experimen 1
Experimen 2
0
Time/minutes
(e)
Using a hotter dilute sulphuric acid.
2m
1m
Total:10m
ANSWER SCHEME: SECTION B
Question
7(a)
Answer
1.Size of solid particles
2. Concentration of the solution
3. Temperature
4. Pressure
5. Catalyst
Mark
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 5m
(b)(ii)
268
7(b)
(i) 1. They speeds up reactions.
2. They are chemically unchanged at the end of reaction.
3. Only a small amount of catalyst is required.
4. Most catalysts are very specific and only catalyse a
particular reaction.
(ii)- When reactions take place,bonds in the reactants must
be broken before new bonds can be formed in the
products.
- This bond breaking requires a minimum energy which
is called the activation energy.
- In a catalysed reaction, the activation energy is lowered
and less energy is required to break the bonds.
- As a result,more effective collision occur and bond
breaking takes place more easily.
- Hence ,catalysed reactions are faster.
(iii)
Process
Contact process
Haber process
Cracking of petroleum
8.(a)
8(b)
Catalyst
Vanadium (VI) oxide
Iron
Platinum
- Atom U is smaller in size than atom T
- Atom U has more protons in the nucleus
- Attractive forces between the nucleus and the electrons in
the shells are stronger.
- Therefore,the electron filled shells are attracted closer to
the nucleus.
- T is more reactive .
- The electron arrangement of T is 2.8.1 and S is 2.1
- The valence electron of atom T is further from its nucleus.
- The attractive forces between the nucleus of atom T towards
the nucleus of atom T towards the valence electron is
weaker.
- Therefore the tendency of atom T to donate the valence
electron is higher.
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total : 4m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 5m
6m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 4 m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 5m
269
8(c)
1m
Procedure:
1. A spatula of iron filings is put into the combustion tube.
2. Gas U is passed over the hot iron filings.
3. The iron filings are heated very strongly.
1m
1m
1m
- The iron filings glow brightly and a brown solid is formed.
1m
Chemical equation:
2Fe + 3 U2
8(d)
2FeU3
- S has the electron arrangement of 2.1.
- S is located in Group 1
- because S has 1 valence electron.
- S is located in Period 2.
- because S has 2 electron filled shells.
1m
Total: 6m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 5m
ANSWER SCHEME: SECTION B
Question
9(a)
Answer
∙ Copper (II) sulphate is prepared using Method A
∙ Copper (II) sulphate is a soluble salt
which requires crystallisation to obtain the salt.
∙ Lead (II) sulphate is prepared using Method B
as lead (II) sulphate is an insoluble salt.
∙ Using method A for preparation of lead (II) sulphate
would result in incomplete reaction as salt form ed will be
deposited on metal oxide,reducing the surface area of the
reactants and eventually will stop the reaction.
Mark
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total=6m
Observation:
270
9(b)
∙Preparation of copper (II) sulphate using method A:
- Add one spatula of copper (II) oxide to 25 cm3 of 1 mol
dm-3 of hot dilute sulphuric acid.
- When it has reacted,add further amounts until it can no
longer dissolve.
- Filter the mixture.
- Evaporate the filtrate to one third of its volume or until the
solution becomes saturated.
- Allow the saturated solution to cool so that the salt
crystallises out.
- Filter to obtain the crystals.
- Wash with a bit of distilled water and dry between the
sheets
of filter paper.
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
∙ Preparation of lead (II) sulphate using method B:
- Mix lead (II) nitrate solution with sodium sulphate solution.
- Stir the mixture well.
- Filter the mixture.
- The residue is barium sulphate salt.
- Wash the salt with distilled water.
- Then dry the salt between sheets of filter papers.
10(a)
- R is a covalent compound.
- The compound has a low melting point.
- and it is insoluble in water.
10(b)
- R has a low melting point.
- Attractive forces between the molecules are weak.
- less heat energy is needed to overcome the weak forces of
attraction.
10(c)
- (i) Q has a high melting point
-(ii) It can conduct electricity in aqueous solution or molten
state.
-(iii) It is soluble in water.
1m
1m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 14m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 3m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 3m
1m
1m
1m
Total: 3m
271
- Apparatus:
Spatula,Bunsen burner,tripod stand,batteries,carbon
electrodes,electrode holder,bulb,connecting wires with
crocodile clips,switch,pipe-clay triangle ,crucible
- Material:
Powder R,Powder Q
2m
- Procedure:
1. One spatula of Q powder is placed in a crucible.
2. Two carbon electrodes are dipped into Q and the circuit is
completed by connecting to the batteries and switch.
3. Powder Q is heated until its melts and the switch is turned
on again.
4. Steps 1-3 are repeated by replacing powder Q with powder
R.
- Observation:
Compound Physical States
Q
Solid
Molten
R
Solid
Molten
10(e)
Observation
The bulb does not light up.
The bulb lights up.
- R consists of neutral molecules.
- No ions to carry electrical charges.
1m
1m
1m
1m
2m
Total: 9m
1m
1m
Total: 2m
1m
272
PAPER 3
ANSWER SCHEME
Question
1(a)(i)
1(a)(ii)
1 (b)
Answer
The temperature [1] of naphthalene powder increases[1]
when it is heated [1]
When molten naphthalene is cooled down,the temperature
falls.
To ensure an even temperature during the cooling of
naphthalene in order to avoid supercooling
Mark
3m
3m
3m
1(c) (i)
1(c)(ii)
1 (d)(i)
1 (d) (ii)
1(e)(i)
1(e)(ii)
1(e)(iii)
1(f)(i)
A water bath is used to heat naphthalene.
Naphthalene is continuosly stirred during heating of cooling.
Time taken to heat/cool
Temperature of naphthalene
Naphthalene
3m
3m
1m
1m
1m
3m
273
1(g)
2 (a)
2 (b)
2 (c)
3m
The melting point =The freezing point=80oC
-Chlorine oxidises Fe2+ ions to Fe3+ ions through the transfer
of electronsat a distance from the reducing agent to the
oxidising agent.
Manipulated: Chlorine and Fe2+ ions
Responding : Products of reaction deflection of
Galvanometer needle.
Constant : Volume of oxidizing and reducing agents
Substances: Chlorine water,dilute sulphuric acid,iron (II)
sulphate solution,sodium hydroxide solution.
3m
3m
3m
3m
Apparatys: U-tube,carbonelectrodes,electric wires with
crocodile clips,galvanometer,stoppers,dropper
2(d)
Procedure of the experiment
:
1. The apparatus is set up as shown in the diagram and left
aside for 30 minutes.
2. Observations before an after the experiment are recorded.
3. At the end of the experiment, a little solution is removed
from the negative terminal with a dropper and tested with
sodium hydroxide solution.
2(e)
Tabulation of data;
Experiment
Direction of electron flow
Change to FeSO4
Changes to Cl2
Reaction of iron salt with
NaOH
3m
Observation
Deflection of galvanometer
shows electron flow from the
negative to positive terminal.
Light green to yellow in
colour.
Greenish yellow to colourless
Forms brown
precipitate,insoluble in
excess alkali.
1(f)(ii)
274
PM 2009
PM
SPM
2009
[ 4531/1 ] [ 4531/2 ] [ 4531/3 ]
Physics
Soalan
Ulang
kaji
PAPER 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
B
A
B
B
C
B
D
B
C
B
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
A
D
B
B
C
A
A
D
B
A
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
A
B
D
A
D
D
C
A
D
C
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
C
C
C
C
A
A
C
D
D
D
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
A
B
B
A
D
A
A
C
C
D
PAPER 2
SECTION A
Answer
Question
1
Marks
(a)(i)
1
Displacement / cm
4
2
Time / s
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
-2
-4
(ii)
0.2 s
1
(b)
Amplitude of a wave is the maximum displacement of a medium particle from its
mean (stationary) position.
1
(c)
Decreases with time
1
Total
4 Marks
275
SECTION A
Answer
Question
2
Marks
(a)
Mirage
1
(b)
Total internal reflection
1
(i)
Density of the cool air is greater than the density of the warm air
1
(ii)
The light rays will be refracted away from the normal
1
(c)
(iii)
TOTAL
3
Momentum
1
(b)
Kinetic energy
1
(c)
(60)(20) + (70)(20) = (60 + 70)(V)
V = 17.31 m s-1
1
1
Principle of Conservation of Momentum
In the absence of external forces, the total momentum of a
system remains unchanged
1
1
(d)
(i)
(ii)
TOTAL
4
(a)
6 Marks
The distance between two points of the same phase.
1
(b)
(i)
(ii)
d = 1250 x 0.6 = 750.0 m
f = 5.8 x 105 Hz
v = 1250 ms-1
λ = 0.00215 m / 2.15 x 10-3 m
2
2
(c)
(i)
(ii)
The amplitude of the reflection wave in Diagram 4.2 is higher.
When the depth increases, the energy lost inceases
1
1
TOTAL
5
5 Marks
(a)
7 Marks
(a)
Mass per unit volume
1
(b)
Density of ice block is less than density of water
1
(c)
Weight and buoyant force
1
The volume of water displaced in Diagram 5.1 is more than in Diagram 5.2.
The weight of water displaced in Diagram 5.1 is more than in Diagram 5.2.
Buoyant force in diagram 5.1 is greater diagram 5.2
Buoyant force = weight of water displaced
Archimedes’ Principle
1
1
1
1
1
(d)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
TOTAL
8 marks
1
276
SECTION A
Answer
Question
6
Heat from the surrounding
Heat from the metal plate
1
1
(b)
Solid to liquid
1
(i)
Specific latent heat of fusion
1
(ii)
Heat absorbed is used to overcome the forces of attraction
between the molecules of the ice
1
(c)
(d)
Marks
(a)
L=
(e)
6.72 x103 J
= 3.36 x105 J kg −1
−3
20 x10 kg
2
Condensation of water vapour on cool surface
1
TOTAL
7
(a)
(i)
n-p-n
8 Marks
1
1
(ii)
Collector
Base
Emitter
(b)
(i)
(ii)
Transistor
On
1
Bulb
Off
Light up
Not light up
Bulb does not light up.
No current flows in the base and emitter circuit.
1
1
Interchange the position of LDR and R2
1
(i)
Because collector current is too small
1
(ii)
Magnetic relay / Relay switch
Using small voltage to switch on the second with high voltage
1
1
(iii)
(c)
(d)
1
Yes
TOTAL
10
Marks
277
SECTION A
Answer
8
Marks
An electromagnet is a magnet in which a magnetic field is produced by the
flow of electric current.
1
(i)
Increase the current.
The strength of an electromagnet increases
1
1
(ii)
Soft-Iron core
Easily magnetised and demagnetised
1
(iii)
Increase the number of turns.
The strength of an electromagnet increases
1
1
1
(c)
L
1
(d)
Increase // More
The poles for a U-shaped electromagnet are closer together
1
1
(e)
P= mgh
t
= 250 x 10 x 4
5
= 2000 W
1
(a)
(b)
1
TOTAL
12 Marks
SECTION B
9
(a)
(b)
(i)
Ratio sin of incidence angle and sine of refraction angle
1
(ii)
Refractive index digram9.2 larger than diagram 9.1
Refraction angle diagram 9.2 is smaller than diagram 9.1
Critical angle diagram 9.1 larger than diagram 9.2
When the refractive index is large, the critical angle is small
1
1
1
2
(i)
1. the angle of incidence is greater than critical angle
2. the light travel from medium high density to low density
1
1
(ii)
135°
45°
(c)
45°
Aspect
1. An inner core of higher
refractive index
2. Outer layer of medium with a
lower refractive index
3. Lower density
4. The thickness of the glass is
thin
5. Strong and flexible
45° 45°
Reason
1. Light ray is reflected more easily
through total internal reflection
2. Light ray is reflected more easily
through total internal reflection
3. The optical fibre will be lighter
4. Save pace / can be used in narrow space
5. Does not break easily and the
shape can be adjusted
TOTAL
2
2
2
2
2
20 Marks
Question
278
SECTION B
Answer
Question
10
(a)
(i)
Marks
Work done in moving one coulomb of charge from one point to another
2
(ii)
Series circuit
Diagram
10.1
Parallel circuit
Diagram
10.2
(b)
(c)
1
2
1. The bulb in parallel circuit // Diagram 10.2 is brighter than those in
series circuit // Diagram 10.1
2. The potential difference across each bulb in the parallel circuit is the
same as that of the battery // dry cell.
3. The potential difference across each bulb in the series circuit is smaller
than that of the battery // dry cell.
4. The current flowing through each bulb in the parallel circuit is higher
than the current flowing in the series circuit.
5. When the potential difference across each bulb is higher, the current
flowing through it is also higher and the bulb is brighter.
Suggestion
1. Diameter of wire used as
ible cable must be thicker
1
1
1
1
1
Explanation
flex-
So that the resistance will be reduced. A thinner wire has a higher
resistance. If large current flows
through it, it becomes overheated
and may burn and cause a fire.
2
2. Length of cable is shorter
So that the resistance is smaller
2
3. Heating element must made of
material with high resistivity such
as nichrome
Can produce the higher heat
energy with small current. So that
water will boil faster
2
4. The kettle is made of good heat
insulator
So that the heat will not loose to
the surroundings and water will
boil faster. It is safer to handle
2
5. Use a suitable fuse. The current
flow through the cable is 8.33 A.
The suitable fuse is between 11 A
to 13 A
If there is a short-circuit, a very
high current flows and melt the
fuse wire. The kettle will not be
damaged.
2
TOTAL
20 Marks
279
SECTION C
Answer
11
Marks
(a)
Degree of hotness of an object
1
(b)
1. Put the thermometer in melting ice , mark the lower part of
mercury thread,0
2. Place the same thermometer in the boiling water, mark the top part
of the mercury thread, 100
3. Divide the length between the two marks inti 100 equal divisions
4. Each division is now equal to 1°C
1
(c)
(d)
(i)
(ii)
1
1
1
Characteristics
Reason
1.Specific heat capacity is low
2. Faster to get hot
2
3. Melting point is high
4. Does not melt easily
2
5. Good conductor of heat
6. The heat can be lost easily
2
7.Rate of expansion is moderate
8. The shape of the fin unchanged
2
The most suitable is P because specific heat capacity is low, melting point
is high, conductor heat is good, rate of expansion is moderate
2
Q = mcθ
= 0.5 x 450 x 10
= 2250 J
3
Energy lost = 10 x 2250 = 22500 J
2
Total
12
(a)
(b)
20
Marks
(i)
Radioisotopes are isotopes which have unstable nuclei.
1
(ii)
– Carbon-14 atom is a radioactive substance which is easily
absorbed by living plants.
1
- after the plants dies, the activity of Carbon-14 will decline
since no new carbon-14 is absorbed.
1
- by calculating the activity of carbon-14, the age of the
fossil/object can be determined
1
(i)
(ii)
characteristics
explanation
Has a short half-life
can be active in a body for a short
period of time
2
Has moderate ionising power
causes minimum damage to the
tissues in the body
2
Emits gamma ray
can be detected outside the body//
high
penetrating power, so can be detected
by the
GM tube that is placed near to the
head
2
Substance R is the most suitable with short half-life, emits gamma ray and
has moderate ionising power.
2
Geiger Muller Tube
• Has a small in size, it is handy and can be moved around easily.
• It is a sensitive instrument, so can detect low ionisation
1
1
1
Question
280
SECTION C
Answer
Question
11
(c)
(i)
(ii)
Marks
Energy released E = mc2
= 3.5 x 10-9 x ( 3 x 108 )2
= 3.15 x 107 J
2
1
Power obtained P = E/t
= 3.15 x 107
1.5 x 10-3
= 2.1 x 1010 W
1
1
Total
PERATURAN PERMARKAHAN TAMAT
20
Marks
281
PAPER 3
SECTION A
Answer
Question
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(b)
(i)
Angle of incidence.
Angle of refraction.
Glass block/refractive index of the glass block/density of the glass
block….
r/ 0
20
13
30
19
40
25
50
30
60
36
i/ °
r/ °
sin i
sin r
20
13
0.34
0.22
30
19
0.50
0.33
40
25
0.64
0.42
50
30
0.77
0.50
60
36
0.87
0.59
Value of r
5 values correct ----- (2)
4 or 3 values correct ------(1)
2 values and below -------(0)
1) All quantities i, r, sin i and sin r correct --√
2) Units for all quantities correct ---- √
3) * All values of sin i correct ----- √√
* 1 value of sin i incorrect ------√
* > 1 value of sin i incorrect ------ 0
4) * All values of sin r correct ----- √√
* 1 value of sin r incorrect ------√
* > 1 value of sin r incorrect ------ 0
5) Consistency of decimal point for sin i --- √
6) Consistency of decimal point for sin r --- √
Score
Mark
7–8
5
5–6
4
3–4
3
2
2
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
2
i/ 0
(ii)
Marks
5
11
282
SECTION A
Answer
Question
1
(c)
Marks
On the graph paper.
1) Correct title on axes-----√
2) Units correct ------- √
3) Even scale -------√
4) * All points correctly plotted -------- √√
• 1 point incorrectly plotted ------- √
• > 1 point incorrectly plotted ------ 0
5) Best fit straight line -------- √
6) > 50% graph paper --------√
(d)
Score
Mark
6–7
5
5–4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
5
1
Sin r is directly proportional to sin i .
Total
2
(a)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
R increases linearly with 1
I
- Extrapolated line shown to intercept at 1 axis
I
- 0.2 A-1
16
Marks
1
2
1
= 0.4r
I
2
0.2 = 0.4r
r = 0.5 Ω
(b)
(i)
(ii)
- Show a big ∆ on the graph to determine the gradient
1
- The correct
from the ∆ drawn
1
- m = 0.4 A-1Ω-1 ------------------ Ans + unit
1
1
m= E
1
E
1
E = 2.5 V
1
1. The connection of the wires must be tight.
2. The circuit is switched off whenever the readings were not taken from
the meters. This is to reduce energy loss from the cell.
1
1
0.4 =
(c)
y 2 − y1
x 2 − x1
Total
12
Marks
SECTION A
Answer
Marks
(a)
Pressure depends on volume// Volume influences pressure
1
(b)
When the volume decrease , the pressure increase ,
1
To investigate the relationship between volume and pressure
1
Manipulated : volume
Responding : pressure
1
(ii)
Fixed : mass of gas // temperature
1
(iii)
Syringe, clip, thick rubber tube, bourdon gauge .
1
Question
3
(c)
(i)
(iv)
1
(v)
(vi)
The piston of the 100 cm-3 syringe is adjusted until the volume of air in the
syringe at atmospheric pressure. The other end of the rubber tube is connected to bourdon gauge and the pressure of the air in the syringe is read
on the gauge.
The piston of the syringe is pushed in until the enclosed volume is 98 cm3
/ V 1.
1
The pressure on the Bourdon gauge is recorded.
1
The steps is repeated for an enclosed volume of 96 cm3/V2, 94 cm3/V3,
92cm3/V4, 90 cm3/V5
1
Tabulating data
Isipadu,V/cm3
98 /V1
96 /V2
94 /V3
92 /V4
90/V5
(vii)
Tekanan,P/ Nm-2
1/V , cm-3
1
P (Nm-2)
1
V (cm-3)
Total
12
Marks
283
284
SECTION A
Answer
Question
4
(a)
Magnetic field strength depends on the number of turns
1
(b)
The magnetic field strength will increase when the number of turns
increase
1
(i)
To investigate the relationship between magnetic field strength and number of turn on the coil
1
(ii)
Manipulated : number of turns
Responding : magnetic field strength //number of small iron pin
1
(iii)
Fixed : size of current// type of core
1
(iv)
Retort stand, soft iron core, connector wire, PVC insulated copper wire,
small iron pin, ammeter, rheostat , battery/ power supply
1
(c)
Marks
Soft iron core
(v)
1
turns
small iron pins
retort stand
(vi)
The soft iron core is wound with 20 turns of insulated copper wire and set
up as shown in diagram above.
1
The switch is turned on and the rheostat adjusted until the ammeter.
Reading is 1.0 A. The beaker containing small steel pin then brought near
the iron core.
(vii)
Count and record the number of small iron pin attached to the soft Iron
core.
1
Repeat the experiment by winding the soft iron core with, 30 turns, 40
turns, 50 turns and 60 turns.
1
Number of turns, n, turns
Number of pins attached, n /pieces
20 / n1
30 / n2
1
40 / n3
50 / n4
60 / n5
(viii)
number of pin
n / pieces
1
Number of
turns/turns
TOTAL
12 Marks
HIGHER
H
EDUCATION
EDUC
E or
DEGRE IONAL
SS
PROFE S
SE
COUR
ics,
Academ
Advice from rking
Wo
Students, ls, and
Professiona
Employers
W
Opthat Ar
ion e M
SPMs Aftery
?
Pre
-U,
Vo
Cou catio
rse nal,
s - E Pro
xpla fess
ine iona
d!
Focus :
l
POPULAR
COURSES
& CAREERS
KDN PP 14375/04/2009
PRE-U 101
SCHOLARSHIPS
& LOANS
on offer
IS IT RECOGNISED?
INSTITUTION
LISTINGS
HIGHER
H
EDUCATION
EDUC
E or
DEGRE IONAL
SS
PROFE S
SE
COUR
ics,
Academ
Advice from rking
Wo
Students, ls, and
Professiona
Employers
W
Opthat Ar
ion e M
SPMs Aftery
?
Pre
-U,
Vo
Cou catio
rse nal,
s - E Pro
xpla fess
ine iona
d!
Focus :
l
POPULAR
COURSES
& CAREERS
KDN PP 14375/04/2009
PRE-U 101
SCHOLARSHIPS
& LOANS
on offer
IS IT RECOGNISED?
INSTITUTION
LISTINGS

Soalan Ulangkaji - SPM IGCSE Online Tuition : Free Lessons for

Transcription

Similar documents

chemistry - Bank Soalan SPM

Borang MDAB -Jan 6, 2015

upsr bm [Compatibility Mode]

universiti tun hussein onn malaysia final examination semester ii

Landslides Education Workshop (translated in English Language

universiti tun hussein onn malaysia final examination semester i

BAB 2 LANDASAN TEORI 2.1. Sistem Informasi 2.1.1. Pengertian

karyailmiah Sosial Politika Vol.17, No.1, Juli 2010